2017 Craft

Arts & Crafts Fiber Arts Woodworking Find a Niche & Scratch It!

Thank you for your interest in our 2017 Craft catalog. Here you will find the hard work of our passionate authors and editors, who have created books that educate, entertain, instruct, and inspire.

This season, we’re excited to introduce the new seriesArtistry in Fiber (pg. 8), a three-volume survey of cutting-edge fiber art in wall hangings, sculpture, and wearables. Dive into the histories of craftsmanship in America in Wool: Unraveling an American Story of Artisans and Innovation (pg. 11), Rooted, Revived, Reinvented: Basketry in America (pg. 12), and Swept Away: The Vanishing Art of Broom Making (pg. 12). Gain new insight from Cast (pg. 16), the first-of-its-kind book that reveals how the art and process of casting has impacted and shaped our world today. As always, our newest season stretches across topics, and we pride ourselves on curating and designing a list that offers something for everyone.

Digital editions of our catalogs are available on our website, www.schifferbooks.com, where you can view these titles along with our backlist catalog of 6,000+ titles. New releases are listed on Edelweiss for book and specialty stores alike. If you would like to receive other catalogs, please contact our customer service team at [email protected] or (610) 593-1777.

Have a book idea? We welcome compelling voices. If you have a fresh idea, we would love to hear from you. Glance through this catalog to see the types of books we publish, and then visit our website to pitch your vision.

We hope you enjoy our books and we welcome you to “find a niche and scratch it” with these titles.

—The Schiffer Publishing Team

www.schifferbooks.com

SchifferPublishing schifferbooks

SchifferPublishing schifferbooks

This and other Schiffer Publishing catalogs are available on:

Copyright © 2017 by Schiffer Publishing, Ltd. “Schiffer,” “Schiffer Publishing, Ltd. & Design,” and the “Design of pen and inkwell” are registered trademarks of Schiffer Publishing, Ltd. Catalog cover image credits: Flame Vessel in Hand, by Jennifer McCurdy, photo by Gary Mirando, 2010, Schiffer books are available at special discounts for bulk purchases for sales promotions or from Vessels (pg. 18) premiums. Special editions, including personalized covers, corporate imprints, and excerpts can be created in large quantities for special needs. For more information contact the publisher:

Schiffer Publishing, Ltd. Title page image credits: 4880 Lower Valley Road, Atglen, PA 19310 (clockwise from top left) Author Birgit Hüttemann-Holz in her studio, from Phone: (610) 593-1777; Fax: (610) 593-2002 How to Create Encaustic Art (pg. 5); Daraa, by Birgit Hüttemann-Holz, E-mail: [email protected] encaustic and oil sticks on wood, about 61 x 61 cm, from How to Create Books may be purchased from the publisher. Please try your bookstore first. Encaustic Art; and Flame Vessel Study, by Jennifer McCurdy, photo by Gary Mirando, 2010, from Vessels (pg. 18) codes & logos key

A yellow background indicates The Schiffer LTD logo denotes a title subject to Minimum Advertised Pricing (MAP). You will frontlist titles from 2016 find an explanation of the terms of this program on the inside back cover of this catalog. fiber arts &wearables: 32 woodworking: 46 R R new releases: 2 arts &crafts: 22 index: 64 craft catalog 2017 2 2017 new Releases

A Lush Watercoloring book for each season

• Each season features 25 ready-to-paint illustrations on watercolor paper, plucked from the cutting gardens of artist Kristy Rice • Includes painting tips and inspirational commentary to get the creative juices flowing • Shows how to use a ten-minute painting session as a path to joy

This series of seasonal watercoloring books based on artist Kristy Rice’s cutting gardens celebrates the profuse blossoms of seasons. Her easy-to-learn, joy-driven approach includes simple tutorials on how to use watercolor and where to find affordable materials. A stationery-industry tastemaker, Kristy believes that making art, regardless of skill level, has the power to reconnect us to each other and ourselves. Touching brush to paper with water and color releases an inexplicable calm that so many of us long for, and making art, even in short bursts, brings us back to ourselves by slowing time. With 25 detailed, yet whimsical illustrations, artists are invited to continue the journey begun in her first watercoloring book series, Spring Flowers Summer Flowers Painterly Days. peonies • magnolias • pansies anemone • hollyhocks • fuchsia Eastern bluestar coneflowers

Kristy’s Spring Cutting Garden Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 39 color and b/w images • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5335-2 • soft cover • $19.99 AVAILABLE IN June

Kristy’s Summer Cutting Garden

Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 39 color and b/w images • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5336-9 • soft cover • $19.99 AVAILABLE IN June

Kristy’s fall Cutting Garden

Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 39 color and b/w images • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5379-6 • soft cover • $19.99 AVAILABLE IN September Fall Flowers Winter Flowers asters • zinnias • torch lilies amaryllis • holly berry • hellebores chrysanthemums snowdrops Kristy’s Winter Cutting Garden

Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 39 color and b/w images • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5380-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Kristy Rice created the innovative brand Momental Designs, AVAILABLE IN September which focuses on styling, stationery, design, and art licensing. The company garners global attention from media, celebrities, and some of the world’s most creative individuals and iconic brands. 2017 new Releases 3

other books by the author

Painterly Days: The Flower Painterly Days: Painterly Days: Watercoloring The Woodland Watercoloring The Pattern Watercoloring Book for Adults Book for Adults Book for Adults Kristy Rice Kristy Rice Kristy Rice 978-0-7643-5091-7 978-0-7643-5092-4 978-0-7643-5093-1 $24.99 $24.99 $24.99

Praise for kristy’s painterly days series “As a watercolor, fine art painter, I can’t say I’m really a coloring book aficionado. So, when I first got my hands on Kristy’s book, I was blown away by the quality of the book, the high artistic level of the art, the little extras such as a color wheel and a commentary section about the drawings intended to capture the imagination of the colorist. If you’ve compared Kristy’s books to the hundreds of coloring books on the market you know they are gems, whether you use watercolor or not. Creations and creators like this are rare.” – Steve Mitchell, youtube.com/mindofwatercolorstevemitchellstudios.com

“You can tell Kristy is a watercolor artist herself—the images in the coloring books are both generously sized with open spaces for washes, and intricate for those of us who love itty bitty details! I love to use my finished pages in frames, on cards, or anything I can dream up. The Painterly Days watercolor coloring books are a treat for advanced painters and beginners alike.” – Kristina Werner, designer, youtube.com/kwernerdesignkwernerdesign.com other items you may enjoy!

Painterly Days: Painterly Days: 12 Colored Pencils 18 Watercolors Kristy Rice Kristy Rice 978-0-7643-5167-9 978-0-7643-5168-6 $9.99 $12.99 4 2017 new Releases

Looted Beauty: A Coloring Book of Lost Art Anthony M. Amore & Karl Stevens • Coloring book of 30 breathtaking artworks looted or lost during WWII • A reminder of the Nazis’ senseless looting, as told in the movie The Monuments Men • An invitation to the calming act of coloring, along with information about each painting

Artists are invited to color line-drawn interpretations of 30 masterpieces seized or destroyed by the Nazis during WWII. Combining the artistic skills of acclaimed artist and graphic novelist Karl Stevens with the art crime expertise of best- selling author Anthony M. Amore, the collection includes short stories about the lives of the artists, the people who owned the paintings, and how and where each piece disappeared. Read about and interact with unforgettable works of art by luminaries such as Paul Klee, Claude Monet, and Franz Marc, considered the father of German Impressionism. In the years since the war ended, dedicated professionals have spent innumerable hours trying to locate and return the art to its rightful owners. The authors believe that by bringing the paintings’ stories to light, they can make a small contribution toward reminding the world of the problem of looting and the spoils of war. Anthony M. Amore is an internationally recognized expert in art theft and security. He is the author of two bestsellers: Stealing Rembrandts and The Art of the Con. Illustrator Karl Stevens is an award-winning graphic novelist and painter. He authors the comic strip “Penny” for the Village Voice. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 30 b/w images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5404-5 • soft cover • $14.99 AVAILABLE IN October other books you may enjoy!

• Painterly Days: The Flower Watercoloring Book for Adults, 978-0-7643-5091-7, $24.99

• Animal Life: Nature Mandala Coloring Book, 978-0-7643-5278-2, $17.99

• Encaustic Art in the Twenty-First Century, 978-0-7643-5023-8, $59.99

Stolen Beauty: A Coloring Book of Lost Art Anthony M. Amore & Karl Stevens • A coloring book with a mission: raising awareness of the painted masterpieces that have gone missing • Line drawings invite artists to color and recognize significant artworks that have been stolen • Includes 30 important pieces of art that have disappeared over the decades

Stolen Beauty is the first adult coloring book with a mission: to inform the public about the problem of art theft while raising awareness of what the world’s great stolen art looks like. This awareness is key to combating a multi-billion-dollar illicit industry. Stolen Beauty features some of the world’s most important missing paintings. From Raphael to Van Gogh to Vermeer, paintings valued in the hundreds of millions of dollars remain missing throughout the world, and few people are aware of the scope of the problem. This coloring book combines the artistic skills of acclaimed artist and graphic novelist Karl Stevens with the art crime expertise of bestselling author and renowned art theft investigator Anthony M. Amore. Anthony M. Amore is an internationally recognized expert in art theft and security. He is the author of two bestsellers: Stealing Rembrandts and The Art of the Con. Illustrator Karl Stevens is an award-winning graphic novelist and painter. His comic strips appeared in The Boston Phoenix between 2005 and 2012. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 30 b/w images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5285-0 • soft cover • $14.99 AVAILABLE IN October

other books you may enjoy! early praise

• Garden Life: Nature Mandala Coloring Book, “While it’s one thing to read about a stolen painting 978-0-7643-5279-9, $17.99 called The Concert, it’s quite another to break out your • Emerging from the Shadows: A Survey of Women own colored pencils and recreate the power and detail of Artists Working in California, 1860–1960 Vermeer’s masterpiece with your own hands.” Vol I: 978-0-7643-4861-7, $59.99 Vol II: 978-0-7643-4862-4, $59.99 – Lynda Albertson, CEO, Association for Research into Vol III: 978-0-7643-4886-0, $59.99 Crimes against Art – ARCA Vol IV: 978-0-7643-4887-7, $59.99 2017 new Releases 5

How to Create Encaustic Art: A Guide to Painting with Wax Birgit Hüttemann-Holz

• The how-to book for anyone interested in painting encaustic works of art • Over 175 photos capture encaustic art’s beauty, and detail everything from basics to special techniques • Encaustic art’s allure is the depth effect of the transparent layers; new lighting means new effects!

Internationally successful encaustic artist Birgit Hüttemann-Holz walks you through the ancient art of hot-wax painting. Learn the basics, step by step—materials and supplies, encaustic mediums and coloring agents, and surfaces like canvas or textured substrates. Following her guidance, discover how to apply hot liquid wax and fuse it using tools like a hot air gun or propane torch to achieve the various effects. Included are detailed photos that present the entire spectrum of encaustic: smooth and textured surfaces, scraping and relief imprinting techniques, accretion, working with palette knives and collages, and even special techniques like accents with metal leaf or organic materials. Find inspiration from a gallery section of art by eleven top encaustic artists. Whether you are just beginning or are looking for easy-to-follow instructions to enhance your work, this indispensable guide shows the myriad possibilities for artistic design with encaustic art. Birgit Hüttemann-Holz discovered the ancient technique of encaustic after painting for years. Today, after training in encaustic methods, she exhibits regularly in galleries in Europe and the US. She has won numerous national and international accolades, gives lectures, and runs workshops on the art of encaustic. She lives and works in Detroit. Size: 8 1/2" × 9 7/8" • 177 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5416-8 • soft cover • $29.99 AVAILABLE IN October

other books you may enjoy!

Encaustic Art in the Pigments of Your Imagination: Fire and Light: A Method of Paint- Twenty-First Century Creating with Alcohol Inks ing for Artists Who Love Color Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney Cathy Taylor Julie Hanson 978-0-7643-5023-8 978-0-7643-5133-4 978-0-7643-5217-1 $59.99 $29.99 $24.99 6 2017 new Releases

Paracord Knife Handle Wraps:The Complete Guide from Tactical to Asian Styles Jan Dox

• Add the benefits of paracord handle wraps to your handmade or manufactured knives • Teaches the basic techniques and 16 handle wrap approaches and styles, from simple to complex • Though cost and tools are minimal, a paracord wrap can make the difference in an emergency

Paracord handle wraps are popular with respect to survival knives and tactical knives. They rest comfortably in your hand, they’re slip-proof, and they’re impervious to moisture and temperature fluctuations. In an emergency, the wrap can often be undone and then you have a practical rope at hand. This clear, straightforward guide teaches everything you need to know, including selecting the paracord itself and weaving the correct wrap styles for underlays, tactical uses, skeleton handles, and more. Over 16 styles and approaches are covered, from basic handle wraps to standard military or looped wraps, to paradox wraps, all the way up to artistic Japanese tsukamaki handle wraps. The techniques are explained step by step, including detailed photos. The costs for making your wraps, in materials and tools, are minimal, and you can equip both your handmade knives and your manufactured knives with paracord handle wraps. Jan Dox is a Belgian knifemaker and former parachutist. He has occupied himself with handle wraps in Japanese and tactical style since 1986 and is now seen as one of the leading experts in this area in Europe. Size: 6" × 9" • 564 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5425-0 • soft cover wire o • $24.99 AVAILABLE IN November

other books you may enjoy!

Andean Sling Braids: New Designs Leather Braiding Making Leather Knife Sheaths, for Textile Artists Bruce Grant Volume 1 Rodrick Owen 978-0-87033-039-1 David Hölter 978-0-7643-5103-7 $9.99 978-0-7643-4015-4 $39.99 $24.99 2017 new Releases 7

Gourd Lights: How to Make 9 Beautiful Lamp and Lantern Projects Susan Nonn

• Step by step, construct beautiful, unusual lamps to enhance any room • An inspiring idea gallery shows works of art by today’s gourd “light” artists • A concise glossary of lighting components makes your Internet research and your electrical wiring easier

Written for anyone wanting to build a beautiful, one-of-a-kind gourd lamp, these 9 step-by-step projects include lamps with bases, gourd lamp shades, and wall sconces. Also included is an inspiring gallery of the creative lamps that gourd “light” artists around the world are creating today. A concise glossary of lighting components makes your Internet research for the parts you need, and your electrical wiring process, easier, and the book offers a resource list of where to find the supplies needed for all the projects. Although the projects use gourds for the lamp base or shade, other craft materials could easily be substituted—making this a resource of creative inspiration for making and repairing all kinds of decorative lighting projects. Susan (Suzi) Nonn has been interested in natural crafts all her life. For the last sixteen years she has concentrated on gourds. She teaches workshops all over the United States. She is the coordinator for the Gourd Gathering at Cherokee. She is the author of Cut-out Gourd Techniques, a book written to help gourd artists to improve their skills with the mini-saw. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 202 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5429-8 • soft cover • $19.99 AVAILABLE IN November

other books you may enjoy!

Creating Wall Pockets: 10 Gourd Wax on Gourds: Decorative Tech- Cut-out Gourd Techniques Projects to Paint and Hang niques for Transforming Gourds Susan Nonn Sammie Crawford & Rims 978-0-7643-4296-7 978-0-7643-5020-7 Miriam Joy $19.99 $16.99 978-0-7643-5225-6 $19.99 8 2017 new Releases

Artistry in Fiber

Artistry in Fiber, Vol. 1: Wall Art Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword by Marcia Young, Introduction by Meredith Re' Grimsley • Work of 100 artists who vigorously push the boundaries with techniques, processes, and materials • Highlights the use of a multitude of textile materials, from horsehair to high-tech polymers • Personal comments from each artist allow for deeper insights about why the works succeed

Connecting us to the wide variety of contemporary fiber art in wall-mounted format, this resource combines more than 600 photos with personal comments from 100 of today’s established and emerging artists. In conjunction with the other two books in this acclaimed series, it invites readers to re-examine fiber art through a multifaceted contemporary lens. The creators here are pushing the boundaries of what wall-mounted fiber art is, using fibers of paper, metal, fiberglass, milkweed seeds, or high-tech polymers. Bhakti Ziek’s computerized loom work and Sue Benner’s textile-collage quilts Early Praise are but a few of the examples of how artists expertly combine different fiber techniques in a single piece, go beyond the technical processes, and cross-pollinate mediums. “An approachable and humanizing Size: 9 1/8" × 8 1/8" • 601 color images • 224 pp. experience with fiber art.” ISBN: 978-0-7643-5304-8 • hard cover • $34.99 —from the Foreword by Marcia Young, AVAILABLE IN JuLY editor in chief, Fiber Art Now

Artistry in Fiber, Vol. 2: Sculpture Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword by Lois Russell, Introduction by Adrienne Sloane • Work of 78 artists who add unusual dimensionality with knitting, coiling, knotting, and more • Artists’ motivations and processes behind their stunning uses of fibers, from milkweed seeds to newsprint • Invites readers to re-examine fiber art through a multifaceted contemporary lens

Nearly 500 photos of artwork with personal insights from 78 of today’s most noteworthy artists show the tremendously broad range of possibilities that working in three dimensions can offer. In conjunction with the other two books in this acclaimed series, it invites readers to re-examine fiber art through a multifaceted contemporary lens. Both established artists and emerging artists whose work is attracting notice are gathered here. Carol Milne’s knitted glass and Peter Gentenaar’s technique of vacuum forming and air-drying paper fibers are but a few examples of artists using new materials with traditional methods. Size: 9 1/8" × 8 1/8" • 478 color images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5342-0 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN July

Artistry in Fiber, Vol. 3: Wearable Art Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney, Forewords by Susan Taber Avila & Margery Goldberg • The work of 49 artists who pioneer new ways of using fiber to decorate our bodies • Creative use of a multitude of materials, including lace, horse feedbags, Velcro, and fishing line • Comments from each artist provide insights about how the body breathes life into the artworks

Wearable fiber art, whether in garment or jewelry form, is unique in that the human body breathes life, shape, and movement into the pieces. Be it a felted brooch or a dress made of book pages, wearable fiber art can provide personal expression unavailable from the world of mass production. In this volume of the acclaimed three-book series, comments from the makers, who discuss creating pieces that the wearer influences, are accompanied by more than 300 photos. Susan Taber Avila offers insights to what wearable art means and how fibers play into that combination, and Margery Goldberg discusses the term in relation to jewelry. The hundreds of creations here, bridging art, design, craft, and fashion, show how fiber art that relates to the human body is in a class of its own. Size: 9 1/8" × 8 1/8" • 329 color images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5399-4 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN September

As research director at Vose Galleries, Anne Lee wrote and designed numerous exhibit catalogs. E. Ashley Rooney is the author of more than fifty books on contemporary art. 2017 new Releases 9

Navajo Weavings with Ceremonial Themes: A Historical Overview of a Secular Art Form Rebecca M. Valette & Jean-Paul Valette • The first comprehensive, research-based history of Navajo weavings with ceremonial themes: Yei, Yeibichai, and sandpainting textiles • Covers the genre from 1900 to today, featuring 500+ photos, many of weavings never before published • These rare weavings have been the most sought after by collectors—and the least studied by scholars

Featuring more than 500 photos and maps, this is the first comprehensive, research-based history of Navajo weavings with imagery inspired by tribal sacred practices. These Yei, Yeibichai, and sandpainting textiles have been the most sought after by collectors and the least studied by scholars. In spite of their iconography, they never served a ceremonial function. They were created by Navajo women at the instigation of Anglo traders, for sale to wealthy collectors willing to pay premium prices for their perceived spiritual symbolism. This book describes the historical and artistic development of the genre from its controversial emergence around 1900, to the 1920–1940 period of intense creativity, and concluding with the contemporary search for innovative patterns. Never-before-published weavings, detailed annotations, and an extensive bibliography make this an invaluable reference for scholars and collectors, and a fascinating exploration for all who are interested in the Southwest and its native cultures. Over the past forty years, Rebecca Valette and Jean-Paul Valette have done extensive research on Navajo weavings with ceremonial imagery, curated exhibits, and published studies on their historical development. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 536 color & b/w maps and images • 448 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5374-1 • hard cover • $75.00 other books you may enjoy! AVAILABLE IN August

• Navajo Weaving Today, 978-0-88740-319-4, $12.95

• Rugs and Posts: The Story of Navajo Weaving and the Role of the Indian Trader, 978-0-7643-2208-2, $25.00

• The Art of Weaving, 978-0-7643-4856-3, $34.99

Sling Braiding Traditions and Techniques: From Peru, Bolivia, and Around the World Rodrick Owen & Terry Newhouse Flynn • The fascinating story of this prehistoric weapon and herding tool, plus detailed instructions for making one • Includes a 32-slot braiding card, ready for creating Andean-style braided slings • Great new ideas to help textile artists, including makers of kumihimo braids, jewelry, and tassels

This comprehensive, full-color guide features dozens of images of slings from various cultures, both ancient and contemporary. Slings had great significance in many cultures, particularly in the Andes, and were often used as both prehistoric weapons and herding tools. The book shows novice and experienced braiders how to make 50 designs, from 8 to 32 strands, on a braiding card or with a braiding stand and bobbins. Learn step by step how to make an authentic Andean-style sling with braided cords and a tapestry-woven cradle. A range of techniques useful for beginning, ending, and embellishing slings are included, and can enhance a wide variety of other items, like jewelry, garments, and accessories. This book is a key resource for historians, anthropologists, textile artists, weapons experts, and others to learn the practical skills for understanding sling braids’ structure. Includes braiding card and plans to make core stand. Rodrick Owen’s passion for studying the mysteries of Andean braids has influenced his creative work and writing. He is the author of two other books on Andean and Japanese braiding and the coauthor, with textile artist and art educator Terry Newhouse Flynn, of Andean Sling Braids: New Techniques for Textile Artists. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 457 color photos, charts/drawings, and weaving diagrams • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5430-4 • hard cover w/ 32-slot braiding card • $39.99 other books you may enjoy! AVAILABLE IN November

• Andean Sling Braids: New Designs for Textile Artists, 978-0-7643-5103-7, $39.99

• Weaving Innovations from the Bateman Collection, 978-0-7643-4991-1, $34.99

• Handwoven Tape: Understanding and Weaving Early American and Contemporary Tape, 978-0-7643-5196-9, $24.99 10 2017 new Releases

Fly Me to the Moon: An Art Quilt Journey Susanne Miller Jones

• Celebrates Apollo missions, astronauts, and all things lunar through “out of this world” art quilts • A collection of 179 mixed media fiber art pieces created by artists from 8 countries • Find out what an astronaut had to say about having quilts in space!

When the Apollo astronauts went to the moon, the whole world watched. When the Fly Me to the Moon art quilt challenge went out, it went global. This book showcases the curated results of that call for entries: 179 art quilts by over 130 artists from 8 countries, expressing their interpretation of the space program and all things lunar. Walk down memory lane or discover the story of the missions for the first, but most importantly, enjoy a trip to the moon and beyond without the time and rigors of space training. As you travel into space, meet the astronauts, hum the tunes, and listen to the artists tell you about their pieces. Find endless inspiration and discover what the moon is really made of: cotton, thread, crystals, paint, ink, tulle, and crocheted lace. Susanne Miller Jones began quilting after retiring from teaching. She has a second multi-faceted career as fiber artist, curator, and author. Susanne and her husband, Todd, live in Potomac Falls, Virginia, near their two children, and enjoy traveling. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 195 color and b/w images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5400-7 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN September

early praise “A treasure of a book. The stories, information, and quilts contained within its pages are a fitting tribute to the skill, ingenuity, creativity, and bravery displayed so boldly by the astronauts and scientists of our space program.” – Marie Bostwick, NYT bestselling author of A Single Thread and the Cobbled Court Quilts series “I was 9 years old when they walked on the moon. This gorgeous book of art quilts brings back the excitement of those memories and celebrates all the other ways in which the moon influences our lives.” – Martha Sielman, executive director, Studio Art Quilt Associates, Inc. “The skillful artistry in both the design and execution of the pieces is top notch, a testament to what the experiences meant to the quiltmakers.” – Jodie Davis, host of Quilt Out Loud on QNNtv, The Cuckoo Clock Designer

other books you may enjoy!

Inspired by the National Parks: Inspired by the Beatles: An Art Project Apollo: The Early Years, Their Landscapes and Wildlife in Quilt Challenge 1960–1967 Fabric Perspectives Donna DeSoto Eugen Reichl Donna Marcinkowski DeSoto 978-0-7643-4700-9 978-0-7643-5174-7 978-0-7643-5119-8 $29.99 $19.99 $34.99 2017 new Releases 11

Wool: Unraveling an American Story of Artisans and Innovation Peggy Hart

• Learn how wool consumption and manufacturing have intersected with America’s peoples and their history • 100+ photos enhance the story of US wool’s far-reaching influence over the past 400 years • With industry in decline, new generations are discovering the joys of raising sheep and handcrafting garments

Keeping people warm for four centuries, wool has been an essential commodity from colonial times to the present. This book tells wool’s colorful and surprisingly epic tale and how it has impacted millions of lives from immigrants, slaves, and Native Americans to farmers and advertisers. Author Hart reveals little-known but fascinating facts about US society— for example, how huge flocks of sheep were driven to the California gold fields to feed hungry miners, and why sheep grazed on the White House lawn during World War I. Moving from the realms of handcrafted artisanry to industrialization and back, Wool is a story of technological and social change, marketing forces, and above all, consumer choices. A must-read for anyone who has knitted socks, woven a tapestry, or curled up with a warm wool blanket. Peggy Hart is a teacher and production weaver. She designs, produces, and markets hundreds of blankets each year, including custom blankets for sheep and alpaca farmers using their own yarn. She weaves on totally obsolete Crompton and Knowles W-3 industrial looms. Size: 6" × 9" • 108 images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5431-1 • soft cover • $19.99 AVAILABLE IN November

other books you may enjoy!

Dyeing Wool: 20 Techniques, The Art of Weaving a Life: A Felting Beginner to Advanced Framework to Expand and Elvira López Del Prado Rivas Karen Schellinger Strengthen Your Personal Vision 978-0-7643-4531-9 978-0-7643-3432-0 Susan Barrett Merrill $29.99 $59.99 978-0-7643-5264-5 $24.99 12 2017 new Releases

Rooted, Revived, Reinvented: Basketry in America Kristin Schwain & Josephine Stealey • A cultural history of American basketry, from its utilitarian origins to the fine art world • Ten contributing authors examine historical, cultural, and aesthetic trends in American basketry • Nearly 250 images present a history and expansive survey of the contemporary scene

This book unfolds a history of American basketry, from its origins in Native American, immigrant, and slave communities to its contemporary presence in the fine art world. Ten contributing authors from different areas of expertise, plus over 250 photos, insightfully show how baskets convey meaning through the artists’ selection of materials; the techniques they use; and the colors, designs, patterns, and textures they employ. Accompanying a museum exhibition of the same name, the book illustrates how the processes of industrialization changed the audiences, materials, and uses for basketry. It also surveys the visual landscape of basketry today; while some contemporary artists seek to maintain and revive traditions practiced for centuries, others combine age-old techniques with nontraditional materials to generate cultural commentary. This comprehensive treasury will be of vital interest to artists, collectors, curators, and historians of American basketry, textiles, and sculpture. Kristin Schwain is associate professor of American Art, History, and Culture at the University of Missouri. Josephine Stealey is a nationally recognized artist, curator, and professor of Art at the University of Missouri. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 248 color & b/w images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5373-4 • hard cover • $39.99 AVAILABLE IN August other books you may enjoy!

• Award-Winning Basket Designs: Techniques and Pat- terns for All Levels, 978-0-7643-4971-3, $24.99

• Basket Inspiration: For Makers & Collectors, 978-0- 7643-3468-9, $34.99

• Ply-Split Braided Baskets: Exploring Sculpture in Plain Oblique Twining, 978-0-7643-4652-1, $24.99

Swept Away: The Vanishing Art of Broom Making Karen Hobbs • The story of broomcorn and broom art in the US and a do-it-yourself section • History of broomcorn cultivation, gallery of broom art, and—step by step—how to create brooms • Complete with broom lore and a broom-themed dessert recipe

Since Ben Franklin brought broomcorn to America from Egypt in 1790, the humble kitchen broom has been an integral part of our daily lives. Discover the rich and colorful history of the American broomcorn industry, learn how broomcorn is grown, harvested, and dyed, and, following easy step-by-step instructions with photographs and illustrations, make your own broom using one of the seven different broom patterns provided, including Kitchen, Hearth, Cobweb, Turkey Wing Whisk, and Angel Whisk brooms. More than 150 masterpieces by America’s most talented artistic broom makers appear in the gallery section and feature a surprisingly diverse and colorful array of handles and stalks. Entertain yourself with broom lore and superstitions, discover proper care methods to get the most out of your broom, quickly learn all the broom terms you need in the glossary, and also find a recipe for Broomstick Cake! Karen Hobbs teaches broom making, gourding, and basketry at conventions and retreats around the US. She lives in Austin, Texas, with her husband, Cisco, and their rescue dogs, Layla and Ivy. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 329 color & b/w images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5445-8 • soft cover • $24.99 AVAILABLE IN December other books you may enjoy!

• Ondulé Textiles: Weaving Contours with a Fan Reed, 978-0-7643-5358-1, $45.00 early praise

• Heritage Crochet in a New Light: Enriching Your “Makes you feel like you want to start making a broom Designs with Antique Lace Techniques, 978-0-7643- or two right away . . . . Sweeping floors and cobwebs may 5347-5, $16.99 actually become a happy task with your own beautiful • Earth Basketry 2nd Edition: Weaving Containers with handmade brooms.” Nature’s Materials, 978-0-7643-5343-7, $16.99 —Flo Hoppe, author of Wicker Basketry 2017 new Releases 13

Narrative Jewelry: Tales from the Toolbox Mark Fenn, Foreword by Jack Cunningham, PhD

• Showcases the best of narrative jewelry by 241 makers from around the world • Includes makers ranging from newly graduated students to the luminaries of the jewelry world • Love, life, death, and a “Sexually Promiscuous Marsupial”...narrative jewelry offers it all

Featuring 450 full-color photos and 241 of the world’s foremost narrative jewelry makers, this book showcases the best of what today’s makers, ranging from newly graduated students to the luminaries of the jewelry world, have to offer us: jewelry that’s designed to evoke a range of thoughts and feelings. Do you have a piece of jewelry that offers a story? What story does the jewelry we own or desire tell? Why are you attracted to some pieces, but repelled by others? The answers unfold in this contemporary compendium, also featuring a foreword by jewelry professor and expert Jack Cunningham, PhD, and text by artists Jo Pond and Dauvit Alexander (The Justified Sinner). The makers and images selected for this book are a broad representation of the genre of narrative jewelry, and offer a fascinating look for anyone who wears, collects, or has an interest in jewelry or design. Mark Fenn is a maker and curator of narrative jewelry. He has been making for over thirty years and holds a degree in silversmithing and jewelry design from the University of the Creative Arts UK. Size: 9" × 12" • 450 color images • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5414-4 • hard cover • $60.00 AVAILABLE IN October

other books you may enjoy!

Art Jewelry Today 4 Art Jewelry Today: Europe Fresh Floral Jewelry: Creating Sandra Korinchak Catherine Mallette Wearable Art with Wendy 978-0-7643-5024-5 978-0-7643-4678-1 Andrade $50.00 $50.00 Wendy Andrade 978-0-7643-4411-4 $29.99 14 2017 new Releases

Tape Art: Materials, Techniques, Projects & Inspiration Klebebande • Three tape artists demonstrate how to create artwork with many kinds of tape • Nearly 250 images, including 11 DIY projects, from small-format works to large walls • Follow the trail of tape to an exhilarating new art form

As you read and use this book, you will come to agree that “tape is the new paint.” Stunning photos demonstrate step by step how to create eleven different tape art projects on wood, aluminum Dibond, fabric, stone, asphalt, and glass. Learn how lines are tapered, curves executed, and how stripes and motifs are cut out, in 2-D, 3-D, and in negative space. Beginning and advanced tape artists will also find suggestions for more projects to try on their own—from portraits, landscapes, and abstract pictures to furniture decoration, clothes, and human bodies—as well as various tape types, including fabric tape, PVC tape, and packaging tape. An overview of the history and development of this relatively new art form is also included. The book concludes with an extensive gallery of works created since 2011, which have been shown in exhibitions and at art festivals and corporate events. The Klebebande tape art collective formed in Berlin in 2010 and consists of three members: Bruno “BeezeBoe” Kolberg, Bodo Höbing, and Nikolaj “NkoBu” Bultmann. Size: 8 1/8" × 9 1/8" • 248 color images • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5277-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Available Now other books you may enjoy!

• Street Art Santiago Chile, 978-0-7643-4927-0, $34.99

• ARTtitude 2, 978-0-7643-4795-5, $39.99

• 2Create, 978-0-7643-5265-2, $34.99

Bloom: A Coloring Journey Diane Kappa • 27 fanciful floral illustrations by noted surface designer Diane Kappa • Fresh patterns inspired by the artist’s designs for fabric, stationery, and home furnishings • Includes riffs on global patterns, from Bali’s geometric batiks to the painted eggs of Budapest

Bloom brings the work of designer Diane Kappa to a coloring book of 27 original floral patterns. Known for fusing the traditional and contemporary in her fabric, stationery, and home furnishing designs for national retailers such as Jo-Ann Fabric, Marshalls, and HomeGoods, Kappa’s inspirations range from Bali’s bold geometric batiks to the intricate folk patterns of Budapest’s painted eggs. Whether you find your focus with colored pencils, watercolors, or pastels, these nature-inspired illustrations will bring tranquility to artists of all ages and interests. When you’ve finished coloring a page, simply remove it from the book, frame, and display. Diane Kappa is an artist with a background in fashion design and a career spanning nearly two decades. Her sophisticated yet whimsical designs can be found on an extensive portfolio of surfaces. Finding inspiration globally, Diane is constantly experimenting with fresh patterns and bold colors. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 27 b/w images • 56 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5281-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Available Now

other books you may enjoy!

• Painterly Days: The Flower Watercoloring Book for Adults, 978-0-7643-5091-7, $24.99

• Victorian Buildings of San Francisco: A Coloring Book, 978-0-7643-5139-6, $12.99

• Victorian Buildings of the American West: A Coloring Book, 978-0-7643-5140-2, $12.99 2017 new Releases 15 nature mandala coloring books Tim Phelps Animal Life: Nature Mandala Coloring Book • 24 black-and-white mandalas by a scientific illustrator will appeal to animal-loving artists of all levels • Celebrate biodiversity and practice mindfulness through the myriad shapes and colors of plants and animals • Includes little-known facts about each species

The meditative mandalas in these coloring books celebrate the amazing biodiversity in nature: the myriad shapes and colors found in animals and the varied habitats and ecosystems in which they live. Explore real and imagined specimens that live in treetops, sweeping grasslands, lush tropical forests, shimmering waters, and colorful reefs in this riff on the natural world. White spaces in each sketch allow artists to be creative, drawing in their own unique dots, dashes, doodles, stripes, and squiggles. Using a variety of markers, watercolors, or gel pens selectively or in any combination, armchair artists are invited to focus their thoughts and unleash their creativity. Size: 9" × 9" • 31 b/w images • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5278-2 • soft cover • $17.99 Available Now

Garden Life: Nature Mandala Coloring Book

Enter glorious gardens, sweeping grasslands, and lush tropical forests populated with unusual flora and flying creatures in this riff on the natural world. White spaces in each sketch allow artists to be creative, drawing in their own unique dots, dashes, doodles, stripes, and squiggles. Using a variety of markers, watercolors, or gel pens selectively or in any combination, armchair artists are invited to focus their thoughts and unleash their creativity. Size: 9" × 9" • 25 b/w illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5279-9 • soft cover • $17.99 Available Now

Tim Phelps, professor and medical illustrator, has been teaching and illustrating for 30 years in the Graduate Program of Art as Applied to Medicine at Johns Hopkins in Baltimore, Maryland. He has received over 40 regional and national awards for his artwork.

Meditative Zendoodles: A Treasure Trove of Relaxing Moments Susanne Schaadt • With a pen, paper, and this guide, draw your way to creative relaxation • This drawing meditation method is perfect for young and old alike; no drawing skill needed • Over 100 new, versatile patterns, plus instructions and tips on color choices, repeats, and backgrounds

Zendoodling, the popular process of relaxation through drawing, uses repeating shapes or patterns to create an image. Whether you’re a first time Zendoodler or an experienced one, all you need is a pen, paper, and this guide. Step-by- step instructions show how to draw all four versions of the basic pattern model: surface, geometric, scatter, and band patterns. Then you’re ready to take off to a creative and freer state of mind! More than 100 new and versatile patterns are included, along with templates that you can easily trace or enlarge. This guide offers new animal, nature, and other motifs, plus suggestions on the many beautiful Zendoodles to create from everyday objects, color experiments to try, or how to incorporate special backgrounds. Exact step sequences ensure you’ll get both relaxing moments of drawing and magical Zendoodles. Includes a handy pattern index. Susanne Schaadt is a relaxation therapist, and incorporates meditation and creativity into her work. She spent many years as a therapist for children and young people, and now works as an artist and author of works on painting, creative design, and art education. Size: 8 1/2" × 9 7/8" • 381 color & b/w images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5289-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Available Now 16 2017 new Releases

Cast: Art and Objects Made Using Humanity’s Most Transformational Process Jen Townsend & Renée Zettle-Sterling

• 800+ images and 500+ artists reveal all that the process of casting has to offer • By detailing its contemporary uses and its long history, probes casting’s major impacts on society • From statuary to toilets and bricks to wedding rings, casting is everywhere in our lives

Featuring exquisite photos of 800+ contemporary and historic works, this first-of-its-kind book reveals how the process of casting—pouring material into a mold—has transformed our world through its history and omnipresence. In these image-rich pages, craft, fine art, design, and everyday objects offer us perspectives on casting’s unique possibilities, its place in history, and its role in contemporary object creation. Comprehensive and insightful, the book includes writings on casting as it relates to Art History (by Suzanne Ramljak), Large-Scale Metal (by Joseph Becherer), Ceramics (by Ezra Shales), Glass (by Susie J. Silbert), Jewelry (by Jen Townsend), and Alternative Materials (by Elaine A. King). A multi-disciplinary approach—including everything from traditional lost wax casting in non-ferrous metals to casting rubber, glass, porcelain, plaster, and some very unexpected materials—makes this an essential resource for artists, craftspeople, historians, designers, and everyone interested in the objects that populate our world. Jen Townsend and Renée Zettle-Sterlingare metalsmiths, authors, and teachers with an insatiable passion for casting of all varieties. Size: 9" × 12" • 803 color & b/w images • 456 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5338-3 • hard cover • $80.00 AVAILABLE IN June

other books you may enjoy!

On Body and Soul: Humor in Craft Masters of Craft: 224 Artists in Contemporary Armor Brigitte Martin Fiber, Clay, Glass, Metal, and to Amulets 978-0-7643-4059-8 Wood: Portraits by Paul J. Smith Suzanne Ramljak $50.00 Paul J. Smith 978-0-7643-4647-7 978-0-7643-4929-4 $45.00 $50.00 2017 new Releases 17

Making Good: An Inspirational Guide to Being an Artist Craftsman Jacklyn Scott, Kristin Müller & Tommy Simpson, Foreword by Stuart Kestenbaum

• How to build and manage a career in art/craft? Personal answers from 41 craftspeople, with 260 photos • Surprising approaches to reaching success and overcoming hurdles while pursuing a life in the arts • An intimate, practical perspective into the opportunities and challenges of leading a creative life

Forty-one craftspeople answer the questions of who, what, when, where, and how he or she started and maintains a career in the arts. Accompanied by more than 260 photos showing the artists, their work spaces, and their creations, each interview gives experience-based answers to anyone interested in the lives of artists. For students and career changers to makers at all levels, this resource captures insight into the entrepreneurial nature of living a life in the arts—and the choices, bits of luck, joys, and tenacity one needs to overcome hurdles in useful and surprising ways. The 41 artists from across the United States work in many types of media; they include, for example, woodturner Dixie Biggs, fiber artist Carol Eckert, metalsmith Pat Flynn, glass artist Judith Schaecter, and ceramist Mara Superior. As their answers unfold, what develops is a collection of independent voices that follow unique, creative journeys in the arts, despite the twists and turns life takes. This distillation of expertise is a valuable resource to all who are considering a creative career. Jacklyn Scott, Kristin Müller, and Tommy Simpson make up three generations of artists who have an ongoing conversation about the adaptability required to flourish as an artist.Stuart Kestenbaum is former director of the Haystack Mountain School of Crafts. Size: 7" × 10" • 269 color images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5287-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Available Now early praise “Read this book if you want to be inspired!” – Jennifer Zwilling, curator of artist programs, The Clay Studio

When Makers Meet: Enriching Art through Creative Collaboration at L’Art et la Matière AFTAB, Association Française pour le Tournage d’Art sur Bois (Art Woodturning Association of France)

• Encapsulates the six wildly creative days of the biennial collaborative art retreat in Provence, France • Offers insights on why collaborative work is a valuable source of energy in today’s artistic world • Galleries fight to outbid each other at the final day’s auction of the mixed-media artworks

Every two years, 50 to 60 top artists in all mediums travel to the tiny town of Aiguines in Provence, France, and spend six days and nights collaborating, cross-pollinating ideas, and trying out mediums they’ve never used before. In these pages, learn about this valued source of energy in today’s artistic world: the collaborative creativity seminar. Short texts by participants enhance over 275 engaging photos of artists in the process of collaborating, as well as the resulting masterful artworks. See how the artists created, in those six days, a total of 176 gallery-quality pieces by joining together across mediums--for instance, a woodturner, a glassblower, and a weaver working together on a project. This view inside the Aiguines event offers inspiration for artists and art organizations to increase their work’s quality and their own vision’s scope. AFTAB, the national art woodturning association of France, promotes woodturning as a fine craft. Through forums and programs like the popular biennial collaborative event “L’Art et la Matière,” AFTAB works to connect and inspire artists. Size: 9 1/8" × 8 1/8" • 278 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5352-9 • hard cover • $29.99 AVAILABLE IN july 18 2017 new Releases

Vessels: A Conversation in Porcelain and Poetry Porcelain by Jennifer McCurdy, Poetry by Wendy Mulhern • The work of acclaimed ceramic artist Jennifer McCurdy, accompanied by the poetry of her sister Wendy Mulhern • McCurdy’s classic and newest work beautifully presented, with a section on evolution and process • These vessels, in porcelain and poetry, celebrate art’s ability to hold otherwise uncontainable things

This is the first book to showcase the work of acclaimed ceramic artist Jennifer McCurdy. Collectors and art enthusiasts will be delighted to gaze at these luminescent forms, lyrically accompanied by the poetry of Jennifer’s sister, Wendy Mulhern. Dozens of color photographs, plus a section on evolution and process that’s illustrated with forty-five color images, clearly show the depth and brilliance of Jennifer’s work. In this collaboration Jennifer and Wendy celebrate art and how it holds things that can’t be contained in any other way. These vessels, of porcelain and poetry, resonate with each other, engaging an intimate conversation. The evolution and process section provides insight into both the internal process of artistry and the physical and temporal dedication essential to bringing forth a life’s body of work. Acclaimed ceramic artist Jennifer McCurdy has work in the permanent exhibits at The Smithsonian’s Renwick Gallery and The American Museum of Ceramic Art, among many others. Poet Wendy Mulhern has authored and illustrated many books of poetry. Size: 8 1/2" × 8 1/2" • 142 color images • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5313-0 • hard cover • $29.99 AVAILABLE IN June

Guilloché: A History & Practical Manual Calina C. Shevlin • A history and how-to book for people interested in the nearly lost art of guilloché • Useful visual guides and historical information for craftspeople with moderate experience with rose engines • Expert information from the roughly 30 working guillocheurs in the world

Guilloché is the decorative engraving of a metal surface, such as watch cases, cufflinks, or Fabergé Eggs, with the use of a hand-powered device called a rose engine. This passionately researched book tracks the birth, decline, and revival of this endangered craft and features exclusive information from the world’s few living professional guillocheurs, as well as an exploration of the distinction between guilloché and its forebear, ornamental turning. The word “guilloché” was first used to describe details of ancient Greek columns, but the rose engine didn’t appear until the mid-1700s, near the French-Swiss border. With a basic knowledge of this contraption, and the straight-line machine, aspiring guillocheurs can follow 21 pattern-cutting “recipes” to create several classic designs and discover endless possibilities for new concepts. Authoritative text, gallery and detail photographs, dynamic illustrations, and precise, hand-drawn renderings will assist and delight adventurous craftspeople, machinists and engineers, and steampunks alike. Calina C. Shevlin has an MFA in metalsmithing and jewelry from the University of North Texas. Having worked at Swiss watch companies and independently as a guillocheuse, her goal is to disseminate the information on guilloché far and wide. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 270 b/w & color photos & drawings • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5017-7 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN June

Inspiration Kantha: Creative Stitchery and Quilting with Asia’s Ancient Technique Anna Hergert • A guide to the vivid art of kantha embroidery/quilting, featuring projects for beginner and expert stitchers • 230 photos bring to life the colorful roots of this stitching art from India and Bangladesh • Includes instructions for building your own personal kantha reference library of stitches

Kanthas, embroidered fabrics traditionally created by the women of northern India and Bangladesh, capture culture, history, and stitching creativity in their layers of repurposed old cloth. This book reveals the beauty in kantha’s simplicity--it is based on simple running stitch--and offers step-by-step instructions that enable today’s textile artists to enjoy it. Kanthas were originally created from threadbare clothing to rejuvenate it. The used fabrics were layered, then embellished with motifs and themes from nature, everyday life, and spirituality. This guide leads you through the layering of fabrics, transfer of imagery, and the stitching itself. There are handy motif patterns, instructions on how to begin a personal kantha reference library, and more. Both simple and complex projects, appealing to beginners and expert stitchers, get you started, and a colorful gallery of kantha work is included to inspire you. Anna Hergert is a full time professional artist specializing in stitched textiles. Her work has been shown in solo and group exhibitions in Asia, Europe, and North America. Size: 10" × 7" • 239 color & b/w images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5357-4 • hard cover • $24.99 AVAILABLE IN August 2017 new Releases 19

Ondulé Textiles: Weaving Contours with a Fan Reed Norma Smayda with Gretchen White • The first book on ondulé textiles, featuring instructions, design tips, and 180 photos of contemporary experts’ work • Includes a comprehensive history of the fan reed, the tool for ondulé weaving’s graceful, sinuous lines • Be inspired by dozens of photos of exquisite woven pieces by Smayda and other artists

Weaving involves straight, parallel, and gridlike lines, but as Norma Smayda shows, ondulé—weaving with curving warp threads—offers new directions. This is the first book on ondulé textiles, and includes clear information on every aspect, from instructions to design tips to a comprehensive history of the fan reed, the tool that makes ondulé possible. Smayda shares the details of her own learning experiences with numerous ondulé warps in a variety of fibers. More than 180 color photos also feature stunningly beautiful work by five other contemporary and two twentieth-century weavers, plus intriguing historic Japanese textiles. Also included are sections on weft ondulé, designing a fan or hybrid reed, and the thought processes behind twenty-one of the featured projects, including drafts. This reference will serve as foundation and inspiration for your ondulé weaving. Norma Smayda, master weaver, teacher, and author, established the Saunderstown Weaving School in 1974. Gretchen White is a weaver, knitter, and quilter, with a particular interest in the structure of textiles and knitted fabrics. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 187 color & b/w images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5358-1 • hard cover • $45.00 AVAILABLE IN August

World War II Quilts, 2nd Edition Sue Reich • 72 new images • Patriotism expressed with needle and thread • Features war efforts by women

Many American women made warm and attractive quilts to honor and benefit US soldiers during the period 1940-1945, either as outright gifts or as raffle items to raise money for the war effort. This book reflects extensive original research of newspaper and magazine articles of the era, and authenticates the patterns and designs available to quilt makers, anchoring the quilts historically in time. Color photos and descriptive text identify many patriotic quilts made for donation to the Red Cross and organizations such as Bundles for Britain. When possible, original patterns and designs that inspired the quilts are included. The quilts can now be interpreted from factual and objective perspectives, enhancing their historic and emotional importance. Sue Reich began her love of quilting as a child at her grandmother’s farmhouse in northwestern Pennsylvania. Her interests expanded to historic documentation, appraising, judging, and lecturing on quilts. As a nationally recognized author of quilt history books and the curator and keeper of focused quilt exhibits, Sue travels widely sharing her quilt research and knowledge. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 387 color & b/w images • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5334-5 • hard cover • $39.99 AVAILABLE IN May

Cotton & Indigo from Japan Teresa Duryea Wong • The behind-the-scenes story of how these two enduring plants power today’s fiber artists worldwide • Over 270 detailed photos reveal Japanese hand-dyed indigo, quilts, folk textiles, kimono fabric, and today’s newest fiber art • Includes insights from many masters of Japanese fiber use—Keiko Goke, Shizuko Kuroha, Yoko Saito, and more

More than 300 colorful photos and behind-the-scenes details reveal the fascinating story of Japan’s cotton and indigo, and their enormous contribution to fiber arts worldwide. Learn how Japan and its top fabric designers, quilters, scientists, and artists combine tradition and high tech to weave the thread, fabrics, and stunning designs that are so coveted in today’s fiber art world. Take a tour of Japan’s elite textile printing mills to understand why Japan is considered the world’s finest producer of quilting cotton. Learn where all this cotton comes from, and its close connection to another prized plant, indigo. Dozens of beautiful fabric designs and quilts by Shizuko Kuroha, Keiko Goke, Yoshiko Jinzenji, Yoko Saito, and others are featured, as well as cotton and indigo folk textiles through the ages. This journey gives a deeper understanding of the connection between contemporary textile art and Japan’s cotton, indigo, and traditions. Teresa Duryea Wong researches, writes, and lectures widely, and has made many trips to Japan to follow the story of cotton and indigo. She is a Bybee Scholar and holds a master’s degree from Rice University. www.teresaduryeawong.com Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 313 color and b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5351-2 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN July 20 2017 new Releases

Pleating: Fundamentals for Fashion Design Leon Kalajian, George Kalajian; Foreword by Jack Sauma • The first book on the technical artistry of fabric pleating, a fashion design essential • Demystifies this subject to help designers reduce errors, save costs, and improve their garments • The Kalajians, a father-and-son team, head the preeminent New York firm Tom’s Sons International Pleating

This concise book, with more than 300 photos of pleated, high-fashion creations and practical diagrams to follow, offers the basics needed to understand and use fabric pleating successfully. A foreword by Jack Sauma, founder of Mood Designer Fabrics, reminds us of how essential pleating is to the design world. Throughout, step-by-step explanations show you how, by understanding the types of pleats and their requirements in terms of fabrics, grain, bias, and other factors, you can improve your design’s creation process, budget planning, and “wow” factor. Authors Leon and George Kalajian are the father-and-son team heading New York’s preeminent Tom’s Sons International Pleating. While their firm caters to couture evening wear and runway fashion, the concepts and definitions they clearly explain in this book will allow everyone to properly execute and communicate designs to others in the industry. This is an essential reference for designers, seamstresses, pattern makers, costumers, factory owners, students, and everyone involved in fashion. Leon and George Kalajian, a father-and-son team, head Tom’s Sons International Pleating in New York, focusing on specialized pleating work and technical garment advising for film, couture, and runway fashion. Jack Sauma is the founder of Mood Designer Fabrics. Size: 8 1/8" × 9 1/8" • 315 color images and diagrams • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5296-6 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN May Heritage Crochet in a New Light: Enriching Your Designs with Heirloom Lace Techniques Rita de Maintenon • Combine these heritage techniques in any crochet project to add contemporary and creative impact • Bonus online videos show you how to crochet the stitches, and offer handy additional tips • Encourages “pattern independency” and shows you how to become your own designer

Learn the history of heritage crochet techniques, and how to use them to enrich any crochet project. Clear instructions from master teacher Rita de Maintenon, plus 160 photos and online videos, take intermediate-level crochet skills to the next level, allowing you to learn to crochet broomstick lace, hairpin lace, Tunisian lace, Aran cables, and thread lace such as filet crochet, Irish crochet, bullions, and picots. After mastering the basics of these often undervalued traditional skills, learn how to move between them, combine them, and—most importantly—move from pattern dependency to “pattern independence.” Readers are guided in how to create their own designer projects without the need of commercial patterns. Original-design examples are featured throughout. This book belongs in every fiber lover’s library as a constant resource of information and inspiration. Rita de Maintenon has taught heritage fiber workshops for over twenty years. She is a member of the Southern Highland Craft Guild and a Blue Ridge National Heritage Artist. She is a Craft Yarn Council certified instructor. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 160 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5347-5 • soft cover • $16.99 AVAILABLE IN July

Earth Basketry: Weaving Containers with Nature’s Materials, 2nd Edition Osma Gallinger Tod, Revised by Josephine Breen Del Deo • Charming and precise line drawings, detailed instructions, and vintage photos help you create beautiful baskets • Dozens of projects, from a cedar-bark basket for kindling, to cat-tail mats, to flower vases • A classic by craft pioneer Osma Tod; first published in 1933 and never out of print

For beginners, nature lovers, and expert weavers alike, these pages teach how to create baskets using natural materials found in the woods and fields. One of craft pioneer Osma Tod’s most popular books, this guide was first published in 1933 and is still in print thanks to its timeless information and its clear instructions. Tod explains a wide variety of weaving techniques step by step, offering precise diagrams to follow, and her charming way of inspiring respect for natural materials helps make this book one of a kind. The chapters explain gathering and preparing both round and flat natural materials like leaves, roots, reeds, grasses, vines, shoots, willow, pine needles, bark, splints, and more. Instructions for making borders, lids, handles, and fasteners give many options. Projects include a cedar-bark basket for kindling, cat- tail mats, a vine birdhouse, a pedestal fruit basket of coralberry runners, sturdy bark work baskets, and dozens more. Osma Gallinger Tod (1895–1983) was an important figure in repopularizing traditional crafts among Americans. She ran crafts communities in Michigan and Pennsylvania, authored many books, and was a pioneer in championing a respect for traditional craftsmanship as art. Size: 6" × 9" • 131 color and b/w images and illustrations • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5343-7 • soft cover • $16.99 AVAILABLE IN July 2017 new Releases 21

Scroll Saw Pictures: An Illustrated Guide to Creating Scroll Saw Art, 2nd Edition Frank Pozsgai, Text Written with and Photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin • A guide for advanced scroll sawyers on cutting out artistic patterns in different wood colors • 87 patterns, plus one pair of wolves step-by-step • Two pictures for half the amount of work

A master scroll sawyer presents this easy-to-understand step-by-step guide for creating cutout pictures, flat or in relief. Learn how to cut out a pair of wolves under a moonlit, mountainous landscape from a drawing and discover many other traceable cutout options in the Patterns section. With these designs and two or more colors of wood, you can create a work of art to hang up in your home or give as a gift. Intended for advanced scrollers, the reader can find all he or she needs to know about this wonderful craft, including details about taping, cutting, and swapping the cutouts to make the colors stand out. For every project you get two works of art! Color photographs demonstrate the tools needed and illustrate each step, and a section of cutout patterns gives the reader plenty of scroll saw ideas. This revised and expanded second edition contains 16 new patterns. Frank Pozsgai lives in Aloha, Oregon, where he runs his workshop and business. He has been featured in Woodworker’s Business News. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 171 color images & b/w drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5292-8 • soft cover • $14.99 AVAILABLE IN May

Carving Marine Mammals with Power Frank Russell • How to carve marine mammals, for the novice as well as the advanced wood sculptor •  16 projects and 21 total carvings with biological information, textural instruction, working and color schematics • Learn to carve heirloom marine mammal projects including whales, dolphins, seals, polar bears, and more

This intermediate power carving series continues with a dive into the sea, giving the carver the instruction for creating marine mammals. Step-by-step instructions, sequential photos, working drawings and patterns, and color schematics lead the woodworker through the completion of the carving process and to a painted finish. The process of carving the manatee figure is displayed in detail from pattern to completed piece. Detailed painting instructions for 16 project plans (21 total carvings) include Sperm, Humpback, Blue, Bowhead, and Pilot Whales, as well as a Beluga, Narwhal, Killer Whale, Manatee, Bottlenose Dolphin, Walrus, Elephant Seal, Northern Sea Lion, Sea Otter, and Polar Bear. This informative volume will bring enjoyment and instruction to the intermediate and the advanced woodcarver. Additional resources include a glossary of anatomical and biological terms, and an overview of carving bits and tips on shaping and texturing. Award-winning power carver Frank C. Russell operated the Stonegate woodcarving school in Vermont, and has presented seminars and lectures in the United States and Canada. Size: 8 1/2" × 11" • 171 images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5348-2 • soft cover • $16.99 AVAILABLE IN july

Sharpening Woodworking Tools: How to Achieve the Sharpest Cutting Edges with Traditional Techniques Rudolf Dick • A guide to sharpening tools using methods based on Japanese water stone grinding methods • Cutting improvement tips for chisels, axes, drill bits, and more from experts and 250 photos • Make your tools work better and last longer

There is much discussion among artisans when it comes to improving the cutting behavior of tools quickly and permanently, but the debate is settled here, where expert engineers and master craftsmen prove the benefits of sharpening blades and tools using methods based on time-tested Japanese water stone grinding techniques. Learn through detailed instructions how to get perfect edges on your chisels, planes, axes and hatchets, woodcarving and woodturning tools, drill bits, and handsaws in a tool-conserving and—in the best sense of the word—sustainable way, using stones, files, and specially designed machines. Manual sharpening has the added advantage that only as much material as absolutely necessary is taken off the steel. Founded on a scientific understanding of steel types and sharpening means and filled with valuable tips, this guide is a standard-setting volume and the ideal companion on the path to acquiring sharper and better edges on all your hand tools. A mechanical engineer and CEO of Dick GmbH Feine Werkzeuge, Rudolf Dick received his doctorate in the special area of transformation techniques at the TUMunich, Germany. Size: 7" × 10" • 252 color photos & diagrams • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5349-9 • hard cover • $34.99 AVAILABLE IN July 22

Professional Development...... 22 ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES...... 24 METALWORK...... 27 PAINTING...... 22 contemporary fine crafts...... 25 KNIFEMAKING...... 28 PORCELAIN PAINTING...... 22 SCULPTURE...... 25 BOWMAKING...... 28 printmaking...... 23 MOSAICS...... 25 GUNMAKING...... 29 Calligraphy...... 23 glass art...... 26 SCRIMSHAW...... 29 PAPER ART...... 23 GLASS ART: TECHNIQUES...... 26 MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES...... 29

arts & Crafts arts STENCILING...... 23 ceramic art...... 26 dollmaking...... 30 PHOTOGRAPHY...... 23 IRONwork...... 26 HOLIDAY CRAFTS...... 30 FLOral art...... 24 IRONWORK TECHNIQUES...... 27 GOURDING...... 30 Children’s crafts & ACTIVITIES...... 24 historic ironwork...... 27

Professional Development Encaustic Art in the Twenty-First Century. Wax on Crafts: 15 Decorative Techniques Studio Craft as Career: A Guide to Achieving Anne Lee & E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword by for Transforming Your Crafts. Miriam Joy. Excellence in Art-Making Paul J. Stankard. This Kim Bernard, Afterword by Ellen Koment. The Create bright and cheerful designs for the hol- unusual two-section resource uses hard-won insights North American artists included in this book idays, using a box of crayons and a few simple and more than 240 images to inspire craftspeople to represent some of the finest practitioners of tools! With step-by-step instructions and over advance toward significant work. First, build your creative contemporary encaustic. Its luscious visual and 400 images, you can turn inexpensive and commitment by learning from internationally renowned physical properties allow artists to blaze new everyday items into family treasures. Decorate artist Paul Stankard's own 45-year career progression. trails as they incorporate it with other methods tile magnets, ornaments, and other mediums. Then, benefit from the advice of dozens of other masters and processes. Use wax with paper, wood, glass, metals, boxes, celebrated on the American craft landscape. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 475 color images eggs, and felt. Size: 7” x 10” • 242 color images • 208pp. 304 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5023-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5252-2 • soft cover • $29.99 hard cover • $59.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5021-4 • soft cover • $19.99

Master Your Craft: Strategies for Designing, Painterly Days: Watercoloring Books for Adults. Kristy Rice. These Decorating Eggs: Exquisite Designs with Making, and Selling Artisan Work Tien Chiu, three books consist of of 25 floral sketches, 25 woodland scenes, and 25 Wax & Dye. Jane Pollak. Truly exquisite designs, Foreword by Christopher H. Amundsen, Executive unique patterns, respectively. Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the artist intricate details, and brilliant color schemes come Director, American Craft Council. This book enables craft is invited to experiment with only a brush and paint. Pages are double-sided, together in this new DIY book on decorating artisans to create masterpieces. It outlines a powerful offering the opportunity to paint the same page in different ways. The eggs. Chapters include basic decorating tips and process for designing and creating beautiful work that author shares painting tips for each sketch and advice for discovering how to choose your colors. With illustrated step- is practical to make and sell. It also provides strategies the artist within. Also included is a painting tutorial and handy color to-step instructions and a gallery of completed for finding your voice, developing technical skills, selling wheel. Each book is small enough to carry anywhere and simple to use. projects, you’ll be creating your own dynamic your work, and (if you want) making craftwork a career. Creativity is an escape, and these books offer a delightful way to make eggs in no time at all. Size: 7” x 10” • 141 color images • 176pp. art regardless of skill level. Size: 8 1/2" x 10" • 200 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5145-7 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4654-5 • soft cover • $24.99

Branding + Interior Design: Visibility and Busi- Painterly Days: The Flower Watercoloring Impressions with Clay. Milt Liebson. This ness Strategy for Interior Designers Kim Kuhteubl. Book for Adults. complete and easy-to-use book describes the The difference between designer and design leader lies Size: 9" x 12" • 25 floral patterns • 60 pp. basics and leads the reader step-by-step through in one powerful little word: brand. This book bridges the ISBN: 978-0-7643-5091-7 • soft cover • $24.99 the process of using tinted liquid clay (slip) and gap between designer and design leader and shows individually prepared pastels applied directly pros how to define and sell their unique point of view, to a clay matrix with a brush, sieve, or various find their audience of ideal clients, and master the art stencils. An impression is created by transferring of being visible, from the inside out. the image from the clay matrix to canvas. Size: 6” x 9” • 39 color images • 240pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5129-7 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2125-0 • soft cover • $19.95

PAINTING Water Based Texturing: Techniques & Pigments of Your Imagination: Creating Painterly Days: The Woodland Inspirations for Artists, Teachers, and with Alcohol Inks, 2nd edition, revised Watercoloring Book for Adults. Craftsmen. Tucker Stouch. Explore the use and expanded Cathy Taylor. Mercurial, ver- Size: 9" x 12" • 25 woodland patterns• 60 pp. of acrylic textural finishes for home decor satile, inexpensive, and wildly colorful, alcohol ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99 projects and wall art. Over 290 color photos inks are one of the newest mediums to hit the include crackle, polystyrene relief, thick impasto, art community. Pigments of Your Imagination scratching, combing, mixes, embedded elements, is your essential guide for working with alcohol sponging, tissue and paper textures, metallic inks, from choosing which inks to use for each paints, sprays, splashes, drizzles, smearing, project to learning how to maximize your artistic stamping, impressions, and stenciling. potential with a wide variety of fascinating techniques. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 350+ color images • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4534-0 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN:978-0-7643-5133-4 • flexi • $24.99 PORCELAIN PAINTING Fire and Light: A Method of Paint- Painterly Days: The Pattern Watercoloring ing for Artists Who Love Color Julie Book for Adults Porcelain Painting with Uwe Geissler. Uwe H. Hanson. This two-part book is a com- Size: 9" x 12" • 25 patterns • 60 pp. Geissler. Here is a wealth of painting knowl- prehensive and exciting color approach for ISBN: 978-0-7643-5093-1 • soft cover • $24.99 edge and an introduction to the time honored beginning and advanced painters. Tools techniques of porcelain painting, the necessary given in part one provide the necessary tools and the designs. The central focus of the skills to explore the color-temperature book is the classic flower painting, but it also painting method described in part two. presents modern art deco designs. Numerous It is easy to follow, step-by-step, and step-by-step instructions and color photographs fully illustrated. make this ideal for painters. Size: 11” x 8 1/2” • 206 color images • 128pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5217-1 Size: 9" x 12" • 116 color photos, 112 b/w photos hard cover • $24.99 & drawings, 121 designs • 127 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-899-0 • soft cover • $24.95 printmaking • Calligraphy • PAPER ART • STENCILING • PHOTOGRAPHY 23

PAPER ART Painting Porcelain In the Meissen Style. An Introduction to Japanese Calligraphy Uwe Geissler. In many full-color, step-by- Yuuko Suzuki. Clear instructions and 148 photos Constructing and Covering Boxes: A step illustrations, the author shows how welcome you to the subtle, fascinating world of Beginner’s Guide. Tom & Cindy Hollander. the porcelain painter can personally create Japanese calligraphy. Learn how to use the “four Over 230 clear color photos illustrate every decorations in the Meissen manner. Espe- treasures of study” (brush, ink, inkstone, and paper), step needed to make hinged lid, clamshell, and cially popular, the thirty-six flower motifs and how to create characters, words, and even creative boxes from book board covered with and classic onion pattern, as well as green poems. Also includes a selection of calligraphy by book cloth or paper. Tools and materials are grapevine decorations. master artists to inspire you. discussed and formulas provided for each box Size: 9" x 12" • 124 pp. • 100s of full-color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 148 color & b/w images type. Basic skills necessary for box production photos & illustrations 80pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5218-8 are explored in depth. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0280-0 • soft cover • $24.99 hard cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 234 color photos • 80pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3158-9 • soft cover • $14.99

printmaking Creating Snowflake Art: Designing Orig- Book Cover Designs. Matthew Goodman, Tattoo Lettering & Banners: Classic and inal Papercuttings. C. Angela Mohr. This Foreword by Nicole Caputo. Browse more Modern Script Designs Britt Johansson. This book introduces basic cutting techniques for than 500 book cover designs and listen book of script and banner lettering in a wide snowflakes and provides designing tips for to more than 50 of today's top designers range of styles is the tattoo artist’s ideal cheat making original papercuttings and ornaments discuss designing the perfect book cover. sheet. Beginning with traditional handwriting, it for everyday use or seasonal decorating. Award-winning creative professionals from moves into more complex script styles. Customers Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. around the world have applied astonishingly can choose from the samples to write a loved one’s ISBN: 978-0-7643-2971-5 • soft cover • $12.99 clever cover concepts that play slyly on titles name and bring this book to the shop. and themes of international bestsellers, both Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 color images & draw- classic and modern. ings • 128pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5215-7 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 518 color photos • 224 pp. soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5016-0 • soft cover • $34.99 STENCILING Beginning Illumination: Learning the 100 New York Calligraphers. Cynthia Ancient Art, Step by Step. Claire Travers. Dantzic. Encompassing a wide range of cal- Authentic Antique Stenciling. Gen Ventrone. Clear instructions and over 225 photos help ligraphy in many languages and hands, or The charm of stenciled decorations has appealed you discover a skill that's crossed the centuries. styles, this book presents a visual treasury to people for hundreds of years. Here are many This guide covers all the basic techniques for of works by 100 contemporary scribes, all old examples of stenciling on tin, furniture, glass, practicing this fascinating ancient art. Each of whom were either born in New York or velvet, and walls. Using patterns of designs aspect is taught step by step, from the proper studied or worked in the city. taken from old stencils, there are step-by-step ways of preparing your parchment to using Size: 9" x 12" • 629 color images • 240 pp. instructions for their reproduction, with color pigments and gilding. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4898-3 • hard cover • $50.00 photographs and a full explanatory text. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 227 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • b/w & color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-5027-6 • hard cover • $24.99 drawings • 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-140-6 soft cover • $19.95 Contemporary American Print Makers. E. Ashley Rooney and Stephanie Standish, Printmakers Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, Stenciling: 140 Historical Patterns for Foreword by Susan J. Goldman. Over 500 color editor. Inspiring color photos review the Room Decoration. Ilse Maierbacher. 140 photos display the work of 75 contemporary art of today’s printmakers, from massive historic stenciling ornaments spanning the past printmakers and 30 print shops. Together these installation pieces to small and surprising century. Examples of colorfully decorated spaces artists embrace the history and techniques of three-dimensional works. Techniques provide additional inspiration, with floral and traditional printmaking while pushing the range from classical to experimental, geometric, light and bright motifs. bounds of new print media. including woodcuts, lithographs, screen- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 photos, 140 stencil Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 color & 40 b/w photos prints, silkscreens, etching, mezzotint, patterns • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0376-7 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4691-0 serigraph print, linocut, solarplate, soft cover • $24.95 9hard cover • $34.99 vitreograph, photoetching, aquatint, drypoint, digital transfer, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 368 color photos • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3462-7 Calligraphy hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD PHOTOGRAPHY An Introduction to Calligraphy Véro- Today’s Top Stationery Artists. Tori Higa. This nique Sabard, Vincent Geneslay, and Laurent book profiles over 160 color images of artwork The Art of Flower Photography. Rébéna; foreword by Roger Druet; photos by from contemporary greeting card and stationery Lucian Niemeyer. Vivid color photos Laurent Geneslay. Learn basics, from pen se- designers. Each artist readers are introduced to illustrate the steps necessary to cre- lection to stroke details, and teach you 5 major through images and text has a unique and modern ate artful color photographs of the styles of Western script developed through the approach to designing for the age-old concept world’s flora, including choice of setting, centuries. Learn the correct formation of each of handwritten correspondence. They are all lighting, color palette, equipment, and letter, then enjoy practice exercises—to help trendsetters in the stationery arena. the documentation and storage of the you master the style. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • 112 pp. resulting images. Size: 8 1/2” x 11” • 129 images • 80pp. ISBN: ISBN: 978-0-7643-2832-9 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 215 color photos 978-0-7643-5230-0 • hard cover • $24.99 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3633-1 hard cover $34.99 An Introduction to Arabic Calligraphy Ghani Alani. World master Alani helps you use Today’s Top Stationery Artists 2. Tori Higa. Underwater Photography: A Guide ink and a qalam—a traditional reed pen—to This book contains the work of 52 new stationery to Capturing the Mysteries of the create timelessly decorative lines of Arabic artists and over 350 vibrant color photos of their Deep. Trent Burkholder. An informa- script. This guide explains the art’s 1,500-year imaginative work. Short artist biographies and 16 tive guide to underwater photography, history; how to choose materials and prepare in-depth feature interviews with various stationers covering the technical, mechanical, your tools; basics about the Arabic language; provide readers with insight into their inspiration and compositional factors that con- and exercises to help you successfully write and business. Valuable tips are provided for starting tribute to quality images. Includes and join the letters. your own stationery company. Graphic art designs 120 beautiful color photos and 18 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 304 color & b/w images are small and personal. instructional images. 80pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5173-0 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 355 color photos • 144 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 color images hard cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3737-6 • soft cover • $29.99 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4234-9 • hard cover $34.99

An Introduction to Chinese Calligraphy Today’s Botanical Artists. Cora Mar- The Traveling Nature Photogra- Lucien X. Polastron and Jiaojia Ouyang. With cus and Libby Kyer. The work of 65 top pher: A Guide for Exploring the 142 photos and these short, step-by-step lessons botanical artists from America. Gorgeous Natural World through Photog- from a master Chinese calligrapher, you can flowers, leaves, plants, roots, and vege- raphy. Steven Morello. Over 220 enjoy the basics of the beautiful characters of tables have been beautifully drawn and color photos present stunning nature Chinese. The traditions, tools, and techniques painted.Gardeners, nature lovers, graphic photography and the equipment used are explained, then clear instructions and easy designers, collectors, and de corators will to capture it. A detailed reference exercises guide you in Kaishu-style calligraphy. find much to absorb and enjoy. designed to prepare readers for photo Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color & b/w images Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 220 color illustra- adventures in the wild. 80pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5242-3 tions • Value Guide/Index • 160 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos hard cover • $24.99 ISBN: 987-0-7643-2905-0 • hard cover • $39.99 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3055-1 • soft cover • $29.99 24 FLOral art • Children’s crafts & ACTIVITIES • ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES

FLOral art Soap Carving for Children of All Ages. Victorian Doll House. Children Taking the Flower Show Home. Howard K. Suzuki. Bar soap provides a won- and adults alike will enjoy the rich Bill Schaffer, aifd, aaf, pfci, & derful carving medium for children or adults architectural ornamentation of this Kristine Kratt, aifd, pfci. An ex- to learn and teach basic carving techniques. classic, Victorian cottage. It is easily clusive behind-the-scenes look at Starting with directions for making safe and assembled and measures 13 1/3" tall, Bill & Kristine's creative process simple wooden carving tools, basic soap-carv- 6 3/4" x 9 1/2". Create your own beau- and offer detailed, helpful steps to ing techniques are shown with step-by-step tiful color scheme for both its interior assist the reader in creating their color photos. and exterior. Made of sturdyboard, own designs at home. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195 color photos this dollhouse folds flat back into its Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 303 color photos 48 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-0859-8 own box, and can be used again and & diagrams • 144 pp. soft cover • $12.99 again. Grades 3 & up. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4430-5 • hard cover • $45.00 Size: box: 12" x 9" x 1 3/4" • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2956-2 • boxed kit • $14.95

Shaker Village. Edmund V. Gillon, Jr. The Bridal Bouquet Book. Ginny Carving in Soap: North American Ani- Children and adults alike will enjoy this cut Parfitt. The largest portfolio of bridal mals. Howard K. Suzuki. Advanced methods and assemble Shaker village. Six architec- bouquets available on the market of making bar soap carvings of selected North tural models in H-O scale, printed on heavy today. More than 400 gorgeous color American mammals. Beautiful color photos and stock in full color: a great round stone barn, photos illustrate a wealth of fresh ideas text move step-by-step through the carving of four-story brick communal dwelling, school- to inspire brides, floral designers, and eight animals: a bear and cub, wolf, cougar, house, gambrel-roof church, laundry, and wedding planners. prairie dog, harp seal, killer whale, and otter. privy. The buildings represent an agrarian Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400+ color photos Art, natural history, and environmental issues village typical of Shaker communites in the 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2197-8 are integrated into the instructions. early 19th century. Middle grades–ages 8-12. hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color photos Size: 9" x 12" • 6 cut-out models • 46 pp. 8 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-077-3 • soft cover • $5.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1292-8 • soft cover • $12.95 An Early New England Seaport. Edmund Bridal Flowers: Bouquets - Boutonnières Soap Carving Ocean and Coral Reef Crea- V. Gillon, Jr. Typical buildings of late 18th and - Corsages. Ginny Parfitt, Bill Murphy, AIFD, & tures. Howard K. Suzuki. Over 270 color photos early 19th century New England seaports in Tina Skinner. Over 300 gorgeous bouquets and 53 patterns show how to carve twelve sea a cut-and-assemble form that will be loved for brides and their maids, along with bou- creatures, including the clownfish, starfish, by adults and children. It contains ten archi- tonnière designs for the gentlemen and some octopus, seahorse, penguin, orca, sperm tectural models in H-O scale, printed in full ideas for hairpieces, corsages, and items for whale, sea otter, manatee, queen angelfish, color on sturdy stock. The authentic buildings flower girls and ring bearers. Shows styles sea lion, and beluga. Carvers will produce represent types that existed in waterfronts of for wedding events, organized by color. soap carvings in low and high relief and from New England seaports. Includes tutorials for creating bouquets, fused raw material. Size: 9" x 12" • 40 photos • 56 pp. boutonnières, corsages, a tussie-mussie, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 color & 53 b/w images ISBN: 0-88740-063-9 • soft cover • $5.95 and flowers for flower girls. 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2754-4 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color photos • 128 pp . soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3485-6 • soft cover • $24.99 ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES

Creating Floral Centerpieces. Bill Murphy, Saltbox House: Color ’n Build Foliage Textures: Royalty Free Art for AIFD. A professional floral designer takes you Activity Playset. Build and color a Designers. Compiled by Ginny Parfitt. This step-by-step through the creation of more than Saltbox House from printed, pre-cut, beautiful book and its accompanying Mac and 25 impressive floral displays, from charger sturdy art board. The house measures PC compatible CD contain over 150 photographs plates and napkin rings to kettle-sized, exotic approximately 7 1/2" wide x 9 1/4" long of summer, autumn, and evergreen foliage, as centerpieces. From basic bouquet tying skills x 8" high and sits on its own platform. well as grasses, groundcovers, and tropical and through the latest techniques using wire and Inside is a staircase and loft; outside succulent foliages. floral adhesive, you will be inspired to adorn is a fence, deck, 4 dogs, a doghouse, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos every event with flowery creations. two chairs, and garden plants that 160 pp. • With CD-Rom Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 288 color photos • 112 pp. are easy to personalize with your own ISBN: 0-7643-2289-3 •$39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3459-7 • hard cover • $29.99 decorations. Grades 3 & up. Size: 12" x 9" • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3443-6 • boxed kit • $14.99 Paper Textures: Royalty Free Art for De- Entertaining with Flowers: The signers. With two CDs. A treasury of textures, Floral Artistry of Bill Murphy. Bill Victorian Buildings Coloring Books Shirley Salzman. Adults are this beautiful book and its accompanying Mac Murphy, AIFD. Floral designs for a spring invited to express their sense of color and creativity in this book of and PC Compatible CDs are filled with 114 bridal shower, tropical dinner party, detailed drawings of San Francisco’s Victorian-era buildings. In pen and colorful images of handmade papers, from garden party, retirement celebration, ink, artist Shirley Salzman depicts a spectrum of styles from 1837 to 1901. soft and subtle to deeply marbled and highly and weddings winter, spring, summer textured. Ready-to-use high resolution images. and fall. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 114 color plates Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos 96 pp. • With CD-Rom 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2556-6 Victorian Buildings of San Francisco: ISBN: 0-7643-2118-8 • $39.95 hard cover • $29.95 A Coloring Book Shirley Salzman. Size: 11" x 14" • 21 black and white sketches Children’s crafts & ACTIVITIES 44pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5139-6 soft cover • $12.99 World Designs: 1200 Historic Patterns The Future Architect’s Tool Kit with Royalty-free CD. Decorative designs, Barbara Beck, Architect. Readers dis- from civilizations over 3000 years, are displayed cover more about the design techniques here and on CD. The designs, most shown in used by Aaron the Architect in The Future beautiful color and exquisite detail, display Architect’s Handbook. Walk through the Ancient, Gothic, Renaissance, and Classic styles. process of designing a home and building A classic reference and source for designers. a three-dimensional model, using an Size: 9" x 12" • 1203 images • 160 pp. included toolkit just like Aaron’s. Freehand With CD-Rom • ISBN: 0-7643-2295-8 drawings inspire readers to apply lessons soft cover • $29.95 to their own designs. Ages 8–13. Victorian Buildings of the American West: Box Size: 12" x 9" x 1 1/2" • 62 b/w images • 48pp. A Coloring Book Shirley Salzman. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5193-8 • box set • $29.99 Size: 11" x 14" • 21 black and white sketches 44pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5140-2 Art Nouveau Era Graphics: Ornamental The Future Architect’s Handbook Barbara soft cover • $12.99 Figures, Flowers, Emblems, Landscapes, Beck, Architect. Young readers discover how and Animals with DVD. A rich treasury of architects work by examining "Aaron the Archi- designs to inspire and enrich decorative arts tect’s" four drawings (Site Plan, Floor Plan, Sec- projects. Originally presented in the 1890s tion and Elevation) for his own home. They also for use in home interiors, ceramics, textiles, learn about design techniques, building compo- stationery, stained glass, and ironwork. nents, and architectural styles. Freehand draw- Size: 9" x 12" • 152 pp. ings illustrate the text and inspire readers to ap- 500 color and 275 b/w graphics with CD-Rom ply these lessons to their own designs. Ages 8–13. ISBN: 0-7643-2042-4 • soft cover • $34.95 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 51 b/w images • 48pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4676-7 soft cover • $29.99 ROYALTY-FREE ART RESOURCES • contemporary fine crafts • SCULPTURE • MOSAICS 25

SCULPTURE Fabulous Floor Patterns: with CD. Carving a Bear in Soapstone. Tasha Un- "Jerry" S. F. Cooke III & Tina Skinner. Explore Direct Metal Sculpture. Revised & Expanded. ninayar and Lynn Bartlett. Artwork by Dawn hundreds of floor patterns, from checker- Dona Z. Meilach. This revised edition retains all the Hartwig. Illustrated, step-by-step directions boards and wild tile configurations to florals, techniques and inspiration of the original edition provide techniques for carving your own bear in faux marble, and fantastic parquetry. The plus new chapters update the history of direct metal soapstone from designing the bear to adding the enclosed CD-Rom presents the images in sculpture over the past quarter century, including final polish. Chapters include carving the bear’s various formats, making it easy to experiment the impact of public art programs and the computer, waist and belly, head and shoulders, legs and tail, with, manipulate, and apply. exploring the importance of computer aided design, and its ears and snout. A gallery of completed Size: 9" x 6" • 400+ color illustrations • w/ CD-Rom and the Internet for successfully marketing one’s art. projects will inspire your own creativity. 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2291-5 • hard cover • $34.95 Size: 7" x 10" • 115 color & 475 b/w photos • Index Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color images • 48 pp. 248 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1254-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4084-0 • soft cover • $16.99

Historic Holiday Art. Tina Skinner and Mary L. Bronze Sculpture Casting & Patination: Carving a Sitting Bear in Soapstone. Tasha Martin. Charming clip-art dates from the turn of Mud, Fire, Metal. Steve Hurst. Photographs Unninayar & Lynn Bartlett. Artwork by Dawn the century and up through the Arts and Crafts by Steve Russell. An illuminating text combines Hartwig. Illustrated, step-by-step techniques movement of the early 1930s. Royalty free images with 646 color photos and 78 drawings explore for carving the sitting bear in soapstone from are perfect for today’s messages from those with in detail the processes involved in forming metal designing to adding the final polish. Chapters a nostalgic yearning for an era gone by. sculpture. Metal finishing processes are explored include carving the bear’s head, ears, legs, and Size: 9" x 6" • 295 color illus. • 176 pp. in detail, including an unprecedented 177 pati- paws. A gallery of completed projects will inspire ISBN: 0-7643-2119-6 • hard cover • $24.95 nation recipes and working practices. your own creativity. Size: 9" x 12" • 646 color photos, 78 line draw- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color images & 4 patterns ings • Index • 368 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2164-1 48 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4148-9 hard cover • $125 soft cover • $16.99

Historic Christmas Art. Mary L. Martin and Passion for Metal: Reflections and Tech- MOSAICS Tina Skinner. Enjoy charming clip-art dating niques of a Metal Sculptor. Henry Harvey. An back through the turn of the century and up account of the world of metal sculpting, from the Sculptural Secrets for Mosaics: Creating through the arts and crafts movement of the lighting of a torch, to techniques, patinas, and a 3-D Bases for Mosaic Application Julee early 1930s. More than 300 royalty free images candid insight into the genesis of his sculpture. A Latimer, foreword by Debrah C. Sickler-Voigt. are ready for application to your professional number of projects are illustrated and explained With easy-to-follow guidance and more than 175 projects or casual communications, in a format in exquisite detail, making this an absolute must photos, follow a professional mosaic artist through suitable for Mac or PC use. for everyone contemplating becoming a sculptor. the process of making six sculptures, demonstrating Size: 9" x 6" • 330 color • illustrations • 176 pp. It is richly illustrated. the techniques on a variety of interior and exterior ISBN: 0-7643-2120-X • hard cover • $24.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos • 160 pp. works, both free standing and wall mounted. ISBN: 0-7643-1840-3 • hard cover • $39.95 Learn skills ranging from reaching the needed levels of density to applying tesserae to spheres. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color images • 80pp. • Chinese Flower Art: Line Drawings with Contemporary Stone Sculpture. Dona Z. Meilach. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5244-7 hard cover • $19.99 CD. Centuries of flower arrangement wisdom in An exploration of modern stone sculpture, with hun- exquisite calligraphic representation. Each image dreds of examples by today’s top sculptors, illustrat- Mosaic Art Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder. a perfect arrangement, delicately balanced within ed and explained with hundreds of clearly detailed Over 50 contemporary, mosaic artists an imaginary frame. Perfect for adaptation to photographs. Specific, step-by-step instructions for reveal the diversity of materials used art projects in want of Asian flair. Traditional creating stone sculpture, with descriptions of various and forms created in this ever-growing Chinese characters accompany each. types of stone, selecting and transporting it, carving field. Using tesserae, stone, pebbles, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 drawings • 160 pp. the stone with hand or power tools, and the methods ceramics, found objects, and other ma- ISBN: 0-7643-2083-1 • soft cover • $24.95 of finishing the work. terials, these artists "paint" intricate and Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color plates, 340 illus • 224 pp. beautiful images. ISBN: 0-88740-089-2 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4001-7 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD Heraldic Designs: Royalty-free imag- Direct Stone Sculpture. Milt Liebson. Revised es. Thousands of wonderful motifs drawn and expanded second edition. After a histor- A Beginner’s Guide to Mosaics: Four Dec- from historic reference works. Includes ical overview of stone sculpture, the reader is led orative Projects. Alexandra Carron. From state seals, royal seals, coats-of-arms, through the hands-on experience of sculpting in the basics of mosaic materials to the most so- college fraternity emblems, and societal stone. The types of stone used are covered, as are phisticated techniques, step by step you will emblems with animals, mythological the types and use of basic hand sculpting tools. For produce four original and elegant objects (a vase, creatures, nautical and military motifs, the advanced sculptor, there is information on the colorful table, springtime mirror, and decorative armor, rosettes, crowns, and much more. use of power tools, lamination, and repair. Now tiles) assisted by your own crafting coach. This Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 2,180 b&w images with additional photos. beginner’s how-to book techniques for cutting, 96 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2458-6 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 300 photos • 160 pp. patterning, grouting, and finishing. hard cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1224-3 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 196 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4096-3 • hard cover $19.99 contemporary fine crafts

Masters of Craft: 224 Artists in Fiber, Clay, Direct Wood Sculpture: Technique-In- Mastering Mosaics: 19 Artists, 19 Projects. Glass, Metal, and Wood: Portraits by Paul J. novation-Creativity. Milt Liebson. An Rayna Clark. Learn proven techniques and Smith. Paul J. Smith. This collection of 240 photo- illustrated history of direct wood sculpture is successful methods of creating mosaic art graphs documents 224 top studio craft artists in their explored, along with a vital resource for those from 19 different artists. Patient professionals studios and at events. The photographs are by Paul J. seeking to create sculpture in wood. A complete give informative, specific, and even moving Smith, Director Emeritus of the Museum of Arts and description of the qualities and types of wood, accounts of their personal mosaic strategies. Design, and combine to reflect his firsthand experience tools (both hand and power), techniques, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 534 color photos & drawings of the changing currents in twentieth-century craft. finishing, complements discussions of the art 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4362-9 Size: 9" x 12" • 240 b/w photos • 248 pp form and philosophy. hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4929-4 • hard cover • $50.00 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1299-5 • hard cover • $39.95

Fused Glass Mosaics: Master Class Tech- Humor in Craft. Brigitte Martin. What happens Introduction to Soapstone Sculpting. Lynn niques with Martin Cheek. Martin Cheek. A when craft artists are allowed to explore their A. Bartlett and Tasha Unninayar. Photography practical mental tool kit to assist you in making mischievous and irreverent sides? Find out in this by Josh Steck. New sculptors of any age and your own mosaics. Over 300 color images and groundbreaking book which reveals an entirely skill level can easily accomplish fun projects with an engaging text will inspire ideas of color, different side of typically "serious" craft. A great soapstone. With 737 color images, patterns, and background, and style. Make a subtle mosaic variety of traditional and non-traditional craft step-by-step directions, you will be carving away by using analogous colors or a piece inspired by techniques are shown together with artists’ in no time at all! Artists of all trades, especially your favorite artist. For the seasoned mosaicist. commentary. This book is a treasure trove for woodworkers, will be enamored with this artform Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 345 b/w & color images craft aficionados and humor enthusiasts alike. once they see how easy it is. 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3933-2 Size: 9" x 12" • 465 color photos • 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 725 images • 160 pp. hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4059-8 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3781-9 soft cover $29.99 26 glass art • GLASS ART: TECHNIQUES • ceramic art • IRONwork

glass art Art Glass Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, Tiffany Studios’ Techniques: Inspiration for Glass Art: 112 Contemporary Artists editor. Unique glass artworks by in- Today’s Artists. Edith Crouch. Explore the creative Barbara Purchia and E. Ashley Rooney, Fore- ternational artists. Techniques include media that master designer Louis Comfort Tiffany word by Herb Babcock, Introduction by Corey blown, cast, kiln-formed, lampwork, (1848-1933) and Tiffany Studios in NY pioneered, Hampson. Nearly 600 brilliantly detailed photos cold work, fusing, laminating, carving, with related masterpieces that followed by 17 capture the work of 112 glass artists and show sand blasting, and more. See installa- contemporary artists. Covers Tiffany’s original the tremendous diversity, depth, and breadth tion pieces, tableware, vases, bowls, paintings and fine arts, stained glass windows and, of how this ancient material is used today. sculptures, furniture, paperweights, mosaics, favrile glass objects, metalwork, enamels, New and emerging glass artists are featured beads, and diptychs. and jewelry.Size: 9" x 12" • 560 color photos • together with well-known experts, and they all Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 364 color photos Index 320 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3624-9 • hard challenge the boundaries of familiar techniques. Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3464-1 cover • $100.00 • Schiffer LTD Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 590+ color images hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD 240pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5188-4 hard cover • $50.00 Glass Art From UrbanGlass. Richard Wilfred ceramic art Yelle. Artists and designers associated with Art Glass Today 2. Sandra Korinchak. UrbanGlass: New York Center for Contemporary Ceramics Today. Jeffrey B. Snyder, Dozens of contemporary international Glass, have influenced the Studio Glass Move- editor. Meet 120 ceramic artists through glass artists' works leap from these ment in many ways. This volume documents the 495 color photos of their work around pages in dynamic photos, together with work of 173 of these artists, and celebrates their the globe. The ceramic artworks range the makers' explanations of the methods achievements in art and design. An authoritative from small objects for use and ornamen- and insights that guide their work. The text by prominent curators, critics, and writers tation to large-scale sculptures. • Size: glass works range from tableware to round out this definitive survey. 11" x 8 1/2" • 495 color photos • 256 pp. furniture and demonstrate today's top Size: 9" x 12" • 515 color photos • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3465-8 • hard cover levels of mastery. ISBN: 0-7643-1116-6 • hard cover • $79.95 $50.00 • Schiffer LTD Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 252 color photos 252 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5025-2 • hard cover • $50.00 William Daley: Ceramic Artist. Ruth Fine. International Glass Art. Richard Yelle. The Retrospective of William Daley’s ceramic art, The Encyclopedia of Modern Marbles, works of over 175 of the top known international 1950s through the 2000s. Over 300 images Spheres, and Orbs. Mark P. Block. The vast artists, such as Dan Dailey, William Morris, display the artwork, including commissions. range of today’s handmade and machine-made Linda MacNeil, Mary Shaffer, Howard Ben Tré, Daley’s geometric ceramic vessels explore the marbles, edition types, regular stock, open Dale Chihuly, and Karen La Monte. Essays by synthesis between interior and exterior, volume edition production stock, prototypes, limited collectors and contemporary artists worldwide and surface, form and symbol. Their unglazed editions, experimental works, and studio glass introduce the gallery of over 780 stunning color surfaces echo architectural spaces and rhythms. in over 900 photos, exploring the close rela- photographs. This book honors the support of Also included are Daley’s thoughts on ceramic tionships among today’s studio art glass and collectors for the artists, galleries, and museums art and teaching the process. the marbles of childhood that preceded them. that promote glass art. Size: 9" x 12" • 300+ color photos • 240 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 784 color photos Size: 9" x 12" • 810 color photos • 400 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4523-4 • hard cover • $60.00 Price Guide/Index • 272 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1834-9 • hard cover • $95.00 ISBN: 0-7643-2294-X • hard cover • $69.95 Wood-Fired Ceramics: 100 Contemporary Women Working in Glass. Lucartha Kohler. Artists. Amedeo Salamoni. Through over 500 Works of over 40 talented female artists, color photos and personal statements, this book Contemporary Marbles & Related Art including Asa Brandt, Yoko Ono, and Linda showcases the contemporary ceramic artists who Glass. Mark P. Block. Marbles produced by MacNeill. Coming from the 1960s to con- use the labor intensive, unpredictable process over 130 artisans are presented in 600 color temporary times, their beautiful sculptures, of wood-firing. Contact information, examples photographs. A history of the contemporary mosaics, and delicate creations are illustrated of each artist’s work, kiln drawings, firing logs, handmade marble movement is provided, along in over 350 dazzling color photographs. This clay, glaze and slip formulas, and wood-firing with tips for the purchase and care of marbles, book is a must-have for collectors, enthusiasts, resources are included. a glossary, and a valuation guide. This book will historians studying the studio glass movement, Size: 9" x 12" • 526 color photos • 248 pp. be a joy for everyone fascinated with glass. and especially aspiring young artists. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4533-3 • hard cover • $59.99 Size: 9" x 12" • 845 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 378 color & b/w photos 192pp. Price Guide • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1807-1 • hard cover • $59.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1166-2 • hard cover • $59.95 Pit Firing Ceramics: Modern Methods, Ancient Traditions. Dawn Whitehand. Pit GLASS ART: TECHNIQUES Firing is the first text to comprehensively ex- The Artistry of Peggy Karr Glass. Peggy plore the complex nature of pit firing based on Karr. 500+ color photos display the fused glass Glass Art from the Kiln. Rene Culler. Over historical evidence and the artistic perspectives products produced by the Peggy Karr Glass 290 beautiful color photos and engaging text of contemporary ceramicists. Included is a his- company of New Jersey, beginning in 1987 reveal the versatility of glass and how it can torical chapter, a how-to chapter, and artist including plates, bowls, trays, platters, clocks, be inspired by art. Learn about kiln selection profiles that showcase the pit fired ceramics ornaments, and roundels decorated with flowers, and instruction to develop firing schedules for of modern practitioners. animals, fish, still life imagery, seasonal motifs, working in glass. Methods for cutting, fusing, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 bw and color photos • 128 pp. special order patterns, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x cold working glass are provided, with 292 how-to ISBN: 978-0-7643-4172-4 • hard cover • $29.99 11" • 295 color & 12 b/w photos photos covering two specific glass art projects: Rarity Scale/Index • 190 pp. reference maps for fusing and simple shapes. ISBN: 0-7643-2144-7 • hard cover • $29.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 292 color photos • 208 pp. IRONwork ISBN: 978-0-7643-3542-6 • hard cover • $50.00 Thomas Wilson’s Ironwork Notebooks: Creative Glass. Danijela Kracun & Charles Sculpture and Design with Recycled Glass. Inspiration from a Master Sally Adam, McFadden. Explore the work of 108 artists Cindy Ann Coldiron. This “green” book is dedicated Foreword by H. Russell Zimmermann. An whose techniques include blown, cast, fused, exclusively to the topic of recycled glass in artistic and inspiring reference, this collection of 5,000 etched, layered, copper foil, enamel, paint, and design applications. Includes photos of original and designs from master architectural designer and flame work along with glass blowing, casting, content driven recycled glass craft and sculpture, blacksmith Wilson’s forty years of notebooks fusion, etching, and much more. More than 550 technical issues in working with glass, and four how-to includes sketches, visual explorations, and ex- art objects are shown, from intricate jewelry projects. This is a great resource for interior designers, pert designs in traditional and contemporary pieces to architectural installations. LEED professionals, homeowners, museums, galleries, ornamental ironwork. From tables and gates to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 582 color photos 208 pp. art collectors, art educators, and artists. hardware and sculpture, they’ll inspire design ISBN: 978-0-7643-3505-1 • hard cover • $39.99 Size: 8 1/2 " x 11" • 375 color images • 208 pp. professionals and artists of all kinds. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3889-2 • hard cover •$49.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 5,000+ color & b/w images 272pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5180-8 Studio Glass in America: A 50 Year Journey. Leaded Glass: Projects and Techniques. hard cover • $45.00 Ferdinand Hampson. The American studio glass Julia Rodriguez and Eva Pascual. An overall movement can be traced to 1962, when a professor view of the methods and techniques from an Ironwork Today: Inside & Out. Dona at the University of Wisconsin, had a dream to alter educational viewpoint, and building confidence Z. Meilach. Over 480 color photos of iron molten glass into unique forms in a studio setting for working directly with glass. Step-by-step art for indoor and outdoor use, including and teach his techniques. This book takes us from instruction for six different leaded glass projects sculpture, fences, railings, gates, doors, its origin to reveal decade by decade the growth is included, with the complete process – from furniture, lighting, candleholders, and of studio glass. High-quality detailed images and the initial plan to the finished object – broken more, ranging from the truly modern stories, a retrospective of 50 top artists. into simple and easy to follow procedures. to historical references. Size: 9" x 12" • 455 color images • Index 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color images • 144 pp. Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 482 color photos • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4230-1 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4514-2 • hard cover • $29.99 Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2390-3 hard cover $49.95 IRONwork • IRONWORK TECHNIQUES • historic ironwork • METALWORK 27

Ironwork Today 2: Inside & Out. Ironwork: Dynamic Details. Dona Z. Meilach. Art Nouveau Ironwork of Austria & Hun- Jeffrey B. Snyder. 100s of color photos Unique ironwork created by artist-blacksmiths, gary. Federico Santi & John Gacher. 500 vivid display the work of today’s top art- with details of flowers, leaves, and amazing critters photos show many and varied interpretations ist-blacksmiths. Working in a variety make ordinary fences, gates, and chandeliers of art nouveau forms in the balustrades and of styles, they create innovative original extraordinary. Functional joints become beautiful balconies, lanterns and gates, doorways and works of art for homes, offices, and elements for furniture, fireplace accessories, can- elevator door facades of Budapest, Hungary, public use, including sculpture, gates, dlestick holders, and other iron items we use daily. and Vienna, Austria. Explanations of the settings furniture, lighting fixtures, candlehold- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color photos • 160 pp. discuss the details and decorative motifs on ers, doors, locks, and more. ISBN: 0-7643-2549-3 • hard cover • $39.95 the ironwork. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 500 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 color photos • 240 pp. 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3064-3 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 0-7643-2436-5 • hard cover • $49.95

IRONWORK TECHNIQUES Ironwork Today 3: Inside and Out. Italian Ironwork: Medieval : Renaissance: Jeffrey B. Snyder. 100s of color photos Decorative & Sculptural Ironwork: Tools, Baroque: Neo Classical. Giulio Ferrari. Italian show the artwork being created by Techniques & Inspiration. Dona Z. Meilach. The ironwork from Roman times, through medieval today’s artist-blacksmiths. Over eighty fascinating properties of iron and other metals cre- centuries, and up to neo classical designs of the artists’ works are displayed, including atively explored in 52 color plates and 717 b/w photos early nineteenth century comprise this collection art found in public spaces, offices, and and drawings. Smithing tools and techniques are of photographs from Italian sources. They de- homes. The artwork is arranged by artist explored in depth. pict trellises, grilles, gates, fencing, household alphabetically, allowing readers to see Size: 7" x 10" • 52 color and 717 b/w photos • 312 pp. lighting, fireplace accoutrements, and door the full scope of each artist’s work all ISBN: 978-0-7643-0790-4 • soft cover • $34.99 hardware that will inspire today’s designers. together on adjoining pages. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100 b/w images • Index Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 462 color photos • Index • 256 pp. 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3560-0 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3876-2 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD hard cover • $29.99 historic ironwork Decorative Ironwork of Italy. Photography Ironwork Today 4: Inside and Out. Edgar Brandt: Art Deco Ironwork. Joan by Augusto Pedrini. Beautiful hand-wrought iron Catherine Mallette. Hundreds of detailed Kahr. A premier early 20th century metalsmith gates, grilles, architectural details, and fireplace color photos provide a sweeping over- in France, Edgar Brandt (1880-1960) designed equipment features scrollwork and floral embel- view of iron artwork created by over 90 and fabricated some of the most beautiful ar- lishments from many ancient towns in Italy. 487 of today’s artist-blacksmiths. This fasci- chitectural and decorative ironwork of his age. full-page, black and white photographs clearly nating art is found in homes, offices, and This elegant book recounts his life and work show details that will inspire blacksmiths and public spaces. Pieces discussed by the with scholarly text and over 300 photographs. designers today. artists, include sculpture, gates, railings, Lyrical gates, doors, and tables, including his most Size: 9" x 12" • 487 b/w photos • Index • 320 pp. furniture, andirons, lighting fixtures, famous screen L’Oasis, appeared at the seminal ISBN: 978-0-7643-3399-6 • hard cover • $45.00 doors, door knockers, and much more. 1925 Exposition des Arts Décoratifs, in Paris. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300+ color photos • 256 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 306 photos • Index • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4673-6 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3666-9 • hard cover • $79.99 METALWORK Contemporary Wildlife Art. Cindy Art Deco Ironwork & Sculpture. “Jerry” S. F Ann Coldiron. Over 360 spectacular art Cook III & Tina Skinner. The work of artisans of the Blacksmithing Techniques: The Basics pieces celebrating the personal connec- burgeoning art deco or moderne art movement in Explained Step by Step, Complete with 10 tions that artists have to wildlife. Includes Paris. Selected from folio volumes published in the Projects. José Antonio Ares. Over 500 full-color contemporary artworks in a variety of mid-1920s to inspire fellow artists on the cutting photos enhance this accessible introduction to media from 74 artists from Australia edge, the more than 500 exciting pieces shared in the craft, teaching basic techniques in eight key to Canada, New Zealand to Alaska, this compendium have proven themselves timeless areas, and giving full instructions for ten creative and coast to coast in the United States. in their classic lines and exquisite detailing. This is a projects. It introduces the traditional techniques Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 361 color photos must-have volume for artisans of the forge, sculp- from a modern perspective, including processes Index • 208 pp. tures, and all fans of art deco-era decorative arts. such as plasma cutting and manual power tools. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4864-8 • hard cover • $39.99 Size: 9" x 12" • 500+ photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 502 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2292-3 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4935-5 • hard cover • $29.99

From Fire to Form: Sculpture from Decorative Ironwork: Wrought Iron On Body and Soul: Contemporary the Modern Blacksmith and Met- Gratings, Gates and Railings. Margarete Armor to Amulets. Suzanne Ramljak. alsmith. Mathew S. Clarke. 521 color Baur-Heinhold. Artists have made gates and fences The craft of making armor and amulets photos display metal art produced by in wrought iron over the centuries in ornamental de- has existed since prehistory and the today’s leading blacksmiths and met- signs. The restoration of wrought iron is discussed results found in art museums across alsmiths. Private and public sculptures and ironwork examples are organized according the globe. The work of contemporary for individual homes, public parks, and to their uses, such as gratings that protect doors crafters showcased here in 200 photos other outdoor venues are included. and windows, entries and gates from Europe in demonstrate the enduring artistry of the Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 521 color photos the Middle Ages, artistic creations of the 17th forms and the role such objects can play Index • 256 pp. and 18th centuries, and works of our own day. in safeguarding body and soul. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3247-0 • hard cover • $50.00 Size: 9" x 12" • 368 photos • Index • 176 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0153-7 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4647-7 • hard cover • $45.00

Fireplace Accessories. Dona Z. Meilach. Unique Architectural Ironwork. Dona Z. Model Building with Brass. Kenneth C. Foran. custom-made fireplace accessories as works of Meilach. Showcases a vast array of This book explains all the tools and techniques art by talented modern artist blacksmiths. Over ironwork commissioned for new com- necessary to successfully build models with 400 ideas for unusual fireplace designs reflect mercial and residential building proj- brass. Whether the reader wishes to substitute historical styles from Renaissance to post-modern. ects. Spectacular examples from more plastic model kit parts with brass, create master A wonderful sourcebook for homeowners seeking than 100 of today’s top blacksmiths, patterns for casting, or scratch building brass original art for their homes. supplemented with historical works models, instructions are provided for modelers Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 362 color & 55 b/w photos from 15 countries, including doors and of all skill levels. Brass cutting, forming, fabri- Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1615-X hardware, staircases and railings, and cating, soldering, and final finishing methods hard cover • $49.95 gates and fences. are explained. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 233 color & 53 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 327 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1324-X • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4004-8 • hard cover • $34.99

The Contemporary Blacksmith. Dona Z. Decorative Architectural Ironwork. Making a Copper Weathervane. Bruce Helm- Meilach. Over 500 works by nearly 200 art- Diana Stuart. Historic exterior designs of reich. Over 290 color images, 25 line drawings, ist-craftsmen from 16 countries illustrate the architectural ironwork on display in the and a clear, concise text guide readers through unprecedented activity in modern ironwork that 5 boroughs of NYC in 400 color photo- the steps needed to build a fully functioning, has led to its blossoming into a serious art form. graphs, with background info and the hand-hammered copper weathervane. Classic You’ll learn several techniques using hot and location of each piece included in cap- American folk art subjects are shown, including cold forming and see the results: architectural tions. Includes iron fences, gates, newel animals, birds, occupations, patriotic themes, and ironwork, sculpture, furniture, containers and posts, balustrades, & more. Designers, transportation. Use the complete plans included vessels, lighting fixtures and candleholders, collectors, and ironworkers will be in- to produce a traditional rooster weathervane. and more. spired by the rich selection of designs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 299 color photos, 25 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 542 photos • 256 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. drawings • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3207-4 ISBN: 0-7643-1106-9 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2192-7 • hard cover • $39.95 soft cover • $29.99 28 METALWORK • KNIFEMAKING • BOWMAKING

Making Mobiles. Bruce Cana Fox. A practical Making Leather Knife Sheaths, Volume 2: Making Integral Knives. Peter Fronteddu & Stefan and encouraging step-by-step instruction for Welted Sheaths Step by Step. David Hölter. This Steigerwald. Through step-by-step instructions and making horizontally balanced mobiles. From how-to book guides you in creating your own fixed images, three integral knife projects with varying assembling the materials and tools through blade knife sheath. Two welted-style sheath designs levels of difficulty are explained here. From basic the designing, fabricating, assembly, painting, are presented in detail, one with attached belt loop and patterns and principles to technical solutions to various and hanging stages, you can create your own one with belt clip and protective strap. For beginners variations in design and process, this guide is ideal for mobiles. By following Bruce's steps and positive and advanced crafters alike, this manual also helps the intermediate to advanced knifemaker. With 350 attitude, hours of fun and challenge will be you develop your own welted-style designs. photos and illustrations, this comprehensive guide rewarded with art you are proud of. Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos & diagrams • 144 pp is ideal for mastering how to make integral knives. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4934-8 • spiral bound • $24.99 Size: 6" x 9" • 350 photos & diagrams • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2474-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4011-6 • spiral bound • $24.99

Basic Metal Jewelry Techniques: A Making Leather Knife Sheaths, Vol. 3: Welted Fancy Knives: A Complete Analysis & Intro- Masterclass. Carles Codina. Basic Metal Sheaths with Snap Fastener and Mexican duction to Make Your Own. Stefan Steigerwald Jewelry Techniques explains the fundamen- Loop. David Hölter. This how-to book guides you & Ernst G. Siebeneicher-Hellwig. Through over 300 tals of metallurgy and basic formulas that in creating your own fixed blade knife sheath. Two color photos and concise text, you can learn the ma- every jeweler should know and master. welted-style sheath designs are presented in detail, terials, qualities, working styles, and handle materials The accurate and up-to-date content is one with attached belt loop and one with belt clip and of penknives. Knife decorating techniques include accompanied by a large number of images protective strap. For beginners and advanced crafters engraving, etching, inlay, scrimshaw, and coloring. and drawings, including stamping, polishing, alike, this manual also helps you develop your own Size: 7" x 10" • 316 color photos • 184 pp. casting, and beveling. welted-style designs. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3067-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 276 photos & diagrams 64 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos & diagrams • 160 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4367-4 • hard cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5022-1 • spiral bound • $24.99

Metal Jewelry Techniques: Enameling, Pocketknife Making for Beginners. Stefan Stei- Basic Knife Making: From Raw Steel to a Engraving, Setting, and Mounting – A gerwald & Peter Fronteddu. Make your own folding Finished Stub Tang Knife. Ernst G. Siebeneich- Masterclass. Carles Codina. This book takes a pocketknife with this easy-to-follow guide. Step by er-Hellwig and Jürgen Rosinski. Learn the craft of detailed and visual approach to metal working step, this instructional manual unfolds the secrets of knifemaking. 205 color images and step-by-step techniques, showing the most common pro- constructing a slip joint folding knife, which is held instructions provide for all stages of construction, cesses and techniques used in jewelry making open by spring force and friction. From template to from selection of the steel to forging the blade, today, including enameling, engraving, and detailed, step-by-step explanations to finished knife, assembling the handle, and constructing a holder. mounting gem stones. Accompanying the text even beginners can master this project with minimal Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 color images, are over 260 images and drawings that help tool requirements. 10 drawings • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3508-2 to identify each step of the processes shown. Size: 6" x 9" • 275+ photos & diagrams • 128 pp. spiral bound • $29.99 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3847-2 • spiral bound • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4532-6 • hard cover • $24.99

KNIFEMAKING Damascus Steel: Theory and Practice. Gunther The Lockback Folding Knife: From De- Löbach. This comprehensive book unravels the history sign to Completion. Peter Fronteddu and Liner Lock Knives. Peter Fronteddu and Stefan and mysteries surrounding various types of Damascus Stefan Steigerwald. Create your own folding Steigerwald. With 181 detailed color photos and clear, steel before delving into the theory and mechanics of knife with lockback design. The fit, combi- step-by-step guidance from a top-tier knifemaker, this forging your own complex Damascus steel creations. nation, and variety of shapes of each knife workshop-proven method guides intermediate to ad- Complete with material and equipment requirements, are always a new challenge and presented vanced level knifemakers to success in crafting a folding safety precautions, practical tips, temperature charts, and here in clear, easy-to-understand, step-by- knife. It covers the construction of both general kinds examples of finished works, this book offers inspiration step instructions. of liner locks: the classic liner lock and the nested liner. and the fundamentals of working in this ancient medium. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 236 color images • 112 pp. Size: 6” x 9” • 181 color images • 128pp. Includes a bonus poster, "Practical Tips for the Blacksmith." ISBN: 978-0-7643-3509-9 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5240-9 • soft cover wire o • $24.99 Size: 7" x 10" • 225+ images & diagrams • 176 pp. spiral bound • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4294-3 • hard cover • $39.99

Japanese Knife Sharpening: With Traditional Forging Japanese Knives for Beginners. Ernst G. Knife Sharpening Made Easy. Stefan Steigerwald Waterstones. Rudolf Dick. Everything readers should Siebeneicher-Hellwig and Jürgen Rosinski. Learn how to and Peter Fronteddu. The ideal guide for knifemakers, know about sharpening Japanese blades. Learn how to make two types of Japanese knives: a tanto (dagger) and collectors, culinary professionals, and more, this book make knives sharp and to gain their best performance. a hocho (chef's knife) using traditional techniques. With teaches multiple methods for making your blades The author expert explains special Japanese knives, step-by-step images and clear instructions, this how-to as sharp as new—or even sharper. Each process is helps readers choose the correct sharpening stones, guide covers acquiring iron ore, building and using a illustrated with pictures and offers practical instruction, and gives detailed guidance for practice. A chapter on bloomery furnace, forging the blades, fitting the blades including methods suited for challenging blades like the pinnacle of blade sharpening, polishing Japanese with handles, and sharpening the blades with water stones. serrated blades and knives with wavy or convex cuts. swords, completes the standard work for all users. Size: 6" x 9" • 195 color photos • 128 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 89 images • 112 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 151 color & b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4556-2 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4306-3 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4680-4 • spiral bound • $29.99

Sharpening and Knife Making. Jim Watson. Making Full Tang Knives For Beginners: Step- Forging Damascus Steel Knives for Beginners. Sharpening techniques for numerous woodcarving by-Step Manual from Design to the Finished Ernst G. Siebeneicher-Hellwig & Jürgen Rosinski. With tools and knives of various sizes and shapes, including Knife. Stefan Steigerwald and Peter Fronteddu. From this guide, novice blacksmiths and bladesmiths have a pocketknives and kitchen knives. The necessary ma- drawing the initial sketches of a design to etching your practical and budget-consious approach to forging their terials for proper sharpening are listed and discussed initials into the handle, this duo expertly demonstrates own Damascus steel knives. Starting with the basics, with methods for reconditioning and making new how to build a fixed-blade, full tang knife with detailed, this practical guide shows how easy it can be to build knives and tools and information on resurfacing the step-by-step instructions and illustrations. No previous a simple Damascus-grade forge; forge Damascus steel sharpening stones. knifemaking knowledge is necessary, and the list of into different patterns; and forge a blade into shape, Size: 6" x 9" • 330 b/w photos • 176 pp. required tools is short: files, sandpaper, a drill, and harden it, and turn it into a finished knife. ISBN: 0-88740-118-3 • soft cover • $12.99 elbow grease. Size: 6" x 9" • 180+ photos & diagrams • 102 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 186 color photos • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4012-3 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4752-8 • spiral bound • $29.99 BOWMAKING

Making Leather Knife Sheaths, Volume 1. David Making Hidden Tang Knives. Heinrich Schmid- The Bow Builder’s Book: European Bow Hölter & Peter Fronteddu. From basic leather working bauer & Hans Joachim Wieland. This beginner-level, Building from the Stone Age to Today. techniques to a completed sheath, this how-to book how-to guide explains step by step how to make a Revised 2nd edition. F. Alrune, W. Hein, J. will walk you through the steps to produce your own fixed-blade hidden tang knife and a matching leather Junkmanns, B. Pantel, H. Riesch, A. Stegmeyer, U. fixed blade knife sheath. Choose from four different scabbard. Knifemakers will find the 200+ photos Stehli, K. Vögele, & J. Zschieschang. The history, designs, each presented in detail, including a sheath and diagrams, the tools and materials lists, and the evolution, and construction of European style with folded belt loop, scabbard with leather lining and detailed instructions perfectly suited to creating this longbows. For the beginner, clear, uncomplicated riveted belt loop, sheath with safety strap and attached knife. The section on tools and steps necessary for instructions are offered. More advanced bowyers belt loop, and scabbard with belt clip. making a sheath round out this guide. will find tips on choosing wood and adhesive, and Size: 6" x 9" • 350 photos & diagrams • 144 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 200+ photos & diagrams • 108 pp. detailed info on replicating historic bow types. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4015-4 • spiral bound • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4014-7 • spiral bound • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 illustrations • 216 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4153-3 • hard cover • $34.99 BOWMAKING • GUNMAKING • SCRIMSHAW • MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES 29

SCRIMSHAW Making Bows with Children. Wulf Modeling Weapons & Accessories for Hein. If you want to build yourself a Scrimshaw in Theory and Practice. Richard Military Miniatures. Kim Jones. While there real bow, here is where the adventure Maier. Learn the art of scrimshaw, carving fine lines are many commercially available weapons and begins! Learn how to build 2 different into complex images on bone and other materials. In accessories for military miniatures, sometimes bows, arrows, bowstrings, and quiv- this volume, a skilled engraver explains the history and you wish you had a different rifle or sword with er with step-by-step instruction. This technique of scrimshaw engraving to those looking to which to arm your latest figure. Using step-by- well-illustrated book also takes you on try their hand at this artwork. step photographs Kim Jones illustrates methods a brief excursion through the history of Size: 6" x 9" • 156 color & b/w images • 136 pp of creating rifles, swords, pistols, cartridge this ancient implement. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4967-6 • soft cover • $24.99 pouches, and other accessories. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 photos & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos & drawings • 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4442-8 • hard cover • $34.99 illustrations • 80 pp. •ISBN: 0-7643-0128-4 soft cover • $16.95

Making a Rattan Bow. Linda Schilling & Scrimshaw Techniques. Jim Stevens. This Creating Scenes for Military Miniatures: Michael Wlotzka. Using rattan or a combina- is the most complete technical and aesthetic Groundwork, Foliage & Settings. Kim Jones. tion of rattan and wood, this book guides you book in the field, guiding readers through both When you finish your latest military miniature, through the making of seven bow designs with classic and modern scrimshaw techniques. With you want to display it at its best. This book illustrated, step-by-step instructions. Sections over 200 color photos, this step-by-step guide helps you build imaginative settings for your include creating the bow profile, tillering, leather includes information on scrimshaw tools, carving model with step-by-step, close-up photographs. grips, shaping the handle, making wood overlays techniques, patterns, inking, inlays, and ivory The artist describes his techniques for creating for the tips, and much more. Perfect for archers, alternatives, including bone, horn, and nuts. groundwork, foliage, and diorama settings. woodworkers, and crafters of all skill level. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 color photos • 176 pp. Proven methods for creating scenes for your Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 328 color images, 8 graphs ISBN: 978-0-7643-2831-2 • soft cover • $29.95 military miniatures to give that perfect touch. 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4546-3 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 92 pp. soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0370-8 • soft cover • $16.95

Teaching the Bow to Bend: Making a Longbow. Advanced Scrimshaw Techniques. Jim Painting Miniature Military Figures. Mike Linda Schilling and Michael Wlotzka. Making a long- Stevens. Learn techniques every scrimshaw carver Davidson. While it may seem easy to paint a bow in only two days? No sweat! In their two-day needs for true proficiency in this art form. 130 three-dimensional miniature figure, to do it workshops, the bowmakers team of Kunst-Griff color photos show carving with hand and power properly requires a practiced hand and some introduced many enthusiastic beginners to the basics tools, color and power engraving and painting, artistic techniques. Mike Davidson takes a com- of making a wooden longbow--demonstrating each and practices on the care, conservation, repair, mercially produced casting and leads the reader action step by step, in a comprehensible and clear and restoration of ivory scrimshaw objects. through the process of assembly, painting, and way. This compact book, now in color, brings their Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 134 color photos • 80 pp. mounting. Each step is clearly photographed workshop to you! ISBN: 978-0-7643-3017-9 • soft cover • $14.99 and captioned so the reader may follow them. Size: 6" x 9" • 183 color images • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4595-1 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-625-4 • soft cover • $14.95

Bow Accessories. Volkmar Hübschmann, Contemporary Scrimshaw. Eva Halat. Over Painting Ancient and Medieval Warriors editor. Fourteen archers provide detailed, 700 photos illustrate the history of scrimshaw and With Mike Davidson. Mike Davidson. Ancient step-by-step instructions to completely equip provide instruction on carving and decorating and medieval warriors, clad in leather or metal archers with personal equipment, accessories scrimshaw. A gallery of 45 international artists armor, make wonderful, challenging figures from tension spring to string holder, ten types and their works gives carvers inspiration. This to paint. Using clear, concise instructions and of quivers, bowstrings, targets, and making unique book provides comprehensive information detailed photographic illustrations, Mike Davidson arrows. Over 600 color photos illustrate the for artists, collectors, and everyone interested guides readers through the steps necessary to instructions. 14 experienced archers have de- in scrimshaw. first prepare, then paint, and finally display these veloped this instructive text from their own Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 318 color & 390 b/w photos warriors of ages past; he also includes instructions practice and testing. 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3049-0 on building attractive display backgrounds. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 653 color photos • 208 pp. hard cover • $39.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 257 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3035-3 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0648-0 • soft cover • $14.95

GUNMAKING MAKING MINIATURE FIGURES Painting Civil War Miniatures. Mike David- Guns and Gunmaking Tools of Ferrer-Dalmau: Art, History, and Miniatures. son. Text written with and photography by Jeffrey Southern Appalachi: The Story of José Manuel Guerrero Acosta, Agustín Pacheco B. Snyder. Miniature American Civil War figures the Kentucky Rifle.John Rice Irwin. Fernández, and Luis Miguel Esteban Laguardia, have become extremely popular in the past few The people of the isolated mountain with the collaboration of Miguél Angel Pérez Rubio. years. Using a clearly photographed step-by-step valleys of Appalachia tell how they make A selection of works by Augusto Ferrer-Dalmau, approach, Mike utilizes hobby paints and oils and use the Kentucky and related fire- including some never previously released, together to bring these highly detailed miniatures to life. arms and the supplies that go with with his latest creations, come to life through the Mike also provides formulas for mixing a variety them, both in the past and today a work of a large group of military miniaturists who've of Civil War uniform colors. The techniques are tradition continues. found inspiration in his paintings for their models. easily used on any Civil War model. Size: 11"x 8 1/2 • 315 illus. • Index • Size: 8 1/2" x 9 1/8" • 141 color photos • 144 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. 118 pp. • ISBNf:0-916838-81-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5010-8 • hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 0-88740-884-2 • soft cover • $14.95

Carving Gunstocks: Power Techniques. Sculpting Miniature Military Figures. Kim Painting Napoleonic Miniatures. Mike Jose Valencia. With 250 color photos, all the Jones. Step-by-step through the art of creating Davidson. The Napoleonic era has been called steps needed to transform a plain gunstock military miniatures. The feature figure is an the age of the military tailor because of its into a work of art are explained, from creating American cavalryman of the late 19th century. colorful, ornate uniforms. With clear photos patterns, removing factory checkering, and using Sculpted from epoxy putty on a brass armature and instructions, the reader is guided through a high speed power pen and bits to create scroll, with accuracy and realism, this figure makes a the process of assembly, painting and display basket weave, and maple leaf patterns, along great project for the modeler, and for all who of a commercially produced figure. Using a with realistic wildlife carvings. use this flexible and exciting medium. combination of hobby paints and oils, Mike Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 color, b&w photos provides formulas for a variety of Napoleonic 7 b/w patterns • 64 pp. 96 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-626-2 • soft cover uniform colors. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3370-5 • soft cover • $16.99 $17.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0129-2 • soft cover • $16.95

Powder Horns: Fabrication & Decoration. Modeling Military Miniatures: Tips, Tools, Painting World War II Miniatures. Mike Jim Stevens. 275 color photos illustrate working, & Techniques. Kim Jones. Tips on constructing Davidson. World War II saw a large variety of shaping, decorating, and finishing techniques, weapons, adding straps and belts to a figure, uniforms on battlefields around the globe. Mike including inlays, engrailing, and scrimshaw. and creating realistic terrain using materials that Davidson turns his painting skills to twentieth Leather strap weaving and braiding methods are can be found around the house. Help in solving century warriors. Starting with commercially also provided for carrying the finished horn in an some of the seemingly difficult problems that can produced figures, he guides the reader through authentic manner. For inspiration, photo gallery confront the novice sculptor. Each technique is the process of assembly, painting, and mounting. shows finished powder horns and a contact list detailed using close-up photography and clear, There are also formulas for mixing a variety of includes the artists featured. concise captions to explain every step. World War II uniform colors. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3489-4 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 0-88740-883-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0371-6 • soft cover • $16.95 30 dollmaking • HOLIDAY CRAFTS • GOURDING

dollmaking GOURDING Creative Rims for Gourd Art. Marianne The Art of the Contemporary Doll. Creating Wall Pockets: 10 Gourd Projects Barnes. Through more than 200 color images Sandra Korinchak. More than 220 color to Paint and Hang. Sammie Crawford. Fea- and tutorials from contributing artists, learn how photos, together with descriptions of turing 125 full-color photos, this guide helps to finish the rims of many gourd bowls using chip over fifty dollmakers' richly varied works beginner and advanced painters alike to create stone, tubular beading, paper, coiling, leather, and techniques, make up this fascinating 10 different wall pockets—gourds shaped to wire, clay, pine needle, and flowers--or just overview of the state of the dollmaking form useful, decorative storage on your indoor leave the rim natural. Rims can be very simple art today. and outdoor walls. Expert gourd crafter Crawford or extremely elaborate. A gallery of completed Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos offers detailed color palettes, supply lists, tips, works will inspire your own creative ideas. •128 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4860-0 and step-by-step painting guidance. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 color photos • 96 pp. • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 125 color images • 56 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4614-9 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5020-7 • soft cover • $16.99

Whimsical Elegance: The Costumed Cat Doodling Borders for Wood Burning, Cut-out Gourd Techniques. Susan Nonn. This Dolls of Helen Cohen. Helen Cohen. A self- Gourds & Drawing. Bettie Lake. Learn book was written for gourd artists looking to taught doll-artist, Helen Cohen presents a true techniques for using resin inlay with gourds improve their skills with the mini jigsaw with 221 cat fancy! For over forty years Helen made and and wood projects, including carving, mixing, colored images and step-by-step instructions for sold numerous dolls, many during her twenty-two insetting, sanding, and polishing. Instructions ten projects. By working through these projects, year ownership of The Doll Lady, a now-closed and original designs, and an extensive gallery artists will build their confidence in using the shop in Pennsylvania. Artfully photographed by of gourd and wood turned art, will inspire mini-saw to execute techniques such as cutting David Gehosky, Whimsical Elegance features 31 readers to add personal touches to their projects. tighter lines, cutting through a tight curve, and fashion dolls with Cat faces, magnificently attired Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 photos & drawings • 48 pp. cutting 90-degree angles. in historical costuming spanning 400 years. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4750-4 • soft cover • $12.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 221 color photos• Index Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 151 color photos • 128 pp 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4296-7 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4099-4 • hard cover • $24.99 soft cover • $19.99

Making Colorful Corn Shuck Dolls. Anne InLace Techniques: Resin Inlay for Gourd Wax on Gourds: Decorative Techniques Freels. This book contains over 200 full color and Wood Crafts. Betsey Sloan. Learn tech- for Transforming Gourds & Rims Miriam illustrations and step-by-step instructions on how niques for using resin inlay with gourds and wood Joy. With over 340 detailed photos, popular to make two different styles of a traditional corn projects, including carving, mixing, insetting, teacher Miriam Joy explains the inexpensive shuck doll, with Anne Freel's signature colorful sanding, and polishing. Instructions and original materials needed and the basic steps of the low- style. Readers also receive lots of practical advice designs, and an extensive gallery of gourd and cost, high-impact wax design technique. Next are as well as suggestions on how to personalize wood turned art, will inspire readers to add per- step-by-step instructions for four examples of the dolls so the reader's own creativity shines sonal touches to their projects. The most common creative wax-technique designs on gourds, plus through. challenges working with resin inlay are addressed four stunning rim treatments. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 212 color photos • 80 pp and ten gourd artisans share experiences. Size: 8 1/2” x 11” • 341 color images • 96pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3935-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5225-6 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3330-9 • soft cover • $12.99

Country Dollmaking. Tom & Nancy Wolfe. A Coiled Designs for Gourd Art. Catherine Miriam Joy’s Wax Design Technique. Miriam step-by-step guide to making unique dolls in the Devine. Coiling is a basketry technique used Joy. Using less than one crayon on a gourd country tradition. Tom gives clear instructions for as decoration in gourd art. Step-by-step coiling makes wax designs easy to learn, inexpensive, carving and painting the head, hands, and feet. techniques, as well as pattern designs, help gourd and practical. Illustrated instructions guide Nancy then shows the reader everything from enthusiasts use coiled waxed linen and colored you through six fun projects. Chapters include laying out and cutting the pattern to sewing, thread to enhance their work. 196 color photos preparing your gourd, the basics of wax design, assembling, and dressing the doll. show how to trim a gourd bowl or vase and use embellishing your designs, suppliers, and a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color photos, 300+ b/w the coiled threads to add color to your favorite gallery of completed works. This instructional photos • 136 pp • ISBN: 978-0-8874-0129-9 gourds. A special chart will help crafters design how-to guide is a great addition to the library of soft cover • $14.95 their own coiling patterns. any gourd artist, woodworker, or other crafter. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3011-7 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4467-1 • soft cover • $19.99

HOLIDAY CRAFTS Weaving on Gourds. Marianne Barnes. Five Antler Art for Baskets and Gourds. Betsey Wax on Crafts Holiday Projects. Miriam projects show how to combine basket weaving Sloan. Enhance your gourd vessel or basket Joy. Create bright and cheerful designs for the and gourd art. Twine on a gourd, add undulating with antlers. Containing 169 color images and holidays, using a box of crayons and a few simple tapestry to a gourd basket, and make a con- step-by-step instructions, learn how to drill, tools! With easy instructions and 400+ images, tinuous twill woven gourd. Includes 200 color frame, and attach antlers to a traditional weave you can turn inexpensive and everyday items photographs, step-by-step directions, and a basket, gourd bowl, floor vases, and even masks. into family treasures. Decorate tile magnets, gallery of completed works. Twenty projects — both baskets and gourds ornaments, and other mediums. Use wax with Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color images, 3 b/w — are featured for the beginner and advanced paper, wood, glass, metals, boxes, eggs, and felt. patterns • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3565-5 crafter. A gallery provides inspiration for your Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 410 color images • 96 pp. soft cover • $19.99 own creations. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4955-3 • soft cover •$19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3615-7 • soft cover • $19.99

Delicious Christmas Decorations at His- New and Different Materials for Weaving Creating Bottles with Gourds and Fiber. toric Houses and Your Home. Patricia and Coiling. Marianne Barnes. Over 350 color Jim Widess. This new DIY guide shows how Hart McMillan. Taking inspiration from the images display the raw materials, techniques, different forms of fiber have been used to tie decorations of fruits and greens from historic and final works of art created in weaving and a loop around the neck or waist of a gourd homes across the nation, essential details for coiling baskets and decorating gourds. Where or to weave an intricate basket structure to creating colorful decorations for your entry- to find, collect, and how to prepare natural hold the handle. With more than 350 color ways, mantels, bedrooms, dining rooms, and materials ranging from vines and reeds to plants images and step-by-step instructions, seven the kitchen from fruits and greens, as used in and grasses is explored. Projects from weavers projects are based on water containers from historic homes across the nation. and gourd artists are included. around the world. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 358 color photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3726-0 • hard cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3992-9 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3866-3 • soft cover • $19.99

A Guide to Chip-Carving Gourds. Marilyn Creating Christmas Ornaments from Creative Embellishments for Gourd Art. Rehm. Step-by-step instructions, along with Polymer Clay. Bridget Albano. Add the Marianne Barnes. Through 300 color images 176 color images, show how to chip and chisel personal touch to your Christmas celebration and tutorials from several contributing artists, a gourd into a decorative piece for the house with ten adorable, whimsical ornaments of see how embellishments can add variety to or outside. Create a stunning array of bowls, your own making. Create Santa, two different your gourds. Beads, metal, wire, clay, antlers, birdhouses, and ornaments. Chip-carving on reindeer, a snowman, penguin, gingerbread and other art mediums are among the featured gourds is a gentle, relaxing, dust-free handcraft man, a gift-bearing polar bear, a puppy in a items used to give character to a gourd mask, that any beginner or seasoned crafter can stocking, & more. dress up your gourd doll, or add the final touch learn and enjoy. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color photos, 10 patterns to your gourd with jewelry. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 189 color images • 64 pp. 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-850-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color images, 33 b/w ISBN: 978-0-7643-3210-4 • soft cover • $14.99 soft cover • $12.95 patterns • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4492-3 soft cover • $24.99 GOURDING 31

Chip-Carving Gourds: Advanced Tech- Holiday Fun: Painting Christmas Gourds. Historic Gourd Craft: How to Make Tra- niques. Marilyn Rehm. See what a gourd and a Sammie Crawford. Learn techniques for painting ditional Vessels. C. Angela Mohr. What did chisel can make and learn that chip-carving has gourds as Christmas ornaments and decorations. America’s first inhabitants use for cooking and never been so easy. This step-by-step guide, with Step-by-step instructions and tips for selecting eating? What did the stranded characters of 229 color photographs, demonstrates the many the right gourds to paint and brush to use will televisions Gilligan's Island use to prepare and ways to decorate a gourd with only the simplest ensure your success. 138 color photographs and eat food? Author Angela Mohr demonstrates of tools. Includes 10 projects ranging from 11 projects show all the details. The gallery of how to create authentic vessels by using gourds. bowls, birdhouses, and jewelry to ornaments completed projects will inspire your own ideas A watering can, cooking utensils, and bowls are and a gallery of completed works. for holiday decorating. created in this step-by-step instruction book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 229 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3289-0 • soft cover • $14.99 13 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3279-1 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2830-5 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $14.99

Decorating Gourds: Carving, Burning, Creating Gourd Birds with the Fairy Making Gourd Ornaments. C. Angela Mohr. Painting and More. Sue Waters. Produce Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. The Fairy Clear instructions and 162 color photos teach gourd-geous results in a minimal time! Step- Gourdmother® returns with another brilliant readers to create Christmas ornaments from by-step photos & text demonstrate several tech- step-by-step guide to crafting with gourds, miniature, hard-shelled gourds. Designs in- niques for decorating gourds, including carving, and this time it’s for the birds! Follow along as clude birdhouses, snowmen, angels, tree balls, woodburning, painting, staining, and stenciling, she walks you through building and decorating tree toppers, and wall hangings. Instructions and pine needle weaving. The projects covered twelve feathered friends, from the austere Edgar proceed from initial gourd cleaning to final here include vessels, a hanging potpourri, and Allen Crow to a super cute pop-up birdie toy. painting, wood burning, and the installation an adorable Santa Claus. Patterns are included Ideal for gourders of all ages, this latest how-to of hangers. to get you started. is sure to help your gourding skills take flight. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220+ color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2716-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-1312-7 • soft • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3735-2 • soft cover • $24.99

One Gourd at a Time: A Beginner’s Guide. Building Gourd Birdhouses with the Fairy Making More Gourd Ornaments. C. Angela Tricia Sutton. For crafters who like the idea of Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. Offer Mohr. Make a Santa head from a banana gourd, working with gourds but don’t know where your feathered neighbors a handcrafted home a snow couple from mini-bottleneck gourds, to begin, this Beginner’s Guide provides basic with this detailed project book for making and and paint, ribbon, and beads to make shiny techniques. Step-by-step instructions and 361 decorating gourd birdhouses and feeders. From a ornaments from egg gourds. With 203 color color images take you through 21 projects. charming hacienda birdhouse to a wall-mounted images and step-by-step directions, both the Chapters include cleaning and cutting gourds, house in the shape of a wide-brimmed hat to a beginner and advanced gourd artist will have coloring and decorating, and easy-to-do projects delightfully sarcastic hanging cat’s head bird- fun decorating this holiday season.Features a with your left-over gourd pieces. A gallery of house, birds will flock to nest in your creative gallery of completed projects that will inspire completed projects will further inspire you. backyard subdivisions. new innovations of your own.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 361 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 140 color photos • 96 pp. 203 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4146-5 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3736-9 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3620-1 • soft cover • $19.99

Gourd Crafts: 6 Projects & Patterns. Ro Making Gourd Bowls with the Fairy Apples to Apples: Basic Techniques for Shillingford. Over 220 color photos and text Gourdmother®. Sammie Crawford. Make Decorating Gourds. C. Angela Mohr. Make guide readers through every step needed to eight colorful bowls in this new DIY book from a ‘Be My Valentine’ gourd, fish and rooster create gourd bird houses, bowls, apple box- the Fairy Gourdmother®, from a ghastly witch to adorned gourds, gift-wrapped gourds, and es, whimsy-bird vases, ewers, and scarecrow laughing clowns, Christmas balls to Easter eggs, a ‘Thinking of You’ gourd with well-wishes roly-polys. The text provides information on and hearts to seashells. Ideal for the aspiring written on it. Through 178 color images and growing, curing, and cleaning gourds. Cutting gourd crafter, this how-to book has nearly 140 step-by-step directions, compare decorating and cleaning techniques, how to transfer pattern images. Complete with patterns, color palettes, techniques using color, paper, and common drawings, and gourd decoration are covered. supply lists, and tips for preparing the gourd. art supplies. A gallery of finished projects will Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 222 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 127 color photos • 64 pp. inspire your own creations. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2825-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3980-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3621-8 • soft cover • $19.99

Painting Gourds with the Fairy Gourd- Time for Gourds: 8 Clock Projects. Sammie Making Gourd Headpieces: Decorating mother®. Sammie Crawford. Bring your gourds Crawford. With 199 color images, patterns, color and Creating Headgear for Every Occa- to life through these ten whimsical and fun palettes, supply lists, tips for preparing the gourd, sion. C. Angela Mohr. With simple tools and gourd projects. Sammie Crawford, the Fairy and step-by-step directions, eight clock projects supplies already in the house or from the local Gourdmother, provides patterns, color palettes, will make an ideal accessory to your décor or a craft shop, the author demonstrates how to supply lists, and step-by-step instructions for gift to family members and friends. This new make a variety of tiaras, barrettes, seasonal painting and beautifully decorating a gourd how-to book is perfect for gourd crafters and headbands, and hatpins from pieces of gourds. snowman, witch-in-training, baby chimp, wall woodworkers of all levels. Themes include cats, In fact, with a gourd thinking cap, like the one pocket, Christmas oil lamp, and a magi. zebras, the seashore, Christmas, and many more. shown in this book, you can create your own Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 photos/patterns • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 color photos, 14 patterns from gourd parts. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4309-4 • soft cover $16.99 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3981-3 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 259 color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2869-5 • soft cover • $14.95

Gourd Fun for Everyone. Sammie Crawford. Gourd Art Basics: The Complete Guide to Gourd Puppets and Dolls: A Do-It-Yourself Painting and decorating techniques, patterns, Cleaning, Preparation and Repair. C. Angela for Crafters. C. Angela Mohr. These projects and practical instruction will have you creating Mohr. Learn how to select and prepare gourds to join two age-old skills: gourding and sewing. masterpieces. Whether you create a Christmas make home accessories such as bowls and vases. With simple techniques, you can combine character, a frog prince, a snowman, a mermaid, Author Angela Mohr demonstrates the aspects of gourds with a cloth body to make dolls or a lighthouse, or a bow-legged cowboy, you’ll be cleaning and gutting gourds, and fixing gourds, puppets to enjoy or give as gifts. Learn how smiling from start to finish. Eight step-by-step for everyday use. Perfect for any beginning gourd to make a gourd ragdoll, reversible dolls, projects are shown to get you started, and there artisan to learn the finer points of a gourd, fix marionettes, even bobble gourdheads! are lots of other examples to inspire your own their common flaws and put the gourds to good Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos • 64 pp. ideas of what a gourd can be. use as accessories around the house. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2868-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 color photos • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 159 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3124-4 • soft cover • $22.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2829-9 • soft cover • $14.99 32 fiber arts & wearables

FIBER ART...... 32 QUilting: DESIGN & TECHNIQUES.... 35 FASHION techniqueS...... 42 TEXTILE DYEINg & COLOR...... 32 QUilTING: history...... 36 MACRAME, KNITTING, KNOTTING..... 42 NEEDLECRAFT...... 32 lace...... 37 BASKETRY: INSPIRATION...... 42 WEAVING & TAPESTRY...... 32 embroidery...... 38 BASKETRY: TECHNIQUES...... 42 Flax & Linen...... 33 home textiles...... 38 KNOT MAKING...... 43 Hooked Rugs...... 33 international textiles...... 39 LEATHERCRAFT...... 43 RUG Making...... 34 fabric references...... 39 jewelry making: inspiration...... 43 oriental rugs...... 35 FASHION DESIGN: INSPIRATION...... 41 jewelry making...... 44 FELTing...... 35 sewing...... 41 making beaded purses...... 45 QUilTING: INSPIRATIONS...... 35 nail art...... 42

FIBER ART Color and Fiber. Patricia Lambert, Barbara Universal Stitches for Weaving, Andean Sling Braids: New Designs for Staepelaere, and Mary G. Fry. Fiber artists will Embroidery, and Other Fiber Arts. Textile Artists. Rodrick Owen & Terry New- welcome this opportunity to learn how to use Nancy Arthur Hoskins. Teaches how 5 house Flynn. Making decorative braids from the and control color with this monumental and basic stitches, plus 195 variations and ancient sling-making tradition of the Andes is exquisitely beautiful book. Whether they stitch, combinations, work upon warp and upon now accessible to braiders who use a kumihimo quilt, weave, work in macrame, hook rugs, knit, fabric in functional and decorative ways. stand and bobbins, thanks to the core stand crochet, or experiment in mixed media, the Diagrams and directions for stitches that method explained here. Most of these braid artists will benefit from the authors’ techniques will work in loom weaving, tapestry, designs, from 4 to 40 strands, can also be made for solving color problems. openwork, or as edges, joins, and fringes. on a braiding card/disk. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color photos, 18 charts, Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 113 illus • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,600 color and b/w photos, 49 b/w photos, 71 line drawings • 255 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4431-2 • soft cover • $24.99 diagrams, and charts • 216 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-065-0 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5103-7 • hard cover • $39.99 WEAVING & TAPESTRY

Fiber Art Today. Carol K. Russell. Schiffer LTD Earthen Pigments: Hand-Gathering & The Art of Weaving a Life: A Frame- A survey of sculpture and wall art, portrayed in Using Natural Colors in Art. Sandy Webster. work to Expand and Strengthen Your 335 images and text, recognizing the work of Through recipes and illustrations, learn how to Personal Vision Susan Barrett Merrill, three generations of fine artists who create a turn hand-gathered pigments into a variety of instructions by Janet Lewis Estell and boundless range of expressive possibilities in artist mediums from water-based paints, to Richard Merrill. This one-of-a-kind guide textile methods or materials. Weaving, crochet pastels and oil/wax crayons casein solutions, shows how the simple art of weaving can or quilting techniques are employed to create printmaking inks, and even spun into paper help each of us—whether we’re weavers unique works of art. threads for weaving, stitching, and tying. or not—to enrich our inner life. A system Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 335 color photos • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 74 color images, 38 drawings of seven “keyform” projects, ranging from ISBN: 978-0-7643-3777-2 • hard cover • $50.00 • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4178-6 an amulet to a mask to a belt of power, Schiffer LTD soft cover • $19.99 helps beginners and seasoned weavers alike to discover their innate wisdom. Size: 11” x 8 1/2” • 276 color & b/w images • 144pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5264-5 • soft cover • $24.99 What If Textiles: The Art of Gerhardt NEEDLECRAFT Knodel. Contributions by Janet Koplos, Shelley Selim, Douglas Dawson, Rebecca A. T. Stevens, Left-Handed Stitchery. Sally Cowan. Illustrations Weave Leno: In-Depth Instructions and Gerhardt Knodel. This photo-rich exploration by Kurt Loftus. For the 15% of the population who for All Levels, with 7 Projects. Martha covers all aspects of internationally-renowned usually are left out of stitching instruction manuals, this Reeves. Master the intricate leno weave. It textile artist Gerhardt Knodel's works. It features book is a wish-come-true. Sally Cowan, a left-handed offers practical instructions and "secret" over 400 photographs, essays from art world professional dressmaker, writes sympathetically for tips resulting from Reeves's years of re- experts who share insights on the phases of his left-handed sewers. Forty varieties of straight, back, search. Colorful photos, easy instructions, career, and a chronology of nearly 300 works. caught, blanket, buttonhole, chain, knotted, cross, and 7 beautiful projects teach leno pick Size: 9" x 12" • 425 color photos • 224 pp. couching, satin and laid filling stitches all are illustrated up, bead leno, Tarascan lace, and more. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4994-2 • hard cover • $45.00 by 96 clear drawings of progressive steps. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 52 color photos and Size: 6" x 9" • 96 drawings • 64 pp. diagrams • 64 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643- ISBN: 978-0-88740-110-7 • soft cover • $9.99 5101-3 • hard cover • $24.99 TEXTILE DYEINg & COLOR Weaving Innovations from the Bateman Dyeing Wool: 20 Techniques, Beginner to The Stitches of Creative Embroidery. Jacque- Collection. Robyn Spady , Nancy A. Tracy, Advanced. Karen Schellinger. Learn how to add line Enthoven. This classic book of embroidery stitch Marjorie Fiddler, Foreword by Madelyn van fascinating dimension, intensity, and texture to instructions shows more than 200 different stitches, der Hoogt. This full-color resource presents your textile projects. Step-by-step lessons show many of them endangered ethnic types which have not the weaving studies completed by scientist Dr. you how to spot dye, paint, and overlay color, been in print before. Many countries including France, William Bateman over 50 years ago. Selected among many great techniques that let you play Spain, India, Mexico, and the Orient are represented. from the nearly 1,500-sample collection owned with color. Gain skills, learn color theory, and Step-by-step diagrams and photographs of finished by the Seattle Weavers' Guild. find your color voice. articles will inspire even a beginner. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color photos & diagrams Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 627 color illus. • 256 pp. Size: 7 3/4" x 10 1/2" • 22 color plates, 113 b/w 272 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4991-1 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3432-0 • Hard cover • $59.99 photos, 590 drawings / Index • 238 pp. hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-88740-111-4 • soft cover • $24.99 WEAVING & TAPESTRY • Flax & Linen • Hooked Rugs 33

Weaving Shaker Rugs: Traditional Tech- Frances L. Goodrich’s Coverlet Weft-Faced Pattern Weaves: Tabby to niques to Create Beautiful Reproduction and Counterpane Drafts Barbara Taqueté. Nancy Arthur Hoskins. In this com- Rugs and Tapes. Mary Elva Congleton Erf. Miller and Deb Schillo. This collection prehensive guide to weft-faced pattern weav- Learn how to make colorful, gorgeously pat- of traditional eighteenth and nine- ing, beginning and experienced weavers will terned rugs with contemporary appeal, using teenth century weaving drafts from learn how to plan, predict, and weave colorful, the 200-year-old techniques of the Shakers. the Southern Highlands region of Ap- rhythmical patterns, charming folk figures, and You'll learn the history of the Shakers and get palachia includes 112 overshot drafts geometric designs in fabrics that are decorative detailed instructions for creating your own rugs, and draw downs, and 31 counterpane and durable. Includes 53 projects and directions, from dyeing wool with traditional formulas to drafts and draw downs. Color photos patterns, and tips. twisting braids to weaving the strands. of the original samples are side by Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 526 b/w & color images Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 89 color photos • 144 pp side with valuable modern translations of the drafts, which allow today’s 352 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3851-9 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4907-2 • hard cover • $34.99 weavers to make them. soft cover • $39.99 Size: 12" x 9" • 308 color & b/w images • 176pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5266-9 Contemporary International Tapestry. hard cover • $45.00 Weave Classic Crackle & More. Susan Carol K. Russell. Featuring more than 40 top Wilson. This book offers a comprehensive explo- international artists spanning three generations, Frances L. Goodrich’s Brown Book ration of classic crackle weave, with tools and tips this book presents full-view color images of of Weaving Drafts. Barbara Miller, for independent designing, a myriad of treadling tapestries, as well as detail shots, and pro- with Deb Schillo. A collection of tradition- variations, and unique ways to use crackle. vides insight into contemporary approaches to al 18th and 19th century weaving drafts Meticulously presented by a noted weaving the handwoven art. The appendix includes a in their original form gathered by Frances teacher, and providing over 200 illustrations, glossary, artist and gallery contact information, L. Goodrich and illustrated in over 160 it is the first book for American handweavers bibliography, and more. color photos. It also contains over 200 devoted exclusively to crackle in 50 years. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color images • 112 pp valuable modern translations of the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 color & 51 b/w photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-4869-3 • hard cover • $29.99 same drafts for use by today’s weavers. 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3940-0 Size: 12" x 9" • 169 color & 208 b/w hard cover • $34.99 photos 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4541-8 • hard cover • $45.00 Handwoven Tape: Understanding and Weaving Hex Weave & Mad Weave: An Introduction Early American and Contemporary Tape. Susan Weaving Designs by Bertha Gray to Triaxial Weaving. Elizabeth Harris and Faulkner Weaver. Narrow bands of woven tape were Hayes: Miniature Overshot Patterns. Charlene St. John. Through 120 patterns and important to Americans in the eighteenth and early Norma Smayda, Gretchen White, Jody 95 color images, learn the two simplest forms nineteenth centuries, before the days of elastic and Brown, & Katharine Schelleng. Color re- of triaxial weaving – the Hex Weave and Mad zippers. This book documents the fascinating American productions of 72 original sample cards Weave. Learn basics of each weave and how history of handwoven tape,and includes step-by-step and 20 recently discovered patterns, many to design various shapes, and practice with instructions for how to make it, plus how to use it in with a picture of a woven sample, and each six projects. contemporary projects. with computer-generated drawdowns Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 95 color images, 121 dia- Size: 7" x 10" • 288 color images • 208pp. and drafting patterns of weaver Bertha grams • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4465-7 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5196-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Gray Hayes unique miniature overshot soft cover • $24.99 patterns for four-harness looms. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 127 color & 72 B&W • 208 pp. Norwegian Pick-Up Bandweaving. Heather ISBN: 978-0-7643-3246-3 • hard cover • $39.99 Torgenrud. For the first time in English, a Flax & Linen complete book about Norwegian pick-up The Art of Weaving. 4thEdition. Else bandweaving--the fascinating history of Regensteiner, Afterword by Margie Thompson. The Big Book of Flax: A Compendium of how these beautiful bands were used in the Now in its fourth edition, this handbook is a Facts, Art, Lore, Projects and Song. Christian old rural society, along with clear, step-by- must-have resource for weavers of all skill levels. and Johannes Zinzendorf. Learn the fascinating step instructions and more than 100 pattern Weave structures covered include weaves, tap- story of the flax to linen process in history, charts from museum collections. This book estry techniques, knotted, pile, and flat-woven legend, song, crafts, lesson plans, and recipes. will interest not only weavers but anyone rugs, and two- and three-dimensional wall With 414 images, this comprehensive book who appreciates textile arts, folk costumes, hangings. This classic now features examples of offers suggestions for flax projects, collecting and Norwegian culture. contemporary work and discusses using digital flax-related tools and clothing, and planting Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 illustrations • 176 pp. tools for hand-weaving. and harvesting flax. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4751-1 • hard cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 52 color & 380 b/w photo- Size: 9" x 12" • 414 images • 240 pp. graphs • 216 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4856-3 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3715-4 • hard cover • $59.99 Tapestry Handbook: The Next Generation. soft cover • $34.99 Carol Russell. This classic book, now com- Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth. pletely revised and expanded, is a favorite Geometric Design in Weaving. Else Re- Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable of teachers and students of tapestry. Learn gensteiner. The study and practice of graphic fiber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about to weave tapestry on any kind of loom, ver- design with the exploration and execution of flax cultivation, processing and spinning, natural tical or horizontal. Make an elaborate, but weaving techniques. In three parts, the reader and synthetic dyeing, and weaving and finishing logical, tapestry sampler with step-by-step is given design information, a wide variety of linen cloth. 233 color and 156 b/w photos and instructions, over 300 beautiful photos, and weaver- and loom-controlled techniques. Clear drawings reveal the characteristics of linen. diagrams of tapestry techniques. photographs, diagrams, and weavers’ drafts Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 325 photos • Index • 240 pp. with directions. photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2756-8 hard cover • $59.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 45 color & 205 b/w photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99 102 diagrams & drafts • 222 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-078-7 • hard cover • $29.95 Weaving a Chronicle. Judith Poxson Fawkes. Hooked Rugs Over 90 color photos display tapestries by the Weaver’s Study Course: Sourcebook for artist created using double weave, inlay, and Ideas and Techniques. Else Regensteiner. The Creative Hooker. Jessie A. Turbayne. pattern weave techniques. The tapestries are A book for weavers who are eager to explore Over 525 color images highlight what’s being organized chronologically and detail stories new fields but need stimulation and direction. hooked in North America today. Includes designs of the competitive/collaborative nature of Weaver’s Study Course provides much stimulation of Americana and Canadiana, advertising art, commissions integral to the creation of many through examples and directions for six main angels, and abstract motifs, as well as hooked tapestries. The history of each of the 98 tap- uses of weaving: clothing, accessories, interiors, works of art motivated by exotic cultures, Ko- estries displayed is provided. interior accessories, toys, & wall hangings. rean cranes, and ancient Persian textiles. Visit Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 98 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 176 pp. • 256 b/w photos, Niagara Falls, tour Soho, and preview the latest ISBN: 978-0-7643-4063-5 • hard cover • $39.99 52 color plates, 196 drawings & drafts • Index in hook-and-wear fashions. ISBN: 0-88740-112-0 • soft cover • $19.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 543 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2645-5 • hard cover • $39.95

The Techniques and Art of Weaving: A Basic Weaving As an Art Form. Theo Moorman. Illustrated Hooked on Rugs: Outstanding Contem- Guide. Marylène Brahic. Make placemats for the with beautiful examples of the author’s work are her porary Designs. Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 570 kitchen table. Create a tapestry from wool or a thoughts on the design and aesthetic expression color photos chronicle what is being hooked plaid scarf. Weave a rug or a jacket. Weaving is embodied in a woven fabric. The numerous ways today, putting to rest any notion that no one a lost art form and this book brings it back into the Moorman technique may be varied and used are hooks rugs anymore. Included are hooked the spotlight by offering history, techniques, and explored. Her experiences with commissioned works abstracts, animals, commemorative pieces, DIY projects in an organized, clear, and concise are utilized in a special chapter relating the problems landscapes, portraits, nautical themes, tradi- manner. This book is perfect for both beginning and opportunities these present. tional patterns, and primitive styles. Of interest and seasoned weavers. Size: 6" x 9" • 8 color & 60 b/w photos • 104 pp. to collectors, textile artists, and dealers. Size: 9" x 12" • 637 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-068-X • soft cover • $12.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 573 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4413-8 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2502-7 • hard cover • $39.95 34 Hooked Rugs • RUG Making

Hooked Rug Storytelling: The Art of Hooked Rugs Today IV: Expect the Un- Hooked Rug Treasury. Jessie A. Turbayne. Heather Ritchie. Lesley Mary Close. 370 expected. Amy Oxford. Rae Harrell & Diane This treasury holds more than 500 of the choicest photos and insightful text introduce readers to Kelly display their personal styles, along with hooked rugs. The chapters present the best work renowned rug-maker Heather Ritchie, her hooked other members of the Green Mountain Rug found from Nova Scotia to Hawaii over many rugs and unique style. Valuable insights into her Hooking Guild. Works range from lifesize, years. Some of the finest private and museum techniques are shared, which transform a basic three-dimensional sheep to extraordinary collections are represented and noteworthy handicraft into an art form of great subtlety. Over miniature punch-needle works, plus animals, public exhibits, auctions, dealers, and clubs twenty of her “memory rugs" are displayed and florals, landscapes, penny rugs, and even for hooked rugs are listed. discussed in detail. a small section dedicated to the smallest Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 516 photos • Price Guide/ Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 332 color & 38 b/w photos members of the group: the children. Index • 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0301-5 Index • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3695-9 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400+ color photos • 176 pp. hard cover • $49.95 hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3283-8 • soft cover • $29.99 RUG Making Hooked Rugs of The Deep South. Jessie A. Rug Hooking In Maine: 1838-1940. Mildred Turbayne. The tradition of rug hooking is alive and Cole Peladeau. Maine’s rug hooking tradition, Penny Rugs: Sewing Wool Appliqué. Janice kicking in the Heart of Dixie. Through 844 images, including Waldoboro rugs, is explored, the Sonnen. Learn the history of penny rugs, how see lush floral motifs, intricate geometrics, Oriental myth of Acadian rugs is explained, and Edward they were made, and where they originated, and Persian styles, impressionistic portraits, scenic Sands Frost’s well-known preprinted burlap rug illustrated with wonderful antique examples. landscapes, and glimpses of the Old South. This is patterns of the mid-19th century are discussed Color instructions walk you through the basic a great reference book for rug hooking enthusiasts, at length. Covers rugs created throughout Maine skills and materials for making your own rugs. fiber artists, folk art lovers, collectors, history buffs, and eastern Canada. This book highlights this Patterns provide you with the charming sheep, and lovers of anything Deep South. homegrown and much loved art form. watermelon, crows, tulips, and hearts so beloved Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 844 images • Index • 288 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos in primitive arts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color ISBN: 978-0-7643-3801-4 • hard cover • $59.99 Index • 192 pp. photos & 13 drawings • 64 pp. Schiffer LTD ISBN: 978-0-7643-2882-4 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3467-2 • soft cover • $12.99

Modern Hooked Rugs. Linda Rae Coughlin. Rags to Rugs: Hooked & Hand- Hooked Rugs & Wool Appliqué. Christine Features stunning images of 540 rugs created sewn Rugs of Pennsylvania. Patricia Jansen. Two centuries-old crafts, rug hooking by 292 of today’s contemporary rug hooking T. Herr. Frugal sewers saved and shared and wool appliqué, are demonstrated here. artists. Enjoy rugs depicting American icons, their textile scraps to create useful, Accompanied by 202 color photographs, de- animal designs, circus themes, self-portraits, pretty rugs, especially in the late 19th tailed instructions guide novice and advanced family celebrations, and more. Showcases some to early 20th centuries, in southeast crafters through 17 projects featuring floral, folk of today’s most noted artists, along with artists Pennsylvania. This book shows steps art, and Christmas designs. Chapters include making their debut. An inspiring and beautiful and techniques to design, make, sell, buying materials, dyeing wool, and the care book for all levels of fiber artists. and use hooked rugs. and cleaning of your rug. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 color photos • Index Size: 11" x 8-1/2" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 color photos • 112 pp. 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2631-8 173 color photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3473-3 • soft cover • $19.99 soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3125-1 • soft cover • $29.99

Contemporary Hooked Rugs: Themes and The Big Book of Hooked Rugs: 1950-1980s. How to Hook Rugs. Christine J. Brault. With Memories. Linda Rae Coughlin. An exciting, Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 450 vintage color photographs 159 photos and clear instruction, you can diverse selection of over 475 contemporary chronicle the pivotal years of rug hooking-the 1950s create marvelous hooked projects for rugs, rugs, illustrating family memories, honoring through the mid-1980s. These meticulously crafted rugs, pillows, eye masks, footstools, and stair children’s births, celebrating friendship, and available at auctions, estate sales, flea markets and treads in a wide range of colorful, playful depicting portraiture, ancient legends, scenic on-line, are much in demand today. Includes lush floral patterns. Learn about the tools, techniques, locations, and more. Showcased are some of motifs, Oriental-inspired patterns, intricate geometric and patterns provided for each project. This today’s most noted artists, along with new designs, childhood themes, animal portraits, scenic book is essential for everyone interested in artists making their debuts. landscapes, and much more. the art of rug hooking, whether a first timer Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 478 color photos • Index Size: 6" x 9" • 458 color photos • 448 pp. or a comprehensive pro! 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2557-4 ISBN: 0-7643-2198-6 • soft cover • $29.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 159 color photos & 16 b/w soft cover • $29.95 patterns • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2890-9 soft cover • $14.95

Hooked Rugs Today. Amy Oxford. Photogra- Hooked Rugs. Jessie A. Turbayne. The historical Punch Needle Rug Hooking: Techniques phy by Cynthia McAdoo. Over 625 outstanding background and 300 color photos of many and Designs. Amy Oxford. A complete “how hooked rugs portraying a multitude of subjects: whimsical and geometric designs of hooked to" photo essay walks you through every stage family, country, home, children, pets, flowers, rugs appear here along with instructions for of rug making. A question and answer section, history, wildlife, hobbies, and more, from classic starting a rug of your own. Hundreds of dif- interviews with professional punch needle rug forms to abstracts, traditional to contemporary, ferent rugs in lively geometric, abstract, floral, hookers, and photographs of work from some of rugs for the floor and rugs for the wall. A cele- animal, Oriental, and original designs, and the field’s most innovative and inspired craftspeo- bration of the love of rug hooking. factual discussions of the interesting people ple make this book a must for any textile lover. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 635 color photos who motivated the designs will delight all. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 160 pp. • 424 color photos, Index • 192 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2152-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 300 color photos 37 b/w illustrations. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-1689-0 soft cover • $29.95 Index • 160 pp. soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-88740-370-0 • hard cover • $39.95

Hooked Rugs Today: Strong Women, The Complete Guide to Collecting Hooked Designing & Hooking Primitive Rugs. Susie Flowers, Animals, Children, Christmas, Rugs: Unrolling the Secrets. Jessie A. Tur- Stephenson. Basic techniques for rug hooking, Miniatures, and More—2006. Amy Ox- bayne. Sought after by collectors, antique including finishing and dyeing techniques. It ford, photography by Cynthia McAdoo. 450+ dealers, rug hookers, textile enthusiasts, folk unleashes your creative side, encouraging you to wonderful hooked rugs by talented members art lovers & interior decorators, the hooked rugs let your imagination be your guide. Stephenson’s of Vermont’s Green Mountain Rug Hooking documented in this book, complete with over 400 own story of recycling wool into a menagerie Guild. Includes 100+ pieces depicting the theme color photos, make it a must-have for all who of animals, pictorial scenes, geometrics, and “Strong Women," plus rugs with Oriental motifs, admire these versatile floor and wall coverings. nautical themes will add impulse to creativity. florals, abstracts, animals, architectural designs, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 422 photos • 160 pp. Explore one artist’s imaginative expressions and delicate miniature rugs, and many more. ISBN: 0-7643-1954-X • hard cover • $39.95 get motivated to create your own. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 456 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 231 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2578-7 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3288-3 • soft cover • $14.99

Hooked Rugs Today: Holidays, Geometrics, The Hooker’s Art: Evolving Designs in Combining Rug Hooking & Braiding: Ba- People, Animals, Landscapes, Accessories, Hooked Rugs. Jessie A. Turbayne. Over 300 sics, Borders & Beyond. Kris McDermet, and More—2006. Amy Oxford, photography color photos of old and modern hooked rugs, Christine Manges, and Dianne Tobias. The go- by Cynthia McAdoo. Over 475 hooked rugs some from the nation’s most elegant homes, are to book on rug hooking and braiding skills for created by talented members of Vermont’s presented with fascinating histories. Exploring all fiber artists, especially those looking for a Green Mountain Rug Hooking Guild. Included the craft’s background, Jessie Turbayne weaves comprehensive guide to combining the two arts are rugs depicting people, landscapes, fruit, together its technical details, the materials into fascinating and ornate projects. Includes cabbage roses, flower baskets, holidays, geo- used through the years, biographies of great beginning-to-end projects: tote bag, chair pad, metric designs, and animals. “hookers," and photos of many striking pieces. and a trivet. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 502 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 465 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 550+ illustrations • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2636-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Price Guide • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-459-6 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3789-5 • hard cover • $49.99 hard cover • $49.95 RUG Making • oriental rugs • FELTing • QUilTING: INSPIRATIONS, DESIGN & TECHNIQUES 35

Braiding with Barbara™: Wool Rug Braid- Felting. Elvira López Del Prado Rivas. Basic felt Creating Hawaiian-Inspired Quilts. Judith ing with a Contemporary Flair. Barbara A. techniques are thoroughly explained and illus- Sandstrom. With 26 patterns to get you started Fisher and Janet A. Fitzgerald. Braid a wool rug trated with over 550 step-by-step photographs. and easy-to-follow directions, learn to cut and with an expert. The supplies needed include Learn to create and work with wet and dry felt stitch both hand- and machine-appliquéd blocks normal tools a sewer has around the house. techniques, creating felt flowers, balls, cords, for your own Hawaiian-inspired quilt. The designs Step-by-step braiding instructions for rugs of and more. Projects for children, home decoration, begin with single color, appliquéd blocks and any shape, size, or color. Patterns are provided and clothing accessories are provided, including progress to blocks adorned with additional for a variety of styles. Ruggies™ slippers are finger puppets, table runners, sunflower bowls, colors and motifs. For quilters of all skill levels. made like a tiny wool rug! rings, and purses. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color images & 26 pat- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 illustrations & photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 582 color photos • 144 pp. terns • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4858-7 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3458-0 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4531-9 • hard cover • $29.99 soft cover • $16.99 soft cover • $19.99

oriental rugs QUilTING: INSPIRATIONS Inspired by the Beatles: An Art Quilt Challenge. Donna DeSoto. To celebrate the Oriental Rugs: The Secrets Revealed. Mark Twisted: Modern Quilts with a Vintage 50th Anniversary of The Beatles first performance Blackburn. Answers the most frequent questions Twist Mary W. Kerr. This full-color description in the United States, 150 fiber artists each chose and offers a great introduction to this ancient of the creation of 22 quilts gives contemporary a different song by The Beatles and interpreted and continuing weaving tradition. Nearly 900 quilters fresh ideas for injecting their works with that song as a small quilt. This book is a collection contemporary rugs are shown, from Tibet, India, energy from repurposed antique textiles, aban- of those quilts, and the songs and stories that China, Turkey, Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iran. doned blocks, and vintage fragments. Plus, helpful inspired them. With this information a buyer can approach the sections on documentation and on working with Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color images • 176 pp. rug market confidently. vintage fabrics assist readers with combining past ISBN: 978-0-7643-4700-9 • hard cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 894 color photos • Index and present in their own quilts. 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2641-7 Size: 8 1/2” x 11” • 80 color images • 104pp. hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5170-9 • soft cover • $19.99 From Ensign's Bars to Colonel's Stars: Oriental Rugs from A to Z. J. R. Azizollahoff. Quilts of Cumberland County: 1700s to Making Quilts to Honor Those Who Serve. Novices and connoisseurs will be able to 1970. Letort Quilters Documentation Project. Renelda Peldunas-Harter. Six quilts honor the correctly identify the most distinctive styles View 170 quilts that were in homes and collec- officer ranks between 2nd Lieutenant/Ensign and purchase contemporary Oriental rugs. tions in Cumberland County, Pennsylvania, and through Colonel/Captain. Original designs pro- Over 270 color photos, including close-ups. learn about the county's role as a crossroads in vided to follow along or to inspire your own The text provides valuable information on rug our nation's history. Documented by members ideas. Galleries show versatility of quilts for pedigree and discernible workshop style, knot of the Letort Quilters Guild, specimens from non-military applications. count, dyes, unusual rugs, the Lotus design, the 1700s through 1970 are showcased in Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 118 color images • 96 pp. and specific rug-weaving areas. beautiful detail. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4719-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 271 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 495 color photos • 176 pp Price Guide • 224 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1995-7 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5109-9 • hard cover • $34.99 hard cover • $39.95 The Quilt: New Directions for an American The Illustrated Buyer’s Guide to Inspired by the National Parks: Their Tradition. Quilt National. A comprehensive and Oriental Carpets. Revised & Ex- Landscapes and Wildlife in Fabric Perspec- stimulating look at the best in contemporary panded 3rd Edition. J.R. Azizollahoff. tives. Donna Marcinkowski DeSoto. A colorful quilting through quilts selected for the Quilt A practical introduction to Oriental celebration of the 59 US National Parks, this National 1983 competition. The state of this carpets for laymen, designers, and col- collection of 177 original art quilts depicts the lively art form is captured through comments lectors. Concise text, over 400 beautiful widely varying landscapes, flora, and fauna of made by the show’s artists and jurors, and by color photographs, and detailed line the parks. Short writings from 64 park rangers Michael James and Nancy Crow. drawings unveil the complexities. and other personnel reveal individual glimpses Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 95 photos • Index • 80 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 424 photos/drawings into the passionate commitment to preserve, ISBN: 0-916838-92-7 • soft cover • $10.95 Price Guide/Index • 194 pp. protect, and enjoy these special places. ISBN: 0-7643-2605-8 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 179 color photos • 280 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5119-8 • hard cover • $34.99 Flat-woven Rugs & Textiles from the Cau- Fiber Expressions: The Contemporary casus. Robert H. Nooter. Explore Caucasian The Fiona Quilt Block: 14 Projects from Quilt. Quilt National. More than 90 quilts juried flat-woven carpets and textiles. 436 beauti- Sassy to Classy. Carolyn Perry Goins. With in the most prestigious international exhibition ful color photographs, including kilims, zilis, their crisp geometric shapes, block patterns of contemporary quilts are featured here. These khorjins, and mafrash bedding bags. Weaving highlight the unique textures, colors, and exciting examples demonstrate the varied field styles include a rich mixture of geometric and patterns of leftover or designer fabrics. The of the quilt as a modern form of art. The book figurative forms. Descriptions of the author’s book's five block sizes will help quilters ex- is enriched by comments from the artists and field visits and investigation into the origins pand their repertoire exponentially beyond jurors, including Gerhardt Knodel and Jan Myers, of these pieces. the book's 14 projects, which are illustrated and author/curator Penny McMorris. Size: 9" x 12" • 436 color photos in step-by-step diagrams. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 99 photos • Index • 88 pp. Price Guide • 256 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1961-2 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 99 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-093-0 • soft cover • $12.95 • hard cover • $59.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4981-2 • soft cover • $19.99

Kilim Rugs: Tribal Tales in Wool. Susan New Quilts: Interpretations & Innovations. Gomersall. Packed with 235 big, striking color Recycled Hexie Quilts: Using Vintage Nancy Rae. 82 quilts juried into Quilt National ’89 photos, and simply presented as a guide for both Hexagons in Today’s Quilts. Mary W. Kerr. competition with text and comments by jurors would-be buyers and for rug owners seeking the More than 140 color images, showing both to support and explain the selections. The book story behind their precious finds. Both antique traditional and contemporary designs, show also has a retrospective of Quilt National’s first and modern rugs can be found along with how vintage hexagon textile fragments can be decade, demonstrating the variety of designs and some indication of what these generally cost repurposed and fashioned into new, beautiful an index of all artists and works for 10 years. in a retail situation. quilts. Packed with ideas and practical tips, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 110 quilts • Index • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color photos this art-filled guide featuring fifty-two new ISBN: 0-88740-157-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Price Guide • 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1158-1 quilts will inspire quilters to try their own soft cover • $24.95 new projects. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 148 color photos • 112 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4820-4 • soft cover • $19.99 FELTing QUilting: DESIGN & TECHNIQUES

Fun Felt Crafts: Penny Rugs & Pretty Things And Still We Rise: Race, Culture and Vi- Quilting with Doilies: Inspiration, Tech- from Recycled Wool. Tina Skinner. Christ- sual Conversations. Carolyn L. Mazloomi. niques, & Projects. Barbara Polston. Beau- mas ornaments, decorative penny rugs, pretty Contemporary quilt artists trace the path of tiful vintage doilies are given new life, with 10 pouches, and floral brooches are among the black history in the United States with 97 original patterns and 137 color images. Techniques simple, featured projects. Recycle some wool works exploring important events, places, people are demonstrated, including appliqué, ma- clothing, buy a few pretty yarns and threads, and ideas over 400 years. The 69 artists who chine-embroidered ribbon border trim, no math sharp scissors, and a good needle and you’re contributed works for this curated collection fabric-changing binding, adding embellishments on your way. Clear, illustrated instructions and provide narrative explaining the important and words, and tips for working with silk, denim, fun templates stories and histories behind the quilts. or upholstery fabric. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color images • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 137 color images, 10 patterns ISBN: 978-0-7643-3299-9 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4928-7 • hard cover • $34.99 216 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4699-6 soft cover • $16.99 36 QUilTING: DESIGN & TECHNIQUES, history

Trip Around the World: A Country Quilt Quilts of Chestnut Ridge: Autumn at Free-Form Patchwork Techniques: Strip Block Travelogue. Holly Anderson and Anita the Courthouse. Debbie Pierce. Learn how Piecing, Log Cabin Pattern, Carpet Pat- Zaleski Weinraub. Over 200 color photos display to combine two traditional patterns, Autumn tern. Tina Mast. Learn about the approaches the 12" quilt blocks of over 150 quiltmakers. Each Leaf and Courthouse Steps, with non-traditional and various scopes of design for free-form strip block represents a nation and an original design methods. Self-taught quilter Debbie Pierce offers piecing, the log cabin pattern, and the carpet researched by the artists involved to articulate some her own twist on the art form with step-by-step pattern. Quickly enjoy success with 19 models aspect of their chosen countries. Artists' statements instructions, insider secrets, and shortcuts for and ideas that are small, easy to reproduce, and accompany the images. The Georgia Quilt Project simplifying the construction of her popular quilt are not very time-consuming. Projects include amassed these globe-spanning blocks of quilt art. pattern, Autumn at the Courthouse. cute bags, attractive covers for binders or small Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 207 images • 216 pp. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190+ photos & notebooks, small wall hangings, and many more. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4000-0 • soft cover • $24.99 diagrams • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3699-7 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 126 color photos • 64 pp. • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4019-2 • hard cover • $19.99

A Quilt Block Challenge: Vintage Re- Creating Children’s Artwork Quilts. Shan- Christmas Magic: Decorative Ideas for visited. Mary Kerr, Foreword by Pepper non Gingrich Shirley. This fun, do-it-yourself Winter and Yuletide Patchwork. Ingrid Cory. What would happen if sets of vintage quilting book offers a chance to preserve your Perra. Learn 25 simple, stitched Christmas quilt blocks were divided among a group of children’s artwork by incorporating it into quilts projects for beginners, including ornaments artists and each was left to create new quilts and other fiber art projects. Chapters include and items for the home, and incorporate more from them in her own style? In answer, this artwork selection, techniques, combining mul- advanced challenges into the plan by reworking book presents 117 quilts made from six sets tiple pieces of art, product lists, and a glossary the more complex models. of vintage blocks by 19 talented quilters. of terms. A gallery of completed works will Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 317 color photos & diagrams Be inspired to create your own quilt block chal- inspire your own creative ideas. Instruction for 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4219-6 • hard lenge using the tips and guidelines provided. both novice and seasoned quilters is provided. cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 301 photos • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3457-3 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4180-9 • soft cover • $16.99 QUilTING: history A Quilted Memory: Ideas and Inspiration Let’s Get Creative with Quilt Labels. for Reusing Vintage Textiles. Mary Kerr. Shannon Gingrich Shirley. Through 250 color Quilts Presidential and Patriotic. Sue Award-winning quilter Mary Kerr shares tips images, learn tips and techniques for making Reich. More than 330 colorful images offer and ideas on how family memories can live on fun, beautiful, and informative labels for an intriguing look at the presidential quilts by creating contemporary quilts from vintage your quilts. Chapters include shaped and and patriotic quilts made by American quilters textiles. Repurpose rather than purchase is themed labels, preparing and transferring through history, from the presidential term of the focus here and, through more than 100 text onto labels, and hand-embroidering George Washington through that of Barack images, quilters are encouraged to breathe your labels, as well as patterns and step- Obama. Also highlights 43 newly-made quilts new life into objects. by-step directions. reflecting, in fabric and designs, each of the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 images • 80 pp. Size: 9" x 6" • 250 color photos, 25 patterns • 160 pp. US presidents to date. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3921-9 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4472-5 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 337 color & b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5041-2 • hard cover • $39.99

Art Quilts International: Abstract & Geo- Celebrate the Day with Quilts: An Art American Heroes Quilts, Past & Present. metric Martha Sielman. These engaging works Quilt Challenge. Shannon Gingrich Shirley. Don Beld. With more than 400 color and of art represent a range of styles across the Fifty-three artists from seven states share 72 black and white images, American Heroes abstract art spectrum. 300 gorgeous art quilts, original wall hangings made to celebrate some of Quilts, Past & Present, is the first in-depth bursting with color and excitement, capture those random, lesser- known holidays throughout compilation of quilt patterns named for or the work of 124 major quilt artists from 18 the year. Take a look at where the ideas came associated with famous Americans. The book countries. In-depth interviews with 29 of the from and what techniques were used to make explores 55 American heroes that quilters have artists help us understand their inspirations, these amazing pieces. The artists had a great honored through the centuries with patterns their techniques, and their challenges. time creating unique wall-hangings with personal named for them. Size: 8 1/2” x 11” • 305 color images • 224pp. connections, and you can too! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 307 color and 93 b/w • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5220-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 185 color photos • 128 pp. 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5045-0 • hard ISBN: 978-0-7643-4613-2 • soft cover • $24.99 cover • $34.99

Cutting-Edge Art Quilts. Mary W. Kerr. Ac- Heirloom Quilt Designs for Today. Lorie Japanese Contemporary Quilts and Quil- companied by 262 color images, fifty-one quilters Martin & Jim Burnley. Over 210 color imag- ters: The Story of an American Import. share their love of the craft and encourage others es display traditional quilt designs and their Teresa Duryea Wong. Discover how quilting in the field of textile art by offering design and contemporary counterparts, all produced on came to be a favorite pastime for an estimated 3 technique tips. Design processes include color modern heirloom quilts from Pennsylvania’s million quilters in Japan today. Meet prominent play, alternative fiber, threadwork, and embel- Amish country, including traditional patterns award-winning quilters. Learn their inside stories lishments. This book is a great resource for quilt such as Log Cabin, Basket, Nine Patch; and by viewing more than 200 photographs showing lovers, textile collectors, and design students. pieced patterns, such as Irish Chain, Railroad contemporary quilts, the studios where the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color images • Index Crossing, Pin Wheel, and Shoefly. artists work, and the antique American quilts 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4313-1 • hard Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 color images • 144 pp. that once inspired them. cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2669-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 216 color images • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4874-7 • hard cover • $34.99

Dare to Dance: An Art Quilt Challenge. Mary Creating Celebration Quilts. Cyndi Souder. World War I Quilts. Sue Reich. Quiltmaking Kerr. Dance is a means of expressing joy, and 60 artists With 124 photos and a worksheet for helping in the 1910s saw the convergence of the were challenged to create a small quilt that reflects the you design your own Celebration Quilt, this book quilt styles of the late nineteenth century theme, “Dare to Dance: An Artist’s Interpretation of takes you through the creative process of five with the innovations of the early twentieth Joy." Be inspired by the design, awed by the talent, or such quilts. A gallery at the end of the book offers century. Two catastrophic events inter- simply touched by the stories contained in these works more inspiring ideas. The possibilities are endless rupted the emergence of the new trends of art. Some expressed their joy in overcoming steep and a gallery of completed quilts offers lots of in quiltmaking. World War I and the 1918 obstacles. Others created a quilt to express support for inspiring ideas. This book is a great addition to Pandemic Flu brought hardship and death social causes while still others simply wanted to share any quilter’s or crafter’s library. to America, and the entire world. the joy they feel when they are dancing. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 118 color images, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 color & b/w photos Size: 6" x 9" • 60 color photos • 128 pp. 8 b/w worksheets • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0- 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4754-2 • hard ISBN: 978-0-7643-4612-5 • hard cover • $24.99 7643-4350-6 • soft cover • $19.99 cover • $39.99

Mary’s Quilt Garden: 10 Floral Block Proj- Mariner’s Compass Quilts: Solid & Split Making the Lancaster Diamond Sampler: ects. Jenny Rundle. Mary’s Garden was a place Point Patterns. Cynthia Sisler Simms. With A 19th Century Quilt Design by Fanny’s of beauty and pleasure, dating from medieval 197 instructional images and patterns, this Friend. Ann Parsons Holte. Learn or re-learn times. Ten quilting projects represent flowers book introduces new patterns and shapes for skills needed for making your own unique quilt. from the garden. With patterns and design the traditional quilter’s favorite, the Mariner’s Over 500 instructional images and diagrams of tips, this book is perfect for seasoned quilters Compass. Discover how to eliminate the curved quilts, blocks, and needlework, the basics of looking to make something new and unique. edge of the oval and replace it with eye-catching fabric selection, grain, placement, and seaming Chapters include appliqué basics and how to block shapes, including the hexagon, rectangle, are demonstrated, from simple piecing to the “re-create" Mary’s Garden. and diamond. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 121 photos and elements of patchwork, complex miniatures, Size: 9" x 12" • 44 color images, 30 patterns patterns • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4525-8 and appliqué. Perfect for group work! 56 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4462-6 • soft cover soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 img./templates • 224 pp. $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4549-4 • hard cover • $39.99 QUilTING: history • lace 37

Civil War Quilts. Pam Weeks & Don Beld. Amish Quilts of Lancaster County. Patricia Quilting News of Yesteryear: Crazy as a Bed With over 170 photos, 47 quilt patterns, and T. Herr. Enjoy the bold design and glowing colors Quilt. Sue Reich. From the early 1880s through the engaging text, this book tells the stories of of Amish quilts, specifically the 82 Lancaster second quarter of the twentieth century, American fourteen extraordinary Civil War quilts and County, Pennsylvania, Amish quilts formerly women made patchwork “crazy" quilts in colossal num- the women who made them. Also included is known as the Esprit collection. This volume bers. Newspapers picked up on the accomplishments information on reproduction fabrics and how to gives new insight into their beauty, using over of these talented women and shared them with their participate in modern soldier-related community 350 detailed color photographs and discussions communities. Here are over 200 newspaper articles service quilting. This book is a must read for any of Amish culture, quilting patterns, materials, dating from 1880 to 1945, illustrated with quilts that serious quilter, historian, or Civil War enthusiast. and construction. are contemporary to the articles. All of the pictures Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 color photos are close-ups, showing their intricate hand work. 59 b/w photos • 192 pp. Index • 176 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2017-3 • soft Size: 6" x 9" • 200 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3936-3 • hard cover • $39.99 cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2795-7 • hard cover • $25.95

World War II Quilts. Sue Reich. Many American Amish Quilts and the Welsh Connection. Quilting News of Yesteryear: 1,000 Pieces and women applied their skills in making quilts for Dorothy Osler. More than 90 images show Counting. Sue Reich. This book gathers newspaper the benefit of U.S. soldiers during the period colorful combinations and design repertoire accounts of quiltmaking in the 19th century into a 1940-1945, either as gifts outright or as raffle of quilts that provide a possible cross-cultural chronicle of the work. Arranged chronologically, the items to raise money for good causes. 335 link between the Amish and the Welsh. Learn reports are accompanied by detailed photographs color photos and descriptive text identify many about the history of Amish quiltmaking and of quilts made during the same time period. This colorful, patriotic quilts with military symbols and Welsh immigration and the threads that tie visual record of the antique quilts makes it clear how insignia. When possible, the original patterns these two groups of settlers together. painstaking and beautiful was the quiltmaker’s work, and designs that inspired the quilts are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 63 color and 31 black & and why it attracted attention. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 335 color photos white images • 144 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 206 color photos • 160 pp. Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3916-5 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2595-7 • hard cover • $25.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3451-1 • hard cover • $39.99

Quilts in Everyday Life, 1855-1955: A Quilts: The Fabric of Friendship. The History of the Patchwork Quilt. 100-Year Photographic History. Janet E. The York County Quilt Documentation Schnuppe von Gwinner. The origins of patch- Finley. The history of quilts and their usage Project & The York County Heritage work in clothing and quilts are explored from is presented here in full detail through 330 Trust. 200 exquisite quilts—plus many multi-national examples over the past 500 years. vintage photographs containing a quilt. Each family stories and local history behind Photos showcase beautiful applique and Amish vivid image provides commentary on quilting them—provide a fascinating look at quilts, crazy quilts, bridal and friendship quilts specifics, photography, costume, and American quilting traditions in York County, PA, and more. Examples represent historical and cultural history. This book is a wonderful resource from 1790 to 1950. Included are appli- contemporary prize-winning designs. for all quilters, historians, and photographers. qué, pieced, and signature quilts, fads Size: 7 3/4" x 10 1/2" • 115 photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330 images • 192 pp. and novelties, and crib and doll quilts. Index • 196 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-88740-136-7 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4216-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color & 53 b/w photos • 160 pp. soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-1195-6 • soft cover • $29.99

Quilts of Virginia 1607-1899: The Birth A People and Their Quilts. John Rice Irwin. Colorado Quilting: From Mountains to of America Through the Eye of a Needle. Interviews with hundreds of old-time quilters, Plains. Mary Ann Schmidt & the Colorado Virginia Consortium of Quilters’ Documentation some over one hundred years old, present a fresh Quilting Council. Explore important historical Project. Over 270 beautiful historic quilts and oral history of the subject. Emphasis is placed on quilting moments, traditional and modern quilting ephemera in over 430 color and vintage photos. quilts and quilters in the Southern Appalachian themes, and the beginnings of the Rocky Moun- From quilted armor of the 17th century to crazy region, but quilts from throughout America are tain Quilt Museum and the Quilter’s Newsletter quilts of the 19th century, they include homespun included. magazine. Different council members researched, work of slaves and fancy work of freed women Size: 9" x 12" • 239 photos • 214 pp. • photographed, and recorded the most significant and First Ladies. ISBN: 0-88740-024-8 • soft cover • $19.95 events, memories, quilters and quilts. Size: 8 1/2" Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index x 11" • 160 b/w & color photos 128 pp. • ISBN: 428 color & 4 B/W photos • 160 pp 978-0-7643-4596-8 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2465-9 • soft cover • $29.95 lace Quilts and Quiltmakers Covering Con- Eagle Motifs in America: Decade Art necticut. The Connecticut Quilt Search Project. Quilt Series 1770 to the Present. Susan E. Antique Lace: Identifying Types & Tech- Over 145 outstanding and diverse quilts from Wildemuth. Combining quilt art and history, and niques. Heather Toomer, photography by Cyn- Connecticut, dating from the pre-Revolutionary illustrated with 117 color photos, this book tells thia Voysey. Fascinating information about War era to the mid-20th century. Includes stories the story of the American bald eagle, symbol needlepoint laces, embroideries, lace knitting of the quiltmakers, historical background, and an of the U.S., through 28 quilted wall hangings. and tatting, and bobbin laces made in Europe extensive bibliography. A must for students of These hangings capture the spirit and times from the 16th century forward, including 19th quilt history, women’s studies, textile enthusiasts, of each decade from the Revolutionary War century revivals. Each type is described and and lovers of American history. to the first decade of the twenty-first century. illustrated with 100s of photos and drawings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 117 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 302 color photos Index • 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1472-6 • soft ISBN: 978-0-7643-4527-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Price Guide/Index • 224 pp. cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1384-3 • hard cover • $49.95

Quilts of the Oregon Trail. Mary Bywater Pennsylvania Patchwork Pillowcases & Graced by Lace: A Guide for Collectors of Cross. Presents quilts as documents of history Other Small Treasures: 1820-1920. Ann R. Antique Linen & Lace. Debra Bonito. Centuries that help us learn about the lives and experiences Hermes. Gathered from private collectors and of lacemaking and embroidery are presented of the many women who traveled the Oregon museums, a study of Pennsylvania pillowcases in vivid photographs. A broad range of lace Trail from 1840-1870. Features 56 quilts made made from about 1820 to 1920, predominantly is covered: lace trim, bridal hankies, fashion, before, during, and after the journey, shown in the area of Southeastern Pennsylvania. Over society embroidery, Appenzell-work, bed linens, in full color along with vintage photos of the 250 color photos showcase a huge assortment table linens, and more. Detailed descriptions and makers and historical background. of nineteenth century printed fabrics, as well photographs, including close-ups, will prove to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index as intricate pieced and appliqué quilt designs. be excellent references. A value range is given 138 color & 40 b/w photos • 184 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color images • 128 pp. for each piece. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 388 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-2316-4 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4610-1 • hard cover • $29.99 Price Guide • 208 pp. •ISBN: 0-7643-1269-3 • hard cover • $39.95

Quilting Traditions: Pieces from the Quiltings, Frolicks & Bees: 100 Years of Lace: The Poetry of Fashion. Bella Veksler. The Past. Patricia T. Herr. Quilts made by Signature Quilts. Sue Reich. Historically, most ingenious and ephemeral of textiles, lace is Amish, Mennonite, and other Pennsylva- the society of women gathering together for presented as the poetry of fashion. Here over 225 nia German groups, with contributions the purpose of quiltmaking has been referred pictures, including dramatic photographs and from the Scots-Irish Presbyterians and to as quiltings, frolicks, and bees. This book historical illustrations, portray various types of lace the English Quakers, in 225 gorgeous brings together newspaper articles about their and garments from different periods. An outstanding color photographs, enhanced by close- needlework activities with quilts inscribed with resource for fashion historians, designers, collectors, up details, tools, accessories, and the hundreds of names – known as signature quilts. students, and aficionados, this unique study is for people surrounding their creation. With needle and scroll, quiltmakers continue to all who appreciate beautiful clothing and fabrics Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 photos capture special events. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 photos and illustrations Index • 160 pp. color images • Index • 144 pp. • 168 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0538-7 • hard cover ISBN: 0-7643-1121-2 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4098-7 • hard cover • $29.99 $39.95 38 lace • embroidery • home textiles

20th Century Linens and Lace: A Guide to Collecting Household Linens. Frances John- More Terrific Tablecloths. Loretta Smith Identification, Care and Prices of House- son. The origins of handmade household linens, Fehling. Tablecloths from the 1940s and ’50s hold Linens. Elizabeth Scofield & Peggy Zala- including afghans, later altar cloths, curtains, display brightly colored fruit and flower designs, mea. 20th century European and North American shade pulls, and bedspreads. Centerpieces and Mexican motifs, ivy and foliage prints, and linens and lace, including Appenzell, Battenberg, doilies are the best known of these. Decorator Pennsylvania Dutch-influenced patterns sure to needle, bobbin, chemical and machine laces, pillows, napkins and napkin rings also appear, whisk you back to Mom’s or Grandma’s kitchen. crochet, cutwork, embroidery, damask, net along with helpful information on caring for Also included is a section on specialty cloths. darning, tatting and drawnwork. Size: 8 1/2" x old linens and creative ideas for saving dam- This book captures a rich part of our textile 11" • 213 color photos • Price Guide • 208 pp. aged linens. history with over 300 delightful photographs. ISBN: 0-88740-826-5 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 160 pp. Value Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0975-7 • soft • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0111-X • soft cover • $29.95 embroidery Collecting More Household Linens. Frances Colorful Vintage Kitchen Towels. Erin Silk Art Embroidery: A Woman’s History Johnson. This illustrated survey presents com- Henderson & Yvonne Barineau. Vintage towels of Ornament & Empowerment. Donna mon linens and fabrics ranging from detailed are small art canvases, affordable, easily cleaned, Cardwell. Learn the fascinating history of a samplers to simple but elegant hand towels and and easily displayed. These irresistible charmers distinct style of needlework fashionable in splashers, pillow cases, quilts, coverlets, rugs, are showcased here in over 490 color photos. Victorian America from about 1877 to 1912, sheets, blankets and tablecloths. Over 500 Manufacturers include Wilendur, Startex, Martex, with history, techniques, and identification, color photos and the Price Guide make it useful. Broderie, Bucilla, and JS&S, and more. Also and Candace Wheeler’s ingenuity to create an Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 508 color photos includes manufacturer and designer informa- innovative opportunity for women to earn their Price Guide • 160 pp. tion, cleaning and storage tips, measurements, own living. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 color & 133 ISBN: 0-7643-0208-6 • soft cover • $29.95 values, and helpful glossary. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" b/w photos Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. • 495 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2906-7 • soft cover • $29.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2380-6 • soft cover • $29.95

Arts and Crafts Embroidery. Laura Euler. Elegant Table Linens: from Weil & Durrsé Fun & Collectible Kitchen Towels: 1930s Embroidered textiles are the most personal art including Wilendur™. Michelle Hayes. Linen to 1960s. Michelle Hayes. This informative ref- form practiced by the arts and crafts movement products of the Weil & Durrsé Company of New erence contains over 350 beautiful photographs (c. 1860-1910). This is art from another time, York City, from the 1920s to 1984, are of the of printed kitchen towels and bathroom sets which has its own story to tell. Some are the highest quality, including Wilendur™ and other from the 1930s to the 1960s. The designs relate humble workaday pieces for home use, while brands. Over 250 tablecloths in 120 printed to food, the outdoors, people, and childhood others are staggering works of art. Features pho- designs are featured. 425 color photos display as captured by towel manufacturers Martex, tos of the work of famous designers, including exquisite floral tablecloths, napkins, placemats, West Point-Stevens, Vera, Cannon, and more. William Morris and Gustav Stickley. Size: 8 1/2" x curtains, towels, aprons, and handcrafted items. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos 11" • 305 color & 83 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4409-1 • hard cover • $49.99 Price guide/Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2315-6 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2090-4 • soft cover • $29.95 home textiles Fun Linens of the 20th Century. Elizabeth Gay & Gifty Pot Holders. Barbara E. Mauzy. 100s Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth. Scofield and Peggy Zalamea. Whimsical house- of examples of pot holders from the 1940s and 1950s, Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable hold linens of the mid-twentieth century, most explained, dated, and priced. Collectors and dealers fiber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about flax from the “fun linen" period after World War II alike will appreciate the comprehensive look at an cultivation, processing and spinning, natural and through the 1960s. Items include eye-catching art form few know how to create, but so many enjoy synthetic dyeing, and weaving and finishing linen tablecloths, napkins, placemats, runners, towels, collecting. 260 color photos illustrate a wide variety of cloth. 233 color and 156 black-and-white photos doilies, potholders, bedspreads, pillowcases, pot holders, and concise captions provide information and drawings reveal the characteristics of linen curtains, laundry bags, and aprons. Collecting and current values. and emphasize its practical use throughout history. tips, new information on textile designers, and Size: 6" x 9" • 260 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w value guide are provided. Price Guide • 160 pp. photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 308 photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1686-9 • soft cover • $16.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1599-4 • soft cover • $29.95

Antique Linens: From the Kitchen to the Collectors’ Guide to Vintage Souvenir Christmas Household Textiles: Boudoir. Marsha L. Manchester. 300+ photos Tablecloths and Linens. Pamela Glasell. 1920s-1970s. Jeanette and Donald Micha- guide you through the identification and pricing 300+ photos showcase state and souvenir lets. Illustrated with over 440 color photos, of antique linens from the 19th and 20th centuries, tablecloths, towels, aprons, and scarves, all this book captures the beauty, charm, and including tablecloths, towels, napkins, pot featuring wonderful graphics of state-related whimsy of a wide-range of Christmas textiles, holders, doilies, runners, bed covers, boudoir themes, popular tourist attractions, and historic both mass-produced and handmade, from the cases, bureau scarves, and more. Enjoy the events. Info on dating, price guide, craft sugges- 1920s to the 1970s. Included are handkerchiefs, intricate workmanship of fine appliqué work, tions, and resource list. An invaluable resource tablecloths, tree skirts, tea towels, table runners, embroidery, and laces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • for vintage kitchen textile collectors and interior and aprons. 323 color photos designers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 446 color photos Price Guide • 192 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1691-5 Price Guide • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1978-7 Price Guide • 160 pp. hard cover • $39.95 soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2646-2 • soft cover • $29.95

Vintage White Linens: A to Z. Marsha L. Collector’s Guide to Vintage Tablecloths. Vintage Feed Sacks: Fabric From the Manchester. From common domestic doilies to Pamela Glasell. A pictorial reference guide Farm. Susan Miller. Over 500 color photographs custom European tablecloths exquisitely adorned covering the history of the printed tablecloth present colorfully-printed cloth feed and food with hand embroidery and lace, white linens are from the 1700s to the 1950s. Over 500 striking sacks. Treasured for their fabulous patterns, shown in great variety here. Organized alpha- photographs of vintage tablecloths, period and for the memories of a simpler time which betically, beginners, collectors, and discerning advertising and packaging, up-to-date values, they evoke, printed cloth sacks have become a decorators all can easily find information and and detailed captions. Includes sections on hot collectible. Especially appealing to quilters identify variations from handmade knit lace to dating your tablecloths, spotting reproductions, and crafters. Includes price guide. machine-made eyelet embroidery. and information about major manufacturers. Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 510 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 318 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 536 color & 3 b/w photos Price Guide • 160 pp. Price Guide • 240 pp. • Price Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2611-2 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0363-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1616-8 • soft cover • $29.95

Colorful Tablecloths 1930s-1960s: Threads Terrific Tablecloths: from the ’40s & ’50s. Vintage Victorian Textiles. Brian D. Coleman of the Past. Yvonne Barineau & Erin Henderson. 2nd edition, revised. Loretta Smith Fehling. Photography by Linda Svendsen. A sumptuous This ultimate guide to tablecloths from the 1930s These tablecloths include colorful prints inspired look at rich and varied Victorian textiles on to early 1960s in countless styles, colors, fabrics, by wartime victory gardens, mountain dogwood, everything from Victorian footstools to portieres and themes will help identifying the manufac- and springtime bouquets as well as fruits, vege- are captured in elegant color photographs. Advice turers, dates, and values of these wildly popular tables, berries, florals and rich border patterns. on the care and conservation of vintage textiles collectibles. A must-have resource for interior 400+ color photographs with captions and and a guide to establishing values helps designers designers, antique dealers, and textile collector. updated values make this an invaluable resource and collectors alike to use authentic fabrics. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color photos • Price for collectors, designers, and antique dealers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 color photos Guide/Index • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 421 color photos • Price Value Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2073-4 • soft cover • $29.95 Guide • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1902-7 • soft ISBN: 0-7643-1504-8 • hard cover • $49.95 cover • $29.95 home textiles • international textiles • fabric references 39

Coverlets and the Spirit of America. Joseph Southeast Asian Textiles. Claire & Steve Toile: The Storied Fabrics of Europe D. Shein & Melinda Zongor. A comprehensive Wilbur. Southeast Asian textiles have long been and America. Michele Palmer. Toile– tour of figured coverlets made between 1817 and recognized as superb examples of textile art. scenic fabric originally printed from 1869. These antique woven bedcovers, with their This book explores their artistic significance, copperplates–has been a decorating graphic and colorful images of trains, animals, providing an overview of the various styles, sensation for over 250 years. This com- buildings, heroes and patriotic symbols, provide designs, and decorative techniques through prehensive guide presents the history a wonderful and perhaps unique snapshot of over 260 color photographs. It gives practical of toile from its beginnings in 18th cen- the bright optimism that was the 19th-century suggestions for collectors on how to care for, tury Britain and France. 100s of scenic spirit of America. Over 100 coverlets in full color value, and use specimen textiles in the home. designs in 225 beautiful color photos. and on both sides. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color photos • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 226 color photos Size: 9" x 12" • 200+ color photos • Index 192 pp. Price Guide • 176 pp. Price Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1660-5 • hard cover • $69.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1810-1 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1891-8 • hard cover • $34.95

Chenille: A Collector’s Guide. Judith Ann Traditional Kimono Silks. Anita Yasuda. The Mola: Traditional Kuna Textile Art. Greason & Tina Skinner. A rich visual tour of This swatch book is an inspiring visual tour of Edith Crouch. Over 890 color photos display the vintage chenille, displaying hundreds of beau- design using kimono remnants from Japan’s mola, a multilayered textile art and metaphor tiful bedspreads and a few novelty items along Showa Period (1926–1989). More than 400 for the Kuna, indigenous people of Panama. with details that highlight manufacturing tech- photographs and captions provide information This book provides insights into design sources niques and styles. A price guide is included in on motif identification, Japanese history and and influences for molas, perspective on the the captions. cultural traditions. aesthetic practices of women creating this art, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 203 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 458 color photos • 208 pp. and hints for collecting and preserving them. Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2691-2 • soft cover • $34.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 886 color & 7 b/w photos • Index ISBN: 0-7643-1511-0 • soft cover • $29.95 • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3845-8 • hard cover • $59.99

Beacon Blankets: Make Warm Friends. Japanese Anime Linens: 1970s Bogolanfini Mud Cloth: Textile Art with Jerry & Kathy Brownstein. Beacon cotton and to Present. Anita Yasuda. Over 325 CD. Sam Hilu & Irwin Hersey. Color photo- wool blankets in Indian and geometric designs dazzling color photos of vintage and graphs detail the mud-cloth art of the Bogolan and color catalog pages from 1917 to 1957, contemporary anime fabrics, hand- people in Mali, Africa. Geometric, abstract, together with original blanket designs, history kerchiefs, yukatas, and appliqués are and semi-abstract patterns are hand painted of the company, advertisements, and labels. identified and assigned values. Infor- with mud dyes on hand woven cloth. The CD Special sections on crib blankets, bathrobes using mative sections on design, color trends, contains over 200 patterns. Beacon fabric, related blankets, and Skookum and fabric resources, with labels to help Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 144 pp. Indian dolls. date and identify pieces. ISBN: 0-7643-2187-0 • hard cover • $49.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 622 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 337 color photos Price Guide/Index • 176 pp. Price Guide • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1359-2 • hard cover • $49.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2155-2 • soft cover • $34.95

Sweetheart & Mother Pillows, 1917-1945. Japanese Children’s Fabrics: 1950s-1970s. Ralli Quilts: Traditional Textiles from Patricia Cummings. These collector items provide Anita Yasuda. Over 300 beautifully photographed Pakistan and India. Patricia Ormsby Stoddard. a unique insight into World War I and World II images will pique the interest of fabric collectors These quilts, from Pakistan and India, have stun- and the years of Civilian Conservation Camps. and historians, sewing enthusiasts, designers, ning designs, brilliant colors, and an intriguing Sections include the fiber used in making them, and those who love all things Japanese, with history. More than 130 ralli quilts from the mid the manufacturers, and distinguishing factors sections about design history, lists of manufactur- to late twentieth century are shown, along with between World War I and World War II pillow ers, and photographs of their labels. A glossary background information on where they were covers. of terms, care guide, and fabric resources round made, pattern characteristics, type of fabric, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 247 b/w & color images • out this book. and dimensions. Price guide, Index • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 photos • Price Guide • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 251 color photos, 80 b/w ISBN: 978-0-7643-3917-2 • soft cover • $24.99 208 pp.• ISBN: 0-7643-1967-1 • soft cover • $34.95 illus. • Value Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1697-4 • soft cover • $29.95

international textiles Nomadic Embroideries: India’s Tribal Eastern European Folk Designs. John Textile Art. Tina Skinner with the Sam Hilu Gabrian Marinescu. More than 288 full col- Kimono: Vanishing Tradition; Japanese Collection. More than 500 images explore the or, all over patterns, borders and corners Textiles of the 20th Century, Revised and free-form embroidered creations of the tribal of decorative textile motifs from Romania. Expanded 2nd Edition. Cheryl Imperatore & people of India’s renowned Gujarat Province. Inspiration for decorations of fabrics, wall Paul MacLardy. Kimono is a term for traditional Dating back 30 to 100 years, they include original coverings, carpets, ceramics, historical orna- Japanese clothing, meaning “thing to wear.” garments, temple offerings, and second-gen- mentation, and jewelry. This book shows an overview of traditional eration quilted works. The elaborate, mica Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color illustrations • 160 pp. garments, types of designs found in 20th century and bead-studded creations include abstract, ISBN: 0-7643-1706-7 • soft cover • $29.95 kimono that are still available, and wearable art geometric, floral, and religious imagery. & home décor inspired by contemporary artists. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 800 color photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 528 color & b/w photos • 256 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3032-2 • hard cover • $49.99 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5050-4 • hard cover • $49.99 Textile Art of the Bakuba: Velvet Embroi- deries in Raffia. Sam Hilu & Irwin Hersey. Hmong Story Cloths: Preserving Historical Antique French Textiles for Designers. June Striking velvety embroidered raffia cloths and & Cultural Treasures. Linda Gerdner, PhD, K. Laval. A basic history of French textiles, from ceremonial appliqué skirts created deep in RN, FAAN. This book provides a comprehensive the Middle Ages to art deco, and 416 beautiful the heart of the Congo by the Kuba people. look at the story cloths of the Hmong people, color photographs demonstrate traditional and The intricate abstract designs, executed in an including visual displays of 48 vibrant examples. contemporary uses for tapestries, cottons, linens, appealing palette of vegetal dyes, have inspired Learn the unique history of this embroidered art laces, embroidery, needlepoint, and trims. Sug- innumerable artists and designers including Klee, form that began in refugee camps and how it gestions are given for their use in contemporary Matisse, Chillida, Braque, and Tzara. has become a cultural legacy. Augmented with interior and home decor. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos personal stories and artifacts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 416 color photos Value Guide • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 266 color & 3 b/w images Price Guide/Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1685-0 • hard cover • $39.95 • Index • 168 pp ISBN: 0-7643-2039-4 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4859-4 • hard cover • $34.99 fabric references Threads of Gold: Chinese Textiles: Ming American Toile: Four Centuries to Ching. Paul Haig & Marla Shelton. A com- of Sensational Scenic Fabrics and Paisley: A Visual Survey of Pattern and prehensive guide to collectible Chinese textiles Wallpaper. Michele Palmer. Over 180 Color Variations. Tina Skinner. Organized with an understandable grading system to aid bright color photos capture American into a sweeping visual survey including orderly in establishing value. This book is designed for toile in its many themes. American toile’s foulard patterns, elaborate borders, experimental all historians, Asian study scholars, and textile major topics of illustration include the media, and ornate florals of printed and woven collectors. It is a real-world representation of colonial era, the new republic, the Civil fabrics alike. court robes, badges and decorative textiles. War, the West, farm and city life, mari- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 561 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 510 color photos • Value Guide time and leisure activities, as well as a ISBN: 0-7643-0546-8 • soft cover • $24.95 304 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2538-8 • hard cover variety of patriotic symbols. $79.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 182 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4406-0 • hard cover • $34.99 40 fabric references

Dots: A Pictorial Essay on Pointed, Printed African Prints: A Design Book. Fun Fabrics of the ’50s. Joy Shih. This Patterns. Tina Skinner. Dots of great variety, Leslie Piña. The printed designs book will transport you back to the days in all their minuscule glory, are depicted on include abstract, floral, pictorial, of shirt plaids, cowboy heroes’ flannel historic fabric. An invaluable encyclopedia of animal and figural themes. The fab- pajamas, early American rec room drap- dotty design ideas. ric is contemporary, most made of ery, splashy lounge chair tropical blooms, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 color photos • 112 pp. cotton in Africa commercially, and housewives’ duster florals, and festive ISBN: 0-7643-0634-0 • soft cover • $24.95 many designs are adaptations of south-of-the-border kitchen curtains. traditional African woven textiles. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 231 color photos 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0173-X • soft 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0694-4 • soft cover • $19.95 cover • $24.95

Stripes: A Survey of Fabric Designs. Tina African Fabric Design. Leslie Conversational Prints: Decorative Skinner. A zigzag tour through seventy years of Piña. Includes contemporary bold Fabrics of the 1950s. Joy Shih. A stripes. Historic fabric swatches from all over the two- and three-color designs, prominent feature in the homes of the world. Woven-in and imitation weaves, wavy stripes, grids, and geometrics ar- 1950s, these large, splashy print de- lines to prim and proper pin stripes. The largest ranged with a focus on design, color, signs were used for drapery, upholstery, photo album of striped textiles ever. and pattern. Shown are commercial- slipcover, and tablecloth fabrics, estab- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 557 color photos • 112 pp. ly-made adaptations of traditional lishing a decorative theme or bringing ISBN: 0-7643-0482-8 • soft cover • $24.95 African designs. a splash of color and humor. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 233 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ photos • 112 pp. 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0831-9 • soft ISBN: 0-7643-0341-4 • soft cover cover • $24.95 $19.95

Plaids: A Visual Survey of Pattern Varia- Abstract Textile Designs. Tina Couture Fabrics of the ’50s. Joy Shih. tions. Tina Skinner. More than five decades of Skinner. Historic prints of the abstract Beautiful textiles from high-fashion Pari- twentieth century plaids. Photographs of actual genre — from upholstery fabrics and sian houses of the 1950s. Featuring exotic printed and woven textiles. A sweeping survey of curtains to the wearable art we don and exquisite designs in silk, rayon, and plaids, from the standard checks and ginghams daily — explored through photos of cotton used to create elegant women’s to the furthest reaches of designers’ imaginations. fabric swatches from couture houses couture fashions. Of special interest are Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 558 color photos • 112 pp. in Italy, France, and the United States. fabric swatches reflecting seasonal styles, ISBN: 0-7643-0481-X • soft cover • $24.95 A must-have for designers ready to take special effects photo-engraving and lavish a lesson from their predecessors in the imitation weaves. everyday gallery of art. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos 112 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color photos • 112 pp. pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0199-3 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0674-X • soft cover • $19.95

Tartans. Three by William H. Johnston & Philip D. Smith, Jr. Centuries old, Metallic Textile Designs. Tina Skin- Funky Fabrics of the ’60s. Joy Shih. tartan is the very fabric of Scotland. These three volumes provide over 400 ner. They’re hot, they’re shiny, and The wide range of sixties fabric designs colorful and vividly striped tartans each, plus brief historical background, they’re oh-so-glamorous. This book reflected the transition from the comfort- definitions of related terms, and thread counts for the tartan weaver. An revisits metallic’s past, with historic ing tranquility of the early years to the invaluable resource. fabric swatches from Europe and Japan bolder, more “hip" end of the decade. Each: 11" x 8 1/2", 112 pp. soft cover with 400 color images and index. dating back to the 1950s, and takes A nostalgic tour of pastel and splashy $24.95 each. us to today’s top European couture florals, patchwork calicos, denims and houses in a visual exploration of me- stripes, wild abstract geometrics, and tallics’ allure. neon paisleys. Tartans: Abbotsford to Fraser. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 color photos • 112 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0961-7 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0635-9 • soft cover • $19.95 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0174-8 • soft cover • $19.95

Art Deco Era Textile Designs. Tina Designer Fabrics of the Early ‘60s. Skinner. More than 300 historic fab- Tina Skinner. From top couture fabric ric samples from the mid-1920s and design houses of Paris during the early 1930s provide a visual textbook of the 1960s, this visual feast explores a mul- everyday fabrics used for housedresses titude of styles, ranging from playful and curtains, adorned with the era’s geometrics to novelty prints and from Tartans: Frederickton to MacNeil. predominate geometric creations and abstract experimentation to the increas- ISBN: 0-7643-0962-5 spiced with the exotic inspirations that ingly far-out florals. A special section spurred one of the most popular artistic explores upholstery and household movements of all times. fabrics of the era. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 317 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 255 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0650-2 • soft cover • $19.95 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0506-9 • soft cover • $19.95

Forties Fabrics. Joy Shih. Fabrics of the Cool Hot Colors: Fabrics of the 1940s jump off the pages with vibrant Late 1960s. Joy Shih. Hot pinks and colors in florals, stripes, checks, and purples, chartreuse, orange, and yellow: Tartans: MacNichol to Yukon. plaids. Patriotic themes predominate sometimes called neon colors, these cool ISBN: 0-7643-1029-1 the war years, while the peace years hot colors were often combined into wild give birth to bold florals and geometric and psychedelic floral and geometric graphics that would continue well into designs. Hundreds of splashy colors the ’50s. and designs from the 1960s European Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos and American textile manufacturers 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0198-5 • soft are presented. cover • $19.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0342-2 • soft cover • $19.95

Foulards: A Picture Book of Prints Terry Cloth. Monique Combes. This Vintage Textured Barkcloth. Margaret Meier. for Men’s Wear. Tina Skinner. More book - the first devoted specifically to Barkcloth was the textile of choice for window than 350 photographs of historic fabric terry cloth - contains more than 500 treatments and other household textiles of the swatches explore design variations in images that trace the fabric from its 1930s, ‘40s, and ‘50s. This book explores its foulards, the small motifs printed on silks origins to modern fashion. Vintage ad- scintillating combination of pattern, texture, and related fabrics that were intended vertisements, sewing patterns, apparel, and color in nearly 300 full-color photos and for men’s ties and dressing gowns. and design fabrics showcase styles from in-depth text. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 357 color photos dainty florals to fabulous geometrics, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • Price 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1256-1 • soft especially from the 1950s to the 1970s. Guide • 160 pp. cover • $24.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 481 color & 25 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2663-9 • soft cover • $29.95 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4185-4 • soft cover • $24.99 fabric references • FASHION DESIGN: INSPIRATION • sewing 41

FASHION DESIGN: INSPIRATION Fabulous Barkcloth: Home Decorating Europe: Rising Fashion Designers 3. Jane Textiles from the ’30s, ’40s, & ’50s. Loretta Emerging Fashion Designers. Sally Cong- Gottelier & Patrick Gottelier. Each of 70 of Europe's Smith Fehling. Barkcloth is a dense, textured don-Martin. 285 color photos of new clothing top young designers presents several of his or her cotton weave and was often used in draperies designs appear as drawings and finished outfits striking creations, revealing the fashion currents of and slipcovers. Patterns, colors, and floral motifs on models. The best student work comes from tomorrow. Including brief insights from the designers are illustrated as used on authentic barkcloth. sixteen fashion design programs. Over 100 about their choices of materials, techniques, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 color photos • 112 pp. talented designers now entering the fashion inspirations, this volume captures the creative energy ISBN: 0-7643-0837-8 • soft cover • $24.95 industry are included. Inspirations for the de- emerging from today's top European fashion schools. signs and materials used are listed for each Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 425 color photos • 200 pp. garment displayed. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5082-5 • hard cover • $39.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 285 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3600-3 • hard cover • $39.99

Vintage Children’s Fabrics. Kay Hanauer. Emerging Fashion Designers 2. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook: Mercedes-Benz Fash- Relive childhood memories through this collection gdon-Martin. Including over 300 color images, ion Week Fall 2013 Collections. Jesse J. of vintage children’s fabric. Chapters highlight this second edition picks up where the first left Marth. Schiffer Fashion Press launches its inau- similar themes with displays of letters and number off, spotlighting garments and illustrations gural LookBook with Fall/Winter 2013 runway block and progress through various childhood for eveningwear, menswear, children’s wear, looks from Mercedes-Benz Fashion Week. Ideal points of interest. Collectors, designers, and sportswear, and more. Included is a collection for identifying trends in color, fabric, pattern, fabric buffs will find this an invaluable resource. of bright and original designs by 60 recent grad- and silhouette, here are images of thousands of Size: • 8 1/2" x 11" • 500 color images • 144 pp. uates from 12 premier fashion design programs looks from more than 80 of today's top designers. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3855-7 • soft cover • $29.99 in the United States. The designers are listed Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2500+ color photos • alphabetically and indexed by school. 384 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 323 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4570-8 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3791-8 • hard cover • $39.99

Cowboy Textiles. Tom Kiley. Cowgirls, cow- Emerging Fashion Designers 3. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook: Merceds-Benz Fashion boys, horses and Western heroes cover these gdon-Martin. Over 100 recent graduates from Week Spring 2014 Collections. Jesse Marth. great vintage textiles. See the best chinille 16 premier fashion design programs in the US Spring 2014 runway looks from Mercedes-Benz bedspreads from the 1940s, rugs, blankets, have their creations illustrated in over 400 color Fashion Week. Ideal for identifying trends in color, tablecloths, aprons, hankies, scarves and novelty photos. Features unique and innovative garments fabric, embellishment, styling, and silhouette. prints up to the 1970s. This comprehensive and illustrations for eveningwear, menswear, Images of more than 3,200 looks from more presentation of vintage household textiles will children’s wear, sportswear, and more. The text than 85 of today’s top designers. inspire today’s designers and encourage collec- includes a brief dossier of each young designer, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 3,200 color images • 384 pp. tors to keep digging. including inspiration and materials. The designers ISBN: 978-0-7643-4651-4 • hard cover • $45.00 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 378 color photos • 144 pp. are listed alphabetically and indexed by school. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3681-2 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 422 color photos • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4029-1 • hard cover • $39.99

Flower Power: Prints from the Emerging Fashion Designers 4. Sally Con- The SFP LookBook: Mercedes-Benz Fashion 1960s. Tina Skinner. All the orange, hot gdon-Martin. The latest edition of this series Week Fall/Winter 2014 Collections. Alexander pink, and sky blue the era’s most fertile showcases the new designs created by over 80 L. Potter. For this 3rd installment in the successful imaginations could conjure. Featured are graduates from 18 premier fashion design pro- LookBook series, Schiffer Fashion Press presents more than 300 striking swatches from grams in the United States. With over 300 color the Fall/Winter 2014 Mercedes-Benz Fashion top couture houses in Paris and Milan, images, this edition brings the fresh perspective Week. This exhaustive compilation showcases not bold flower prints on silk, cotton, and of the next generation of young designers to the only women's ready-to-wear and eveningwear, but the acetates and polyesters that helped forefront via beautifully designed garments and also menswear, beauty and hair styling trends, and shape fashion’s most eye-popping era. skillfully rendered illustrations for eveningwear, accessories. The Trend Guide observes themes in Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 313 color photos menswear, lingerie, sportswear, and more. color, pattern, textile and texture, and silhouette. 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0675-8 • soft cover • $19.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 322 color photos • 208 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2894 color photos • 392 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4713-9 • hard cover • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4737-5 • hard cover • $39.99

Fashion Fabrics: 1960s. Leslie Piña & Con- Emerging Fashion Designers 5. Sally The SFP LookBook Atelier to Runway: New stance Korosec. Fabric colors, patterns, textures, Congdon-Martin. In this newest edition to a York Fashion Week Spring 2015. Andrea and fibers reveal a culture. In the 1960s, tradi- series, Emerging Fashion Designers 5 continues Kiliany Thatcher. The 4th edition of Schiffer tional plaids became popular at the same time to be a platform for the next generation of Fashion Press's (SFP) runway compendium tells as bold prints and geometrics, notably Op Art young designers, exhibiting original designs by the story of the Spring 2015 New York Fashion and “psychedelic" patterns. Close-up color with more than 50 recent graduates from 13 premier Week collections from "Atelier to Runway." informative captions and index. fashion design programs in the United States. From studio visits & designer interviews to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 579 color photos • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color images • 208 pp backstage coverage and final runway looks, it ISBN: 0-7643-0584-0 • soft cover • $29.95 IISBN: 978-0-7643-4879-2 • hard cover • $39.99 offers a complete Fashion Week experience. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 2,200 color images • 320 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4910-2 • hard cover • $45.00

The Synthetic ’70s: Fabric of the Decade. Europe: Rising Fashion Designers. Patrick sewing Leslie Piña & Constance Korosec. Experience an Gottelier. In concise text and 490 vibrant color era through bold prints, geometric patterns, and photos, discover the current and emerging trends The Little Guide to Mastering Your “psychedelic" colors on polyester and stretch in European fashion design. Students from top Sewing Machine: All the Sewing Basics, knits. Vivid close-up color photographs, in- schools present their premier work, fashions Plus 15 Step-by-Step Projects. Sylvie formative captions, a glossary, and an index. that are sure to inspire readers and fire their Blondeau. This step-by-step method, illus- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 261 color photos • Index • 112 pp. imaginations. Top-flight fashion design colleges trated with nearly 200 photos and drawings, ISBN: 0-7643-0717-7 • soft cover • $24.95 and universities from England, Scotland, Ireland, helps beginners painlessly discover the basic Sweden, and the Netherlands, participated in techniques, from sewing a straight line to this fascinating project. sewing on a button. You'll then very quickly Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 200 pp. be able to put your new sewing machine skills ISBN: 978-0-7643-4242-4 • hard cover • $39.99 into practice with the 15 included projects, designed especially for beginners. Size: 10" x 7" • 198 color photos & b/w illustrations • 80 pp Naturally ’70s Fabric. Constance Korosec & Europe: Rising Fashion Designers 2. Patrick ISBN: 978-0-7643-4970-6 • spiral bound • $24.99 Leslie Piña. Bold and dizzying complementary Gottelier. 460+ images and incisive text illustrate color patterns dominated the 1970s, displayed the work of students from top schools, who present Bags for Fashionistas: Designing, Sewing, on two general groups of textile: the naturals their best work, fashions that will inspire readers, Selling. nani coldine. Through more than 500 and the synthetics. This book presents a sam- firing their imaginations as they get a glimpse of illustrations, this do-it-yourself book shows you, pling of silks, cotton, flax, and wool with solid, what the future may bring. Top flight fashion design with step-by-step instructions, how to create 25 stripe, plaid, geometric, floral, and paisley prints. colleges and universities from the United Kingdom, styles of handbags. Chapters include information Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • Index • 112 pp. Ireland, Denmark, the Netherlands, and Sweden on making custom linings and variations of ISBN: 0-7643-1030-5 • soft cover • $24.95 participated in this new edition. the models, and includes interviews with the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 461 color & 5 b/w images “who's who" of bags. 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4545-6 • hard cover Size: 9" x 10" • 582 color illustrations • 152 pp • $39.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4912-6 • soft cover • $29.99 42 sewing • nail art • FASHION techniqueS • MACRAME, KNITTING, KNOTTING • BASKETRY: INSPIRATION, TECHNIQUES

Upcycle Your Wardrobe: 21 Sewing Proj- Macrame Fashion Accessories & Jewelry. Wicker Basketry. Flo Hoppe. Illustrated step- ects for Unique, New Fashions. Mia Führer. Sylvie Hooghe. Create your own fashion acces- by-step instructions offer a range of techniques Reuse, recycle and repurpose the clothing you sories through DIY macramé projects. Illustrated and tips for making both round and oval bases, love, creating new, one-of-a-kind garments. step-by-step directions will guide you through the making handles, preparing to weave, and adding Every one of the twenty-one inspiring proj- making of your own unique scarves, handbags, color. Projects include a simple plant basket, a ects in this book can be sewn quickly, even by bracelets, and necklaces. This book is perfect bread basket with beads, a lidded sewing basket, beginners. The descriptive photo instructions for both beginning and seasoned hobbyists and a large double-handled shopping basket. make it easy to follow the process step by step. and the fashionista who wants to add to their Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 photos, 169 patterns Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 199 color photos & repertoire of fashion accessories. Index • 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4080-2 diagrams • 64 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4849-5 • hard cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 87 color images • 80 pp soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4857-0 • soft cover • $19.99 nail art BASKETRY: TECHNIQUES Holiday Nail Art: 24 Design Projects. Macrame Today: Contemporary Knotting Janel Lucas. Follow along with step-by-step Projects. Darlyn Susan Yee. Knotting as an art Award-Winning Basket Designs: Techniques tutorials to create attention-grabbing manicure form can be very diverse and result in a complex and Patterns for All Levels. Pati English. looks with seasonal and holiday themes. There blend of texture and intricate patterns, using Explore the art of basketry in this book packed are 24 featured nail designs inspired by winter, such materials as yarn, fiber, and string. With with practical guidance for weavers at all levels. spring, summer, and fall, and holidays including 110 color images and step-by-step instructions, Detailed explanations feature more than 300 Valentine's Day, St. Patrick's Day, Easter, Fourth this comprehensive guide will have you creating colorful how-to photographs. Learn the basics, of July, Halloween, Thanksgiving, Christmas and beautifully designed wearable and functional art practice your skills, and create baskets with plaids, New Year's Eve. pieces. Basic knotting forms and ten projects of twills, spiral, braids, arrows, diamonds, twining, Size: 6" × 6" • 50 designs • 48 pp varying skill level is featured. waling, handle wraps, rim borders, and more. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5002-3 • soft cover • $9.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 110 color images • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos & patterns • 168 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3799-4 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4971-3 • soft cover • $24.99 FASHION techniqueS Basic Knitting and Crocheting for Today’s Basketry: Basic Techniques Explained Fashion Design Techniques: The Basics Woman: 14 Projects to Soothe the Mind Step by Step. Caterina Hernandez and Eva and Practical Application of Fashion & Body. Anita Closic. This knitting/crocheting Pascual. Learn the various materials, tools, and Illustration. Zeshu Takamura. Covering the book offers fourteen projects that are fun to techniques that can be used in basketmaking. principles and creative techniques behind making make, while allowing the knitter to escape the With 474 images, clear, easy-to-follow text effective design drawings, this guide is perfect for stresses of the day. Using basic knitting and provides a description of each material and students & professionals working in the garment crocheting techniques, make throws, baby wraps, tips for preparing the wood. Techniques include and fashion industries. From hand drawing to meditative yoga mats, a table runner, scarves, stitching coil, weaving the rim and handles, and software applications, it explains how to precisely baby blankets, wrist warmers, and pillows. making different shaped bases for your basket. illustrate the key elements of garments. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 14 patterns • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 474 illus. & diagrams • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,200 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4668-2 • soft cover • $16.99 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5047-4 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4471-8 • hard cover • $34.99

Designing Fashion Accessories: Master Patchwork Knitting: 18 Projects to Knit Basket Inspiration: For Makers & Col- Class in Professional Design. Marta R. and Crochet. Johanna Schwarz. Discover a lectors. Billie Ruth Sudduth. Get thoughtful, Hidalgo and Gabriel Martin Roig. Accessories completely new form of patchwork knitting: the step-by-step, basket-making instruction from are part of the great fashion family of vari- knitting kit! The innovative methods to join simple a master teacher, and be inspired to collect art ous pieces and adornments that complete a knitted pieces into chic fashion and accessories, baskets from beautifully made examples by 95 man's, woman's, or child's outfit. Through including skirts, jackets, scarves, hats, shrugs, top artists. Learn fundamentals and complete color photographs and illustrations, sketches, pullovers, and more, will inspire you. Over 130 projects for plaited ribbed, twined, and braid- and text, various designers take you from the photos and plans will guide you. Complete the ed construction, twill weaving, and surface research of current trends in the accessories simple pieces, join them following the diagram, embellishment. of footwear, purses, and hats through to its and you are done! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 137 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color photos design and manufacture. photos & patterns 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3468-9 Size: 9" x 12" • 575 images and patterns • 192 pp. 4092-5 • hard cover • $19.99 hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4215-8 • hard cover • $45.00

Dress Shirt Design. Malie Raef. Every element Knot Design. Kristin Möller. A variety of International Basketry. Christoph Will. This of the man's dress shirt is explored, including knotting projects with different levels of dif- beautifully illustrated volume presents baskets collars, plackets, pockets, shoulder seams, ficulty are provided, including cell phone or woven from natural fibers over many years and armholes, short sleeves, long sleeves, cuffs, cuff MP3 player cases, wallets and key chains, from diverse American, European and interna- plackets, back yokes, garment shaping, bottom bracelets or eyeglasses cases in contemporary tional cultures. The text explores the origins hems, and vents. Written by a professional colors and designs. Important knots readers of the plants which produce weavable fibres, designer, the book features over 840 computer will quickly master include the vertical and localized preparation techniques, and a wide sketches of shirts' components, and fashion horizontal half hitches, spiral knots, square variety of weaving styles and forms. Detailed illustrations from guest artists. knots, and finishing knots. Each project is rated drawings of many weaves will enable craftsmen Size: 9" x 12" • 31 color & 846 b/w illus • 208 pp. by its level of difficulty. to duplicate and experiment. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2723-0 • soft cover • $79.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 81 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 436 photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3999-8 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-88740-037-X • soft cover • $19.95 Mannequins. Steven M. Richman. A photog- rapher’s artistic fascination with mannequins is BASKETRY: INSPIRATION The Nature of Basketry. Ed Rossbach. explored through a series of 390 portraits from Hundreds of photos and text show Asian, around the world. This compelling photographic Baskets. Revised 3rd Edition. Nancy Schiffer. American, and European ceremonial baskets, essay captures the personalities and drama of Baskets as functional and art objects, includes humble work baskets and those made quickly storefront figures. Retailers, merchandisers, over 300 pictures of baskets from all over the to satisfy a moment’s need. Many traditional members of the fashion industry, and pho- United States and abroad. This pictorial survey of methods of using plant materials for baskets tography enthusiasts will all find this book a splint, wicker, and coil baskets shows them used are described with pictures and discussions valuable source of inspiration. for storage, decorating, carrying, winnowing, of their unique qualities. Size: 9" x 12" • 390 color photos • 160 pp. gathering and trapping. They will inspire basket Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 256 photos ISBN: 0-7643-2351-2 • hard cover • $49.95 makers, and the up-to-date price guide will be Index • 192 pp. a help to collectors. ISBN: 0-88740-059-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 333 illus. • 176 pp. MACRAME, KNITTING, KNOTTING ISBN: 978-0-7643-1380-6 • soft cover • $29.99

101 Socks: Circular Needles, Felted, Ad- Baskets and Basketmakers in Southern A Guide to Basket Weaving. Marie Pieroni. Through di-Express, Toe Up, Crocheted, and Spiral Appalachia. John Rice Irwin. American baskets 284 photos and illustrations, plus informative instruc- Knit. The Editors of the Oz Creativ Series. With made by people in Appalachia are lovingly shared tions, learn to choose and prepare raw materials, and seven techniques and 101 patterns, this how- with readers. Indian baskets, especially Cherokee, gather and use necessary tools. Discover optimal to book provides detailed, clear instructions also are included. Numerous photos detail every working positions, basketwork structures, essential for knitting and crocheting colorful and artful step in the Appalachian basket making process: steps (splitting, weaving, and peeling) in making socks. Aimed at a wide range of skill sets, from from the time the tree is cut until the time the closed- and open-weave basketry, rib basket weaving, the beginner to the advanced knitter, the book basket is completed. and border designs. A glossary of terms is provided also includes helpful tips and size tables.Size: 8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 603 photos & drawings for quick reference. This informative guide will be a 1/2" x 11" • 319 color photos & illus. • 144 pp Index • 192 pp. welcome addition to any basket weaver’s library.Size: ISBN: 978-0-7643-4850-1 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-916838-61-7 • soft cover • $19.95 6" x 9" • 284 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4530-2 • soft cover • $24.99 BASKETRY: TECHNIQUES • KNOT MAKING • LEATHERCRAFT • jewelry making: inspiration 43

Rib Baskets. Revised & Expanded 2nd Fisherman’s Knots and Nets. Raoul Graumont & How to Make Cowboy Horse Gear. Bruce Grant. Edition. Jean Turner Finley. Step-by-step direc- Elmer Wenstrom. Professional and novice fishermen Bridles, hackamores, reins, quirts, and crops are among tions for making fourteen different rib baskets alike can learn to make hundreds of ties and bends to the gear you can make using this well-illustrated are accompanied by suggestions for variations connect line to hooks, leaders, lures, nets, traps, and book. Clear and detailed drawings show steps from to challenge the imagination of both novice and seines. The veteran fisherman will find it an indispens- beginning to end. Create articles of gear the horseman experienced basketmakers. With 231 images and able reference tool. Whether you fish for fun or to make uses to “work or show" his horse to best advantage. 107 diagrams, this how-to guide offers general a living, this is a valuable addition to your tackle box. Clear and detailed drawings show from beginning to techniques and tips for successful weaving. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 565 illustrations, end how to make the articles of gear the horseman Chapters on materials included. 1 b/w photo • Index • 208 pp. uses to “work or show" his horse to best advantage. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color & 116 b/w images, ISBN: 978-0-87033-024-7 • soft cover • $8.99 Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 417 illustrations 107 patterns • 88 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4177-9 56 b/w photos • Glossary • 192 pp. • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-87033-034-6 • soft cover • $12.99 LEATHERCRAFT Lightship Baskets of Nantucket. Rev. and Expanded 2nd Edition. Martha Lawrence. The The Art of Leather Inlay and Overlay: A How to Make Whips. Ron Edwards. Make history and makers of highly prized, distinctive, Guide to the Techniques for Top Results fine eight-strand whips, kangaroo-hide whips, old Nantucket Lightship Baskets chronicled with Lisa Sorrell. More than 470 color photos bring bullwhips, snake whips, and even whips from many color photos that detail construction and in-depth detail to this comprehensive look at the precut lace. Includes instructions for plaiting show beautiful examples. Includes what to con- almost-forgotten decorative art of leather inlay names and using plaiting designs for whip han- sider when evaluating antique and contemporary and overlay. The tools, techniques, and processes dles. Instructions for a basic eight-strand whip baskets, plus step-by-step, illustrated instructions for creating inlaid, overlaid, and stitched leather and also fine kangaroo hide whips. Also included for making your own Nantucket basket. pieces, along with three included step-by-step are instructions on plaiting names in whips. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 115 photos projects, provide a complete resource. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 780 illustrations Price Guide • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 470 color photos & Index • 166 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-513-6 ISBN: 0-7643-0891-2 • soft cover • $24.95 diagrams • 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5121-1• hard cover • $24.99 hard cover • $34.99

Old New England Splint Baskets and How Leather: History, Technique, Projects. Whips and Whipmaking. 2nd Edition. David W. to Make Them. John E. McGuire. Beautiful color Josephine Barbe. Leather can be smooth, soft, Morgan. Whipmaking is the highest refinement of the photographs of antique New England baskets inspire and cosmetic, or robust, resistant, and protective. art of leather braiding. Featuring whips made in the readers to adapt the step-by-step instructions to For thousands of years this versatile material has Mongol tradition. Braiding details shown in a selection create three new baskets: a round, rectangular, and provided the foundation for the manufacture of of photographs. Includes the evolution of whip design square-to-round basket with traditional techniques. clothing, jewelry, and accessories. All projects through its association with Hollywood. Introduces A unique chapter on old tools and molds used in can be made with a sewing machine and a whips for performance and sport use. past generations is fascinating to all who enjoy few simple tools. Size: 7" x 10" • 55 illus., 205 b/w photos antique baskets. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 308 • 168 pp. Index • 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-557-0 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100+ images • 100 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4484-8 • hard cover • $34.99 soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-045-0 soft cover • $14.95

Leather Care Compendium: For Shoes, Cloth- Let’s Weave Color into Baskets. Pat Encyclopedia of Rawhide and Leather Braiding. ing, and Furniture. Kim & Axel Himer. Custom Laughridge. Introduces the reader to creative Bruce Grant. 350+ illustrations arranged so the step- shoemakers show how to expertly maintain leather possibilities of adding color to baskets. Chemical by-step instructions face the picture being described, shoes, furniture, bags, car leather, and more. Applying dyes are discussed with step-by-step instructions making it easy to follow. Braidwork takes many forms; the techniques described in this book will increase the for their use. Many finished examples with color its applications are practical as well as decorative. life of your favorite leather and will give you a far more woven into them are presented to stimulate the While the book is primarily for those interested in sophisticated appearance. craftsperson’s creativity. Three sets of weaving leathercraft, in nearly all cases the methods of braiding Size: 7" x 10" • 763 color photos • 288 pp. instructions are included: a field basket, a house are applicable to many other materials, such as silk, ISBN: 978-0-7643-4517-3 • soft cover • $34.99 basket, and a market basket. cotton, plastic, catgut, or horsehair. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 58 pp. Size: 6" x 9" • 206 b/w photos, 1,254 illustrations 33 color photos, 36 drawings, 52 b/w photos Glossary/Index • 558 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-161-9 ISBN: 0-88740-056-6 • soft cover • $12.95 • hard cover • $29.99 jewelry making: inspiration

Ply-Split Braided Baskets: Exploring Sculp- Leather Braiding. Bruce Grant. Definitive guide to Jewelry for Your Table: How to ture in Plain Oblique Twining. David W. the art of leather braiding, contains illustrations, step- Make One-of-a-Kind Napkin Rings Fraser. With 176 images, including patterns, learn by-step instructions, and fascinating information from From Vintage Pieces Lisa Guerrero. to make baskets using plain oblique twining, a the simple but clever braided button to elaborate results A beautifully photographed book teach- version of ply-split braiding particularly well-suited of thong appliqué. Includes a historical perspective of ing everyone from experienced artists to for the art of basketry. Chapters include creating leather and its function in society, leather braiding tools, novice crafters how to embellish napkin fenestrations, substituting cords, combining bas- and glossary of terms.The book includes a historical rings with vintage and costume jewelry. kets, crossing planes, and harnessing the tension perspective of leather and its function in society, a TV personality Lisa Guerrero shares the between right triangles when the hypotenuse of chapter on leather braiding tools, and a glossary of story of how she created this original craft. one aligns with the leg of another. terms.Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 760 illus., 9 b/w photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color images • Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 176 color images • 144 pp. Glossary • 192 pp. 144pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5249-2 hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4652-1 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-87033-039-1 • soft cover • $9.99 Paper Jewelry: 55 Projects for Reusing KNOT MAKING Braiding Fine Leather: Techniques of the Aus- Paper. Barbara Baumann, Photography by tralian Whipmakers. David W. Morgan. Written Flurina Hodel. With detailed instructions, tem- Handbook of Knots. Raoul Graumont & Elmer by the expert who made whips for the Indiana Jones plates and colorful photography, this book Wenstron. Master an artistic and absorbing hobby. movies, this manual shows how to braid simple projects. shows how to craft fifty-five paper jewelry Provides detailed illustrations to make practical and Attention to detail and a little practice enable novices projects. Colorful and graphic projects range decorative knot-tying easy for the beginner. Hitches, to produce attractive and enduring items, from precut from necklaces, brooches, earrings and brace- sheepshanks, and bowlines are demonstrated with lace, a skin, or a side of leather. lets to hair accessories. good explanation of blocks and tackle. Most pieces Size: 7" x 10" • 308 b/w photos Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 217 color photos • 176 pp described are made of rawhide, but leather thongs and 5 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4852-5 • soft cover • $34.99 plastic string can be used, too. 400+ knots illustrated ISBN: 978-0-87033-544-0 • soft cover • $19.99 and indexed. Size: 4 1/2" x 7" • 565 illustrations • Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-8703-3030-8 • soft cover • $6.95 Braiding Rawhide Horse Tack. Revised & Ex- From Thread and Wire: 60 Jewelry Proj- panded 2nd Edition. Robert L. Woolery. In this ects Using Knitting and Crocheting. Encyclopedia of Knots and Fancy Rope Work. updated second edition, readers are shown, in over Helga Becker, Photos by Helga and Richard 4th Edition. Raoul Graumont & John Hensel. A 180 drawings and photographs, every step to successful Becker. These 60 beautiful jewelry projects comprehensive history of knots and ropemaking rawhide braiding, beginning with a fresh cowhide, each use a surprising technique: crocheting or with how-to instructions for tying and making continuing through cutting strings and braiding, and knitting! Helpfully coded as to difficulty level, useful and decorative articles with rope. More ending with finished reatas, bosals, hobbles, or reins. they incorporate a variety of fibers and wire than 3,600 knots described and illustrated in Also discussed are tools and implements the beginner types. Make jewelry from thread and other 348 full-page plates. can make out of readily available materials. non-metallic strands. Size: 7 1/4" x 9 5/8" • 4,501 illus., 7 b/w photos Size: 6" x 9" • 97 color & 87 b/w photos • 160 pp. Size: 9" x 10" • 182 color photos and diagrams Glossary/Index • 704 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-629-4 • soft cover • $16.99 • 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4976-8 • hard ISBN: 978-0-87033-021-6 • hard cover • $39.99 cover • $34.99 44 jewelry making: inspiration • jewelry making

Art Jewelry Today: Europe. Cather- Metal Jewelry Techniques: Enameling, Contemporary Enameling: Art and ine Mallette. Hundreds of color photos Engraving, Setting, and Mounting – A Technique. Lilyan Bachrach. The techniques reveal the wearable artwork created Masterclass. Carles Codina. This book takes a explained are for vitreous, or hard, enamels on by today's top art jewelers of Europe, detailed and visual approach to metal working metal. More than 30 experienced enamelists including one-of-a-kind necklaces, techniques, showing the most common pro- share their specialized knowledge for using brooches, bracelets, rings, and earrings cesses and techniques used in jewelry making cloisonne, plique—jour, champlev, and basse- in gold, silver, mixed metals, glass, today, including enameling, engraving, and taille techniques on silver, gold, foils, and metal enamel work, found objects, and more. mounting gem stones. Accompanying the text clay to make jewelry, vessels, portraits, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos are over 260 images and drawings that help Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color & 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4678-1 to identify each step of the processes shown. 14 b/w photos • 192 pp. hard cover • $50.00 Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2355-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4532-6 • hard cover • $24.99

Art Jewelry Today. Dona Z. Meilach. The Art of Jewelry Design: Principles of Enameling. Connie Wagner. Step-by-step A beautiful look at art jewelry by today’s Design, Rings & Earrings. Maurice P. Galli, instructions and 252 color photos guide new- top art jewelers, whose work is often Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan Li. The combined tal- comers to enameling through 8 different projects, shown in art galleries and museums. ents of three top jewelry designers have created including creating test enamel tiles, reversible Contemporary designs in gold, silver, this beautiful and practical book. Starting with earrings, bracelets, multiple piece pendants, a mixed metals, found objects, glass, a fully illustrated discussion of design principles flower pin, enameled beads, and words with enamel work, and imaginative jewelry and metal and stone rendering techniques, enamel. Features different techniques including pieces that go beyond tradition. this volume then presents progressive detailed scrolling and sgraffito, counter enamel, and Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 550 color photos sketches and finished drawings of many varieties stenciling. Common mistakes are identified Index • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-1766-0 • hard cover • $50.00 of ring and earring designs. with ways to fix them. Size: 9" x 12" • 104 color drawings • 224 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-562-2 • hard cover • $59.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3444-3 • soft cover • $14.99

Art Jewelry Today 2. Jeffrey B. Sny- Designing Jewelry: Brooches, Bracelets, Wire & Fused Jewelry: Techniques from der. Hundreds of color photos display the Necklaces & Accessories. Maurcie P. Galli, the Sandkühler Studio. Iris Sandkühler. The wearable artwork produced by today's Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan Li. The process of beginner is taken through every step of the wire top art jewelers, including one-of-a-kind designing brooches, bracelets, necklaces and fusing process, starting with a detailed discussion necklaces, brooches, bracelets, rings, accessories is carefully explained, illustrated and of tools and materials. Projects designed to and earrings in gold, silver, mixed met- explored in this volume. The beautiful and prac- successively build on your skills in working with als, glass, enamel work, found objects, tical step-by-step format clearly demonstrates wire, starting with a simple charm bracelet and and more. Here is sculpture made small the jewelry designing process. Lavishly illustrated progressing to more complicated, decorative and designed to adorn the body and with 89 hand-drawn renderings in full color. chain and composition work. draw the eye. Size: 9" x 12" • 89 illustrations • 192 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 550 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-631-9 • hard cover • $59.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3445-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3065-0 • hard cover • $50.00

Art Jewelry Today 3. Jeffrey B. Sny- Creative Variations in Jewelry Design. Mixed Media Jewelry Techniques. Lana May der. Vibrant color photographs display Maurice P. Galli, Dominique Rivière, & Fanfan & Her Friends. Nine exciting projects combining these one-of-a-kind works of art, in- Li. Step-by-step instruction through the creative various materials into jewelry designs for neck- cluding necklaces, brooches, bracelets, drawing process for twenty-five different styles laces, bracelets, earrings, and more. Each project rings, and earrings in gold, silver, mixed of jewelry sets, with four variations for each. brings together two or three techniques, each metals, glass, and enamels, with found From each specific design idea, you will see of which could also be used for independent objects and innovative designs. jewelry being developed in silver and gold, old projects. The techniques include wire work, Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 613 photos • 256 pp. gold, gold with diamonds, and platinum with beading, chain mail, glass beading, macramé, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3883-0 • hard cover precious stones. bead stitching, metal & polymer clay, netting, • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD Size: 9" x 12" • 100 color drawings • 204 pp. and PMC. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 325 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-0330-9 • hard cover • $69.95 & illus. • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3429-0 • soft cover • $12.99

Art Jewelry Today 4. Sandra Ko- Turning Segmented Wooden Bangles on Fashion Jewelry to Make Yourself. Renate rinchak. More than 70 of the world's the Wood Lathe. Don Jovag. Using over 100 Bosshart. Over 100 jewelry designs, made with top jewelry artists share today's mas- photos, this book guides you through each step simple techniques. These are amazing, unique terpieces in genre. Insights about their of the process for successful bangle turning on pieces that will complete any woman’s wardrobe studio processes. These body-adorning a small lathe. Expert woodworker Don Jovag with startling effects. The design palette ranges sculptures include necklaces, rings, offers clear instructions for easy-to-build fixtures, from simple to extravagant, from carefree to brooches, and more, creating a valuable techniques, and designs. Also included are tips richly precious. Easy to follow, step-by-step guide to current trends in art jewelry that help your workmanship shine. instructions are included, which will produce design for buyers, jewelry enthusiasts, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 color photos • 64 pp beautiful handcrafted jewelry. collectors, and artists alike. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4962-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos 256 pp. 70 drawings • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5024-5 • hard cover • $50.00 ISBN: 0-88740-874-5 • soft cover • $24.95

Behind the Brooch: The Art of Backs & Pearl Projects for Beaders. Daphne Yu. jewelry making Clasps. Lorena Angulo. The focus of this book Detailed photographs, diagrams, and sim- is on the side of the brooch we usually don’t ple-to-follow instructions guide you through Drawing for Jewelers: Master Class in notice: the reverse. Clever brooch makers adorn 23 projects that showcase pearls with crystals Professional Design. Maria Josep Forcadell backs with items meant to complement the and semi-precious stones. Includes 186 color Berenguer and Josep Asunción Pastor. This front. The backside may even have a unique, images and 47 patterns, both the beginner and book teaches how to use drawing as means of intricate design all its own. When you flip advanced beader will enjoy making classical expressing jewelers’ creative ideas. Mastering a brooch over in your hand, find a surprise to funky pieces, perfect for wearing or gifts. this tool can be a great resource that can help message or a hidden pattern. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color images jewelers to progress easily and steadily with Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 604 color photos • 136 pp. 47 patterns • 112 pp. designing jewelry and presenting their ideas ISBN: 978-0-7643-4559-3 • hard cover • $34.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3552-5 • soft cover • $24.99 and projects. Size: 9" x 12" • 763 b/w & color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4058-1 • hard cover • $45.00 Costume Jewelry. Elvira López Del Prado Fresh Floral Jewelry: Creating Rivas. With illustrated, step-by-step instructions, Wearable Art with Wendy Andrade, learn how to make various pieces of costume ndsf, aifd, fbfa. An innovative designer Basic Metal Jewelry Techniques: A Mas- jewelry with enameled copper wire, felt, poly- is always looking for new concepts. This terclass. Carles Codina. The fundamentals meric clay, cloth, and paper. Chapters include instructional introduction to the world of of metallurgy and basic formulas that every a history of costume jewelry, techniques for floral design jewelry making, is the first jeweler should know and master. The accu- using each material, tools and materials needed, of its kind. Learn how to make beautiful, rate and up-to-date content is accompanied glossary, and an artist’s gallery to inspire your intricate jewelry with wire, beads, and by a large number of images and drawings, own creative ideas. little else, to resemble foliage in which including stamping, polishing, casting, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 556 color images • 144 pp. to set your orchids, succulents, and many and beveling. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4149-6 • soft cover • $29.99 more floral varieties. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 414 color photos • 112 pp. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 276 photos & diagrams 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4411-4 • hard cover • $29.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4367-4 • hard cover • $24.99 jewelry making • making beaded purses 45

Flower Jewelry. Ani Afshar. Take a You Can Make Wire & Bead Jewelry. Patricia Polymer Clay Jewelry: The Art of Caning. jewelry-making workshop with designer De Marco. Time, space, and affordability of the Mathilde Brun. Creating cane-based clay jewelry Ani Afshar, who will teach you step-by- materials are kept minimal, so the jewelry-making is made simple and easy with direction from step to make an elegant flower brooch, process remains fun. Instructions and color Mathilde Brun. Supported by over 400 step-by- a flower lariat necklace, and flower photographs of 60 necklace, bracelet and ear- step illustrations, material lists, and instructional dangle earrings with colored beads and rings sets are provided. You will love not only guidance on making clay “canes" that can be fishing wire. A gallery of similar styles creating the jewelry shown, but also making your repurposed for several different jewelry pieces, Ani has made with different beads and own jewelry designs in combinations of glass, this book provides everything you need to realize colors will inspire you to keep creating. ceramic, or metal beads with wire elements of your own unique jewelry and design potential. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 110 photos • 48 pp. various types. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color images & diagrams ISBN: 978-0-7643-2855-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color photos • 96 pp. • 80 pp. •ISBN: 978-0-7643-4456-5 • soft ISBN: 978-0-7643-2729-2 • soft cover • $14.95 cover • $19.99

Ribbon Jewelry. Ani Afshar. Join Braided Wire Jewelry with Loretta Henry. Making Christmas Jewelry in Polymer designer Ani Afshar for a jewelry-making Loretta Henry. Braided wire produces pretty, Clay. Bridget Albano. Festive necklaces, pins workshop to create a bead necklace delicate-looking jewelry, including pendants, and earrings of your own making. Patterns for with long ribbon streamers, another pins, watchbands, and earrings, using wires, endearing angels, Christmas trees, gifts, holly, bead necklace with cropped ribbons, beads and stones. Monkey, butterfly, and cross gingerbread men, teddy bears, and old Saint and a pair of beaded drop earrings. A shapes are illustrated in this book, and you are Nick himself are provided, with easily followed gallery of similar styles Ani has made encouraged to design your own styles. instructions and clear color photography. with different beads and colors will Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 222 photos/patterns • 64 pp. inspire you to keep creating. ISBN: 0-88740-867-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-832-X • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2856-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Beads & Strings Jewelry: A Step- Brazilian Bracelets: Making Friendship Carving Pins. Mary Finn. Accomplished wood- by-Step Workshop. Ani Afshar. Chica- Bracelets & More. Florence Bellot. If you love carver and teacher Mary Finn guides readers go jewelry designer Ani Afshar teaches making meaningful gifts for friends or just desire through the creation of five colorful pin designs: you step-by-step to weave jewelry with to accessorize with style without breaking the a sunflower, cardinal, bunny, Santa, and rose. beads, fishing line, and wire. Learn to bank, this book is a must-have. Choose from over Includes methods for creating blanks, carving the make a 10-strand bead necklace with 20 projects and 75 variations. piece, adding texture and other details, painting, clusters of various beads, a beaded coil Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 133 images • 64 pp. • finishing, and attaching a pin to the back. choker with memory wire and fishing ISBN: 978-0-7643-4557-9 hard cover $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 48 pp.• line, and seed bead loop earrings. ISBN: 0-7643-1548-X • soft cover $12.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 123 photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2731-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Beads & Wires Jewelry: A Step-by- Bead Crochet Jewelry: Tools, Tips, and Making Wood Jewelry: Southwest Style. Step Workshop. Ani Afshar. Step-by- 15 Beautiful Projects. Linda Lehman with Thomas Freese. A fun guide to creating simple step methods for weaving jewelry with Shelley Grant. The craft of bead crochet, and the wooden jewelry. Craft pins, beads, pendants, beads and sterling silver wires. Create yarns, hooks, and beads used to make jewelry. and earrings evoke delightful desert art. With 5-strand and 3-strand necklaces and Instructions on starting bead crocheting, correcting practical safety tips and a discussion of the best a 3-strand pearl bracelet, with beads mistakes, and creating necklaces, with fifteen tools, anyone can get started. Design discussion of your choice or similar to those in projects, incorporating different patterns and and many project photographs will launch you the demonstrations. A gallery of Ani’s design techniques. The novice bead crocheter in creating exquisite jewelry perfect for gifts. jewelry that uses the same techniques will emerge a master at this craft. Explore techniques for wood burning, inlayed will inspire designs of your own. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color photos • 48 pp. stones, and repurposed exotic woods. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 141 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2023-1 • soft cover • $18.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2730-8 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3414-6 • soft cover • $12.99

Off-Loom Woven Bead Necklaces. Deb Making Simple Felted Jewelry. Marsha Turning Wooden Jewelry. Judy Ditmer. DiMarco. This comprehensive guide to off-loom, Fletcher. Make a brooch, necklace, wrap-around Photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. seed bead weaving uses the square stitch to bracelet, and accessorize a purse and a hat. Beautiful, fanciful jewelry from the wood lathe. explore design patterns. A photo-illustrated These fun, wool jewelry pieces are sure to Beginning with the turning of tiny “bowls" by instructional chapter clearly explains stitching freshen up all wardrobes. Step-by-step directions hand from a variety of wood, Judy takes the and joining techniques. This easy-to-read pattern and basic techniques are demonstrated through turner step-by-step through the process of book is for anyone interested in learning off-loom, 113 color images, along with 4 featured projects. creating this wearable art form. Each step is seed bead weaving. Three necklace projects and Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 113 color images & 1 b&w illustrated with a color photograph and captioned three bracelet patterns are included. image • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3570-9 in a concise and informative way. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230 color photos • 128 pp. soft cover • $9.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3306-4 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-611-4 • soft cover • $12.95

Beads & Agate Jewelry to Create Your- Felt, Fiber, and Stone: Creative Jewelry making beaded purses self. Connie Wagner. Learn how to create Designs & Techniques. Suzanne O’Brien. earrings, a pin, a barrette, and a necklace, A discussion of materials and techniques in Knitting Beaded Purses: A Complete and various ways to embellish these projects crocheting, making felt flowers, and beading, Guide to Creating Your Own. Nancy Seven to change their look. 170 color photographs with instructions for making chunky brooches, VanDerPuy. Antique beaded purses capture the and step-by-step instructions teach the earrings, necklaces and funky cuff bracelets. imagination of artists and crafters today. This process, and a photo gallery of other projects There are 12 projects described step-by-step and book will show how to use patterns and motifs will inspire you. illustrated photos, with 23 additional projects of vintage bags to create replicas of the purses Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 145 color photos • 64 pp. in the gallery. with today’s materials in easy step-by-step ISBN: 978-0-7643-2998-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 88 pp. directions. Seven original patterns for bead-knit ISBN: 978-0-7643-3668-3 • soft cover • $16.99 purses are also presented. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 157 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2870-1 • soft cover • $16.95

Beading Necklaces. Ani Afshar. Learn to make How to Make Wonderful Por- More Beaded Purses: Lessons in Knitting two different styles of beaded necklaces with a celain Beads and Jewelry. Vicki Techniques. Nancy Seven VanDerPuy. Fasci- renowned expert. With beads and supplies from Kahn. Over 100 color photos and nated with beaded purses? The centuries-old any craft store, you can follow the step-by-step clear instructions guide readers art of bead knitting is revived in this illustrated color illustrated directions to make a multi-strand through the creation of porcelain guide. New techniques and basic knitting choker with an adjustable tie closure and a layered beads, beads with inclusions, instructions of 15 old and new patterns will beaded rope with tassel ends. The author’s millefiori beads, necklaces, earrings, help you to make your own beaded purses. A practical advice and years of experience show and buttons. gallery shows more ideas for variety. you how to design, build, and finish off projects Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 104 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 177 color images of exquisite beauty. 80 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2377-6 • soft 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3172-5 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 64 pp. cover • $19.95 soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-735-8 • soft cover • $12.95 46 O R K I NG OOD W W

wood art...... 46 Scroll Saw...... 50 Christmas & HOLIDAYS...... 55 FURNITURE MAKING Making Wooden Toys...... 50 The Native American Style...... 58 INSPIRATIONS...... 47 Wood Turning...... 50 Realistic Figures...... 58 PERIOD...... 47 Bowl Hewing...... 52 Caricature Figures...... 58 CONTEMPORARY...... 48 Box Making...... 52 Woodspirits...... 61 RUSTIC...... 48 Making Musical Instruments...... 52 Canes & Walking sticks...... 61 ALTERNATIVE...... 48 Wood Burning...... 52 Relief, Sign & Other...... 62 DECORATIVE & FINISHING Decoy & Lure Making...... 52 Chip Carving...... 62 TECHNIQUES...... 49 Carving Boat Building...... 62 UPHOLSTERY...... 49 Birds & Waterfowl...... 52 Model Building...... 62 LAMPSHADE MAKING...... 49 Fish & Marine Life...... 54 Woodworking Tools...... 63 Intarsia...... 49 Animals...... 54

wood art

On the Edge of Your Seat: Chairs for the Bartram's Boxes Remix. The Center Wood Art Today: Furniture, Vessels, 21st Century The Center for Art in Wood. Photos for Art in Wood. The Center for Art in Sculpture. Dona Z. Meilach. This idea-packed and insightful essays from a variety of perspectives Wood in Philadelphia joined with the compendium presents the work of today’s top celebrate the chair in this inspiring showcase of historical organization Bartram's Gar- wood artists in over 500 photos. More than 45 contemporary chair, bench, and stool designs. den to offer artisans the opportunity 130 artists from nine countries are showcased, They encompass a breadth of approaches to to be inspired by the famous botanist's including furniture makers, turners, and sculptors material, to seating, and to object-making. work and methods. The 40 selected who borrow ideas and techniques from one Joshua Lane’s one-of-a-kind history of the artists created diverse works, shown another to create their art. evolution of Philadelphia chairs, together with in more than 240 photos, that express Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 497 color photos • 256 pp. full-page images of 40 historic chairs, set the Bartram’s voice and his dedication. SBN: 0-7643-1912-4 • hard cover • $59.95 new chairs in context. Size: 12" x 12" • 248 color photos • 176 pp. Size: 9" x 12" • 211 color & b/w images • 288pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4736-8 • hard cover ISBN: 978-0-7643-5169-3 • hard cover • $59.99 • $49.99

Your Personal Hang-ups. The Center Robin Wood's CORES Recycled. The Cen- Wood Art Today 2. Jeffrey B. Snyder, for Art in Wood. Who doesn’t like ter for Art in Wood. Cores are solid, round editor. Hundreds of color photos present discussing their personal hang-ups? chunks of wood, by-products of an ancient a sweeping survey of current artwork of For a 2012 exhibition at The Center for pole turning technique used by Robin Wood wood artists, including carvers, turners, Art in Wood, independent curator Gail of the United Kingdom to craft bowls. Wood and sculptors. See free standing and M. Brown challenged artists to create donated 100 Cores to The Center for Art wall mounted sculptures, installation functional sculptural objects with an in Wood, which then challenged artists to pieces, furniture, vessels, jars, vases, emphasis on some more useful hang-ups: create new pieces of art for an exhibition, bowls, boxes, teapots, and much more. hat, coat trees or hangers, wall hooks, Robin Wood's CORES Recycled. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 380 color photos • racks, and wall systems. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 244 photos • 144 pp. 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3463-4 • Size: 9" x 6" • 58 color images • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4783-2 • soft cover • $29.99 hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD ISBN: 978-0-7643-4811-2 • hard cover • $19.99 wood art • FURNITURE MAKING: INSPIRATIONs, PERIOD 47

FURNITURE MAKING: INSPIRATIONS FURNITURE MAKING: PERIOD Direct Wood Sculpture: Technique- In- novation - Creativity. Milt Liebson. An Rooted: Creating a Sense of Place: Con- Carving 18th-Century American Furniture illustrated history of direct wood sculpture is temporary Studio Furniture. The Furniture Motifs Tony Kubalak. Novice and serious carvers explored, along with a vital resource for those Society. Over 75 contemporary furniture makers alike are shown how to make nine authentic eigh- seeking to create sculpture in wood. A complete share their recent work, exploring the role of teenth-century American furniture embellishments. description of the qualities and types of wood, place in the creative process. A wide variety of Detailed instructions are augmented with abundant tools (both hand and power), techniques, and styles, forms, and materials show the diversity of photographs and diagrams that illustrate each finishing, complements discussions of the art the artists and their unlimited imagination. Essays step. From the Philadelphia cartouche to the open form and philosophy. delve into the theme of rootedness in depth. talon ball and claw foot, these projects represent Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 160 pp the finest examples of artistic craftsmanship. ISBN: 0-7643-1299-5 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4948-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 566 color and b/w images • 160pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5236-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Wharton Esherick and the Birth of the Studio Furniture: From Today’s Leading American Modern. Paul Eisenhauer and Woodworkers. Tina Skinner. Meet more than Design and Build a Great 18th Century Lynne Farrington, editors. Explore Wharton 50 master wood craftsmen who help define the Room. Jeff Knudsen. Complete each step of the Esherick’s artistic evolution during the early emerging studio furniture movement. Their process necessary to create a magnificent 18th 20th century. Over 300 images fill this catalog work ranges from footstools to elaborate en- century paneled room, relying upon a hands-on, from the exhibition Esherick and the Birth of the tertainment and office centers. The vast range experiential approach. Here, both novices and American Modern held at the Kamin and Kroiz of imagination and craftsmanship will delight experienced professionals find valuable design Galleries of University of Pennsylvania, Sept 7, and enthrall. insight, as well as solid, practical methods of 2010 through Feb 13, 2011. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 420+ photos • 224 pp. cabinet construction, from the basics of design Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 323 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3287-6 • hard cover • $39.99 to the finishing touches. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3788-8 • hard cover • $29.99 color photos • 20 drawings • 160 pp. Schiffer LTD ISBN: 0-7643-1423-8 • hard cover • $39.95

Moving Sam Maloof: Saving an Ameri- Mind & Hand: Contemporary Studio Making Classic Carved Furniture: The can Woodworking Legend’s Home and Furniture. The Furniture Society. Beautiful Queen Anne Stool. Ron Clarkson & Tom Workshops Ann Kovara, AIA, LEED AP. The contemporary furniture, designed and made Heller. The making of a beautiful carved Queen human side of historic preservation becomes by 55 U.S. woodworkers who are members Anne foot stool. Complete instructions are clear in the story of world-class woodworker of the Furniture Society of Asheville, North given, with an emphasis on the classic carving Sam Maloof (1916-2009). A beleaguered but Carolina. Seating, case furniture and accessories that added such elegance to period furniture. plucky elderly California Living Treasure, sur- demonstrate the healthy state of handmade You will learn which carving tools to use and vived his historic property’s relocation by the furniture today. how to apply them to this project. Complete government. Construction manager and architect Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 175+ color photos • Index measured drawings are supplied. Each step is Kovara relates the move of the residence, art • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4115-1 • hard detailed with a captioned color photograph. collection, woodworking studios, guesthouse, cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • color photos • 96 pp. and twenty major trees. ISBN: 0-88740-588-6 • soft cover • $18.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color and b/w images • 128pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5136-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Poplar Culture: The Celebration of Esh- Classic Carved Furniture: Making a Pie- erick’s Tree. The Wharton Esherick Museum. crust Tea Table. Tom Heller & Ron Clarkson. Christmas & HOLIDAYS...... 55 Esherick, Maloof, and Nakashi- Paul Eisenhauer, editor. In 1926, artist Wharton One of the most desirable pieces of American The Native American Style...... 58 ma: Homes of the Master Wood Esherick built his studio near two poplar trees, furniture, this tilting top table has the high Artisans. Steven Paul Whitsitt & Tina which inspired him. In 2010 one of those trees elegance of eighteenth century design. Finely Realistic Figures...... 58 Skinner. An intimate tour of homes came down. The Wharton Esherick Museum carved throughout, it brings together the skills Caricature Figures...... 58 created by three of America’s most cel- invited a range of artists to create original of furniture maker and carver. Every step, from ebrated woodworking artists. Delight in works honoring the tree and Esherick’s own cutting and turning to carving and finishing, is Woodspirits...... 61 Wharton Esherick’s humble mountaintop use of poplar. explained in step-by-step photographs. Canes & Walking sticks...... 61 home, Sam Maloof’s sprawling Califor- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500+ color nia complex, and George Nakashima’s ISBN: 978-0-7643-4208-0 • hard cover • $29.99 & b/w photos • 128 pp. Relief, Sign & Other...... 62 harmonious Pennsylvania compound. ISBN: 0-88740-616-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Chip Carving...... 62 Size: 12" x 9" • 200-plus color photos 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3202-9 • hard cover • $49.99 Bespoke: Furniture from 101 International Building a Panel Bedroom Suite. Joseph Boat Building...... 62 Artists. E. Ashley Rooney. With contributions D. Grove. Solid joinery, commonly found wood- Model Building...... 62 Wharton Esherick Studio & Collection. The by Gary Inman, Thomas Throop, and Lewis working tools, and timeless design make this Wharton Esherick Museum. Editor, Paul Eisen- Wexler. Over 640 color photos reveal the unique English bed and armoire joys to build. Detailed Woodworking Tools...... 63 hauer, PhD. Artist Wharton Esherick (1887-1970) and useful hand crafted studio and bespoke descriptions accompany over 280 color photos is celebrated for his sculptural wood working furniture created by 103 artisans from around and 34 plans explaining each step of the furni- pieces. This pioneering catalog documents, the United States and across the globe. The ture building process. Using the woodworking with beautiful color photography, more than text introduces readers to each of the artisans principles taught throughout this book will 130 paintings, woodblock prints, sculpture, and their intentions. provide encouragement to all woodworkers. and utilitarian objects found at the Wharton Size: 9" x 12" • 669 color photos • Index • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos & 34 b/w Esherick Museum. 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4226-4 • hard plans • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp cover • $50.00 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4159-5 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3449-8 • hard cover • $19.99 Craft Furniture: The Legacy of the Human Traditional Windsor Chair Making with Spalted Wood: The History, Science, and Hand. Dennis Blankemeyer. Explore the lives and Jim Rendi. Jim Rendi. Basic, step-by-step Art of a Unique Material. Sara C. Robinson, work of 29 of the most distinguished American instructions for building a comb back Windsor Hans Michaelsen & Julia C. Robinson. For the furniture makers of the 20th and 21st centuries. chair using traditional methods. With simple first time, the history of spalted wood—wood Beginning with Wharton Esherick, James Krenov, hand tools and a lathe, even the amateur can coloration caused by fungi—is detailed, beginning Sam Maloof, and George Nakashima, it continues produce a beautiful chair. Each step is illustrated 700 years ago and following its evolution from with 25 contemporary furniture makers who and the patterns for the parts are given, along guild secret to a mainstream art form. Included carry on the tradition today. A biography of with measured drawings. Finally, various jigs and are photomicrographs, a guide to spalted woods each is given along with examples of their work. specialized tools like the steamer are explained worldwide, and current spalting research. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 208 pp. and methods of constructing them given. Size: 9"x 12" • 870 photos & photomicrographs ISBN: 0-7643-1787-3 • hard cover • $49.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 128 pp. 288 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5038-2 • hard cover • $60.00 ISBN: 0-88740-503-7 • soft cover • $19.95

David N. Ebner: Studio Furniture. Nancy N. Making a Tavern Table. Jim Rendi. Using hand Turning to Art in Wood: A Creative Journey. Schiffer. This designer-craftsman’s work subtly tools and the lathe go step-by-step through The Center for Art in Wood. To better reflect the surpasses the limits of the furniture world and the process of building a tavern table. Begin growing recognition and importance of wood often crosses over into the realm of sculpture. with raw lumber, and learn the techniques of artists and their works of fine art, in 2011, The See more than 340 color photos and sketches of joining, mortise and tenon construction, turn- Wood Turning Center changed its name to The Ebner’s designs for diverse forms created with ing, and finishing in authentic early American Center for Art in Wood. Here are more than 100 “twisted sticks,” tubular metal, iron sections, fashion. Following this basic guide, even a objects in The Center’s November 2011 to April and bamboo laminates. novice can build a table of which they will 2012 exhibition as well as images of The Center’s Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 341 color photos • 160 pp. be proud. Each step is illustrated and line collection of more than 1,000 art works. Size: 9" ISBN: 978-0-7643-4414-5 • hard cover • $39.99 drawings are provided. x 12" • 1,090 color & b/w images • 288 pp. • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 92 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4204-2 • hard cover • $59.99 ISBN: 0-7643-1677-X • soft cover • $19.95 48 FURNITURE MAKING: PERIOD, CONTEMPORARY, RUSTIC

Mission Furniture: How to Make It. H. Outdoor Carpentry: Make it Yourself. Anna Making Gypsy Willow Furniture. Bim Willow. H. Windsor. Offers a wealth of projects, from & Anders Jeppsson and Hans-Ove Ohlsson. A Bent willow furniture, an early American craft, small, easy undertakings like plate racks, plant resource for projects around the home, including was a familiar sight on the front porches of stands, waste-baskets, and benches, to detailed, a large terrace, a flowerbox, an outdoor kitchen, America until the 1930s. Now in an easy room-filling beds, desks, dining sets, and set- a fence, a shed, a small bench, an entire carport, to follow, step-by-step instructional book, tees. In all, there are 92 projects illustrated and or a whole array of other projects for the yard. one of America’s foremost makers of twig explained, plus a guide to 40 styles of chairs for With 65 projects, this book is perfectly suited for furniture shares the technique. Starting with further inspiration. all who enjoy working with their hands, and the a basic arm chair, he also shows the creative Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 214 b/w illustrations • 96 pp. satisfaction of beautifying their surroundings. possibilities of the form. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2835-0 • hard cover • $24.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 328 color images & dia- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. grams • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0407-1 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4434-3 • hard cover • $34.99 How-to with Bamboo: Simple In- structions and Projects. Anyone can Basic Carpentry and Interior Design Proj- Making Twig Mosaic Rustic Furniture. Larry create home furnishings from bamboo. ects for the Home and Garden: Make It Hawkins. Rustic furniture is being recognized Illustrations and instructions for tables, Yourself. Anna and Anders Jeppsson. An today for its primitive ingenuity and beauty. chairs and seats, bedroom furniture, inspiring do-it-yourself guide. With its almost The twig mosaic style uses the great variety of hall racks and stands, cabinets and 50 projects and many lovely interior photos, this color and texture in the bark of twigs to create bookcases, window blinds, and many manual is an idea bank for the hobbyist as well wonderful patterns on the surfaces of furniture. miscellaneous articles are provided, as the interior designer to dip into. Emphasis is Here is a step-by-step guide to creating a tiered along with a thorough primer on tools placed on form and function. clock. Every step is illustrated with a full color and techniques. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos & diagrams photograph and a precise description of the Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 177 b/w illus. • 80 pp. • 152 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4363-6 • hard processes involved. ISBN: 0-7643-2416-0 • soft cover • $14.95 cover • $29.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0242-6 • soft cover • $14.95

Constructing a Fireplace Mantel: Step-by- Home Workshop Jigs and Fixtures: Shop More Twig Mosaic Furniture. Larry Hawkins. Step from Plywood and Stock Moldings. Proven. Jim Harrold, editor. Illustrated with Twig mosaic furniture is a variety of the rustic Steve Penberthy with Lawrence S. Welsh. A step- over 300 images, this book provides dimen- motif that utilizes the great variety of color by-step guide for building a beautiful mantelpiece sioned plans for the most useful jigs and fixtures and texture in the bark of twigs and trees to with a recessed face plate, paneled designs on for home woodworkers. You will make every create wonderful patterns on the furniture the legs and face plate, and the possibility for machine and portable power tool better and surfaces. Larry takes the reader/craftsman step- an infinite number of variations. Using plywood safer to use, allowing you to work wood with by-step through the process of making a three and stock moldings, each action is illustrated extreme precision. drawer chest. with a color photo and a clear explanation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 303 color photos • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330 color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-4716-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0499-2 • soft cover • $14.95 + drawings and plans • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2457-8 • soft cover • $14.95 FURNITURE MAKING: RUSTIC FURNITURE MAKING: ALTERNATIVE Step-by-Step to a Classic Fireplace Mantel. Steve Penberthy with Gary Jones. Build a classic Crafted from Nature: Rustic Furniture Nomadic Furniture: D-I-Y Projects that are mantel from stock materials and moldings, and Techniques. Bim Willow. Instructions for using Lightweight & Light on the Environment. tools found in the most basic of workshops. natural materials to make a birch bark picture James Hennessey & Victor Papanek. Explore From measurement to the finished product, frame, a three-legged table, and a child’s chair ideas for home design where everything is each step is illustrated with color photos and sculpted from a log. Three women artisans lightweight, folds, inflates, knocks down, stacks, concise instructions. share their techniques and processes, in or is disposable. How-to instructions for making Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos photos and captions, so readers have a clear your own furniture open the doors on creativity Line drawings • 64 pp. guide to creating the furniture. and money saving options. ISBN: 0-88740-653-X • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 286 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 586 photos & ISBN: 978-0-7643-3326-2 • soft cover • $16.99 line drawings • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3024-7 • soft cover • $29.99

FURNITURE MAKING: CONTEMPORARY Making Willow Furniture: Three Women Do-It-Yourself Coffins for Pets and People. Share Their Art. Bim Willow. Three women Dale Power. Dale Power buries himself in a new Creating a Fine Art Entry Table. Robert Ortiz. rustic furniture makers, Veronica Chenier, art form—the manufacture of special boxes for With over 220 color photos and concise text, Cassilda Brown, and Jo Kilmer, share their pets and people. Here’s one project you won’t this book presents all the steps necessary to work and knowledge, offering step-by-step want to put off ‘till tomorrow. All of the tools create an entry table blending Shaker and instructions for three projects, a lampshade, and techniques needed to produce strong and Japanese aesthetics. It shows the entire a gothic-back chair, and a ladder-back chair. beautiful coffins are presented here in clear, designing and building process, including Each project is documented from beginning concise language. patterns, instruction for legs, stretchers, to end with color photographs and detailed Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos top, and finishing. captions. 6 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color photos • 144 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0337-1 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3071-1 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3249-4 • soft cover • $16.99

Creating Coffee Tables: An Artistic Ap- Making Rustic Twig Furniture. Bim Willow. Fancy Coffins to Make Yourself. Dale L. proach. Craig Stevens. Photography by Bruce The sassafras and willow projects in this book Power. Techniques for coffin construction M. Waters. A unique project for the craftperson. include a simple bench, a chair, and a baker’s and decoration are discussed and illustrated 350 detailed photographs illustrate selecting rack. All are easy and require minimal tools. in over 230 color photographs. The installation and laying out lumber, the use of woodworking The step-by-step illustrated instructions take of working coffin hardware and the application machines and handtools, sharpening, milling and readers through the whole process, explaining of exterior finishes and interior linings are preparing parts, joinery, resawing and making in detail what needs to be done and how to do explained. Patterns for the coffin and two lid sawn veneers, shaping with handtools, assembly, it. The results are beautiful furniture for use designs are provided. and choosing and applying a finish. indoors or out. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1249-9 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0623-5 • soft cover • $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3250-0 • soft cover • $16.99

The Great Book of Cardboard Furniture: Naturally Furnished: Rustic Designs by Do-It-Yourself Tombstones & Other Mark- Step-by-Step Techniques and Designs. Women Artisans. Bim Willow. A step-by- ers with Dale Power. Dale L. Power. The Kiki Carton. Packed with 320+ color images step guide for creating home furnishings from tools and techniques to create long lasting, and patterns, here are detailed step-by-step resources found in nature. The beautiful “green” beautiful stone monuments and markers. Learn techniques for building nine furniture designs, results are, at the same time, beautiful, functional, to prepare the stone and sandblasting mask, including chic chairs, a giraffe-shaped chest of and sustainable. Anita Willis shows how to the sandblasting process itself, and finishing drawers for a child’s rooms, and an ultra-mod- build a bow back arm chair, Mary Jane Sussko touches that will make your monument stand ern coffee table. Ideal for anyone looking to makes a two-piece set of a low chair and a side out among the rest. repurpose cardboard and build functional and table, and Stella Larkin uses driftwood to make Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. stylish furniture. a beautiful mirror frame. 21 patterns/templates • ISBN: 0-7643-0745-2 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 321 photos • 128 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos • 80 pp. soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4151-9 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3325-5 • soft cover • $16.99 FURNITURE MAKING: ALTERNATIVE, DECORATIVE & FINISHING TECHNIQUES • UPHOLSTERY • LAMPSHADE MAKING • Intarsia 49

FURNITURE: DECORATIVE & FINISHING TECHNIQUES Cane & Rush Seating. Charlotte LaHalle. Learn Reupholstering at Home. Peter Nesovich. Hardwood Edging and Inlay for Curved traditional chair seating using six-strand caning or rush Step-by-step instructions with 350 clear and Tables. Scott Grove. A must-have reference for work with marsh grass, straw, and alternative materials. detailed photographs show how to rebuild that every woodworker’s library, this well-illustrated Clearly explained with 197 color images and diagrams, dilapidated chair or sofa to look like new. Covered book shows how to apply a hardwood edge this essential guide will help you create beautiful seats are the tools and materials you will need, and and inlay to any curved tabletop. The process is on stools, chairs, armchairs, and more. Once you have expert advice about which types of fabric are explained simply using a variety of photos, line mastered the basics of caning or rush work, they can best for your needs. The author offers specific drawings, and renderings to clearly illustrate easily be adapted for different seat shapes. steps through text, photographs, and captions. each step along the way. Size: 6" x 9" • 197 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 photos • 176 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 184 color, 52 b/w illustrations ISBN: 978-0-7643-4547-0 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-88740-376-X • soft cover • $14.99 • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-5118-1 • soft cover • $24.99

Creating Decorative Chairs for Children: Marge’s Custom Slipcovers: Easy to Make The Fine Art of Marquetry: Creating Im- 8 Painting Projects. Sammie Crawford. This & Snug Fitting. Marge Jones. Marge Jones has ages in Wood Using Sawn Veneers. Craig DIY book takes you through seven step-by-step mastered an alternative slip-covering technique Vandall Stevens. An illustrated guide to marquetry, chair-painting projects: bear, bunny, Mother to help people with all levels of sewing skills a technique where different colors of wood Goose, panda, puppy, Raggedy Ann and Andy, create their own snug-fitting custom slipcovers. veneers are carefully cut to fit precisely together, and wild animals. There is also a bonus Christmas They fit so well that the furniture looks brand new. forming a single sheet of veneer. Explore your rocking horse project. Includes color photographs Home furnishings of all shapes and sizes are re- creative potential and learn the essentials using and patterns, as well as lists of supplies and stored in this indispensable manual, proving that the tools and materials of marquetry, sawing color palettes. almost all furniture can be custom-slip-covered. your own veneers out of solid wood planks, Size: 8 1/2" x 11"• 31 color images & 15 pat- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 394 photos • 128 pp. • wood selection, design, and shading. terns • 48 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4171-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 820 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4854-9 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3499-3 • hard cover • $39.99 Laminated Wood Art Made Easy: The More Custom Slipcovers: Easy to Make The Art of Marquetry. Craig Stevens. Mar- Full-Stripe Pattern. Stephen Carey. Now & Snug Fitting. Marge Jones. In this second quetry is a technique where different natural it's your turn to discover the beauty and com- volume, Marge Jones guides readers through every colors of wood veneers are carefully fit precisely plexity of "multi-generational" concepts. This step necessary to create 20 more projects using together, creating a spectacular design. Using the fun and surprisingly simple process is sure to her alternative slip-covering technique. Learn to double-bevel cut, the woodworker is led through become the average woodworking and home cover various chairs, barstools, ottomans, throw a fully illustrated step-by-step process from the shop enthusiast's new playground. Friendly pillows, boxed cushions, neck rolls, sectionals, design to the finish. Four patterns ranging from instructions and helpful images break down and sleeper sofas. simple to challenging projects are included as is the full-stripe pattern in three "generations." Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color photos & diagrams • 128 an extended gallery of finished works. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color photos • 80 pp. pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-4681-1 • soft cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4730-6 • soft cover • $19.99 400+ color photos, 4 patterns, gallery ISBN: 978-0-7643-0237-4 • soft cover • $16.99 LAMPSHADE MAKING Laminated Wood Art Made Easy: Symmet- Advanced Veneering and Alternative Tech- rical Multi-Generational Patterns. Stephen Creating Elegant Lamps & Shades: For niques. Scott Grove. Scott Grove, award-win- Carey. This installment in the Laminated Wood Fun and Profit.Nadine Redfield. A complete ning artist and self-taught woodworker, takes Art series focuses on using a multi-generational introduction to the art of making lampshades. you on a journey of working with veneer and process to create unique, symmetrical wood art Learn how to cover, line and trim an existing shares his hands-on experience with milling, patterns with intricate designs. Build a pair of lampshade, as well as create your own distinctive flattening, various cutting and seaming methods, end table tops, then take these indispensable lamps and shades in a variety of stunning styles. traditional and non-traditional layout patterns, principles and use your imagination to combine Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos glues, pressing, and repairing. A special section them into new artistic shapes and displays. 201 b/w Illustrations • 160 pp. dedicated to Grove’s pioneered techniques. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 80 pp ISBN: 0-7643-1742-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5052-8 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3846-5 • hard cover • $39.99

Gold Leaf Application and Antique Res- UPHOLSTERY Intarsia toration. Ellen Becker. Gold leaf gilder and restoration artist Ellen Becker brings her years Upholstery: Basic & Traditional Tech- Intarsia. Lucille Crabtree. Text written with of experience to the table in over 300 full color niques. Santiago Pons, Eva Pascual, Jordi Pons and photography by Leslie Bockol. This book photos. Illustrated, step-by-step instructions for & Mercè Garcinuño. With more than 650 color presents a large-scale project for intarsia various gold leafing and restoration techniques images, basic and traditional techniques are enthusiasts-a lazy lion stretched out in the are included and budding craftsmen are guided presented in step-by-step detail so you can do sun. Detailed, step-by-step instructions will through a series of projects. This is the most your own upholstery at home. Projects include explain how to select varieties of wood, use a comprehensive instructional book for gold various styles of furniture, from a dining room pattern, cut and shape pieces, fit them together leafing on the market today. chair to a contemporary armchair, antique sofa, precisely, and finish your piece. Crabtree gives Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos • 96 pp and a headboard. many insider’s secrets. ISBN: 0-7643-0632-4 • soft cover • $19.95 Size: 9" x 12" • 661 color images • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, patterns • 64 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4855-6 • hard cover • $34.99 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-728-5 • soft cover • $12.95 GOLD: Gilding History and Techniques. Kirsten Beuster. This lavishly illustrated work features the history of gold crafting and demon- Do-It-Yourself Tailored Slipcovers. Sophia American Bald Eagles in Intarsia: Volume 1, strates the most important techniques of gilding. Sevo. A talented seamstress shares her tips Patriotic. Ralph S. Buckland. Create the American Technical details of the gilders art are shown and techniques for creating tailored slipcovers Bald Eagle with step-by-step instructions, guidance, in hundreds of detailed studio photographs. It for a sofa bed headboard, and a variety of special tips, safety advice, techniques, and over welcomes artists to explore gilding as a tech- chair forms (wingback, bergere, club, and 380 photos and drawings. Using domestic and nique and invites everyone to appreciate the contemporary styles). Be inspired by the exotic woods, build five eagles, including the mysteries of gold. detailed color photos and instructions. See great seal of the United States. Included are Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 112 pp. beautiful fabrics by Waverly and Woeller plans for each project. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2872-5 • soft cover • $19.95 used to enhance furniture design. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color images • 96 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4113-7 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2972-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Finishes for Wood. Dale Power. Text written with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. A step-by-step finishing school, featuring 14 dif- Upholstery, Drapes, and Slipcovers: How-to Basic Intarsia. Lucille Crabtree. Intarsia creates ferent techniques for special wood surfaces. All Repair and Make Them Yourself. Dorothy Wagner. a wood picture by cutting out and then fitting of the tools and methods needed to successfully Professional methods for re-covering upholstery, won- together many pieces of differently colored and change the image of any wooden surface are derful ideas for adding glamour to bed headboards, textured woods, much like a jigsaw puzzle. These covered. More than 200 color photos accompany making custom drapes and curtains, and creating pieces are then rounded and shaped individually, the text, with instructions for restoring damaged beautiful, custom-fitted slipcovers. Includes simple varnished, fitted together, and glued onto a finishes and a color gallery. projects, like how to make pillows and pads, and tips backboard, to make a beautiful creation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 64 pp. on cleaning your household textiles, are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, ISBN: 0-7643-0338-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 6" x 9" • 251 illustrations and patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-727-7 • soft 31 b/w photos • Index • 248 pp. cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2745-2 • soft cover • $19.95 50 Scroll Saw • Making Wooden Toys • Wood Turning

Scroll Saw Wood Turning A Scroll Saw Christmas: Step-by-Step To Lighted Scroll Saw Projects. Sue Mey. Make a 3-D Sleigh and Reindeer. Frank Pozsgai New Woodturning Techniques and Proj- an elegant box style mantle clock with illumi- with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Frank Pozsgai ects: Advanced Level Helga Becker, Photog- nated display stand, some eye-catching acrylic brings his unique knowledge and artistic ability raphy by Richard Becker. For advanced-level Christmas presents to place under the Christmas to create 3-D scroll patterns that will delight the woodturners, this book offers skills, projects, and tree, or a cross wall sconce with attractive fret craftsperson. The main project is Santa’s sleigh inspiration. Ten turning techniques allow experts design. Step-by-step directions are provided and nine reindeer. The step-by-step guide is to expand their skills. 18 projects with complete for scroll saw projects ranging from easy-to- illustrated in full color. It is accompanied by 30 instructions offer useful tool-fabrication and make luminaries to intricate fretwork. A great other Christmas patterns. chucking solutions. A gallery section provides project book for woodworkers of all skill levels. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 135+ color photos additional inspiration. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 color images • 128 pp. 30 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 9 x 10” • 449 color images • 208pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3386-6 • soft cover • $24.99 ISBN: 0-88740-786-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-5018-4 • hard cover • $34.99

Scroll Saw Basics. Marc Berner. Over 80 54 3-D Scroll Saw Patterns. Frank Pozsgai. Turning Segmented Wooden Bangles on color photos illustrate the tool and techniques Here are 54 new patterns to transform into the Wood Lathe. Don Jovag, Photography by necessary to create scroll saw art. Scroll saw com- wonderful creations. Frank includes an illustrated Don Jovag and Jeanne Jovag. Using over 100 ponents and features are discussed. Techniques step-by-step guide on the use of the scroll photos, this book guides you through each step explained to finish several projects, including saw for 3-D work. There is also a color gallery of the process for successful bangle turning on cutting patterns, making templates, different with many examples in various states of finish, a small lathe. Expert woodworker Don Jovag materials, cutting names, fretwork, shadow box rough and carved, natural and painted. Size: 8 offers clear instructions for easy-to-build fixtures, effects, bevel cutting, and veneer-marquetry. 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp. techniques, and designs. Also included are tips Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color photos • 48 pp. 54 patterns plus a color photo gallery that help your workmanship shine. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3377-4 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0036-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 color photos • 64 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4962-1 • soft cover • $19.99

The Artistic Scrollsaw: Wonders of Nature. 79 Wildlife Patterns for the Scroll Saw. Turning Natural Edge Bowls. Bernard Hohl- Terry Foltz. Terry Foltz turns the scrollsaw, one of Frank Pozsgai. For the avid scroll sawyer, this feld. 214 photos and concise text teach readers the favorite tools of woodworkers, into a means book brings a wealth of ideas and possibilities. every step necessary to create beautiful natural of artistic expression. And now he shares his Here are 79 wildlife patterns, drawn by one edge bowls. Begin with wood grain orientation techniques with readers everywhere. Everything of the leaders of the scroll hobby. From bats on the lathe and preparing the wood blank, from making the pattern to selection of wood and to zebras, it includes fish, reptiles, birds, and explore rough turning, shaping, balance, coring, finely detailed scrollsaw cuts is explained in depth mammals, plus ideas for using the patterns in and final turning. Also includes decoration and illustrated with clear color photographs. decorative and practical applications. beyond turning and surface treatments such Additional patterns and a gallery are provided. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 79 patterns • 64 pp. as burning, carving, piercing, and finishing. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color photos ISBN: 0-7643-1424-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 214 color photos • 80 pp. + patterns • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3562-4 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2676-9 • soft cover • $12.95

125 Christmas Ornament Patterns for the Segmented Wood Turning. William Smith. The Scroll Saw Book. Frank Pozsgai. Every Scroll Saw. Arthur L. Grover. Simple to make, Segmented wood turning is an intriguing new scroll saw user will benefit from this book. Be- easy to paint ornaments guaranteed to light up art form. The basic vase project illustrated and ginning with the mechanics of the scroll saw your Christmas. Calling for a limited number of described can be completed in a weekend itself, and continuing with the basic skills every woodworking tools, each ornament is pictured in and requires no special turning equipment or scroll saw user needs for a fun and successful easy-to-use, clear patterns with full instructions tools, just an easily constructed jig. Includes hobby, Frank shares secrets for maximizing on how to cut them out on the scroll saw. Full information on wood selection and prepara- the capabilities and efficiency of the saw. The color photographs, simple, clear patterns, and tion, jigs, glue, turning tools, finishes, and selection of wood, the creation of patterns, and easy-to-understand instructions make this an advanced techniques for making vases, boxes, the basic techniques of scroll saw use are covered. ideal book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 125 patterns and sculptural pieces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos w/ color • photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color photos • 64 pp. 16 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0323-6 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1601-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-774-9 • soft cover • $12.95

Scroll Sawing in Metal: Patterns and 72 Crafty Scrollsaw Patterns. Barbara G. Turning Segmented Lamps. Ralph S. Buck- Techniques. Frank Pozsgai & Mark Downing. McKee. 72 all-new scrollsaw projects, featuring land. Learn how to turn beautiful wooden Scrollsawing in metal is simple, and with a original patterns and designs for unique stand- lamps made from segments assembled from few extra steps, cutting metal is as enjoyable up puzzles, irresistible holiday decorations, and small pieces of wood. From fundamental as cutting wood. The results are wonderful imaginative project designs that are perfect for skills to advanced, Ralph Buckland takes you and include chandeliers and other decorative all skill levels. Each project includes a pattern, step-by-step through seventeen stunning accessories for the home. All is explained in supply list, detailed instructions, and a color segmented lamp projects with photos and clear, step-by-step, instructions, illustrated photograph of the finished craft. detailed diagrams that show exact dimensions in color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 pp. for segments, thicknesses, and ring diameters. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100+ color photos • 80 pp. 104 patterns & illus., 63 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240+ images & diagrams • ISBN: 0-7643-1564-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0840-8 • soft cover • $14.95 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3795-6 soft cover • $29.99

Incredible Stackables: Ornamental Scroll Making Wooden Toys Segmented Bowls for the Beginning Saw Projects. Frank Pozsgai. Innovative and Turner. Don Jovag. This book is designed for beautiful ways to use the scroll saw to make Make Your Own Building Blocks and Build beginning wood turners ready to turn segmented ornamental, 3-dimensional decorative objects. a City. Jim Covell. Through 109 color images bowls and platters. Each step of the process is Easy-to-follow directions for one of the patterns, and diagrams, illustrated step-by-step directions explained in both straightforward instructions with each step illustrated with a color photo- will have you making your own interlocking and over 200 photos and patterns. The complex graph. Patterns for 30 additional projects are building blocks in no time. Learn to make wall, process of cutting segments and arranging them included. A gallery explores the many possibilities roof, window, and door blocks. Then create in a design is simplified with the techniques for using these creations. your very own city! Chapters include tools and described in this book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50 color photos materials, methods for making the blocks, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color & 13 b/w 31 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1304-5 • instructions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 94 color photos • 80 pp. soft cover • $14.95 images/15 patterns • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4165-6 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3966-0 • soft cover • $19.99

Scroll Saw Pictures. Frank Pozsgai. Text The Art and Craft of Whirligig Construc- Turning Threaded Boxes. John Swanson. written with and photography by Douglas Con- tion. Gabriel R. Zuckerman. Over 50 color Every step necessary to create beautiful turned gdon-Martin. This is a step-by-step handbook to photos, 80 patterns and mechanical drawings, wooden boxes with threaded lids. Accompanying one of the joys of scroll sawing: creating pictures step-by-step instructions to create 12 original the detailed text are over 250 color photographs, in wood. With over 70 designs of his own and whirligig projects made from wood and/or showing every technique and tool used. A box other talented artists, he teaches the reader all metal, including imaginative, original designs layout table is also provided. Once the box he or she needs to know about this wonderful that all will enjoy. has been turned on the lathe and successfully craft. Color photographs illustrate each step. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 53 color & 80 b/w photos threaded, instructions for adding a lustrous, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80+ color photos, • 96 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2359-8 • soft cover durable finish are provided. . patterns • 48 pp. •ISBN: 0-88740-775-7 • soft $16.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0743-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Wood Turning 51

Turning Wooden Jewelry. Judy Ditmer. Pho- 10 Easy Turning Projects for the Smaller Pens from the Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. Text tography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Make Lathe. Bill Bowers. 10 easy projects for the written with and photography by Alison Levie. beautiful, fanciful jewelry on the wood lathe. mini or other smaller lathes, including door Pens and pencils made at the wood lathe are Beginning with the turning of tiny “bowls” by stops, a sliding glass door stop, wine bottle becoming increasingly popular. This book ex- hand from a variety of wood, Judy takes the stoppers, confetti lights, oil lamps, candlesticks, plains the techniques with 273 step-by-step color turner step-by-step through the process of wine caddies, prep plates & small bowls, hors photos and helpful text covering twelve different creating this wearable art form. Each step is do’oeuvre plates, and plant stands. As you styles of pens. Advice on selection of materials, illustrated with a color photograph and captioned move through a project you will develop the set-up, turning, and finishing techniques, and in a concise and informative way. An extensive skill needed for the next. tips for final assembly of the pens make this book gallery of finished works is included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. the ultimate reference for the field. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2727-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-611-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-939-3 • soft cover • $12.95

Basic Bowl Turning with Judy Ditmer. 7 Great Turning Projects for the Smaller Dick Sing ReTurns: Unique & Unusual Pens Judy Ditmer. Bowl turning for the novice turner. Lathe. Bill Bowers. Seven great projects for the from the Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. How to make Beginning with the preparation and seasoning 12-36 inch lathe, designed for beginning to high quality, beautiful pens and pencils-keep- of the bowl blank, Judy takes the turner step- intermediate turners, presented in a fully illus- sakes, great gifts, and something to make the by-step through the finished product. Along the trated step-by-step fashion. Included are two turner proud. More than 260 photographs and way she covers the proper use of tools, design scoops, a covered cylinder box, a lidded bowl detailed instructions cover more than a dozen considerations, and safety considerations. The with a foil-leaf finish, a Christmas ornament variations, with information on the special project in the book is a beautiful salad bowl. A turned from last year’s tree, and a beautiful equipment to make pen turning easier and gallery will spark the imagination of the reader. carving set, and large salt and pepper mills. improve the quality. A gallery of pens provides Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. inspiration for variety and creativity. 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-88740-627-0 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2726-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 978-0-7643-0359-3 • soft cover • $14.99

Turning Candlesticks. Mike Cripps. Text writ- Turning Bowls. Dick Sing. Step-by-step in- Turning ModifiedSlimline Pens: Beyond ten with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. structions illustrate turning techniques for a the Basics. Don Ward. Learn how to make Make a handsome, traditional candlestick and variety of bowls, including a dramatic “natural unique pen designs using the Slimline pen kit and an imaginative three-section candlestick turned top” bowl. Learn how to prepare the wood, its strongest attributes with clear, step-by-step from a single log. Over 230 color photographs rough out a bowl before drying, and select instructions and 291 clear color photos. These taken from the turner’s perspective illustrate the the most appropriate equipment and tools. All Slimline pens have unique and clever designs, instructions. In addition, there is an instructive necessary sanding, and finishing techniques incorporating accent rings of various materials, introductory text that presents all of the basic are also covered. Hone your woodturning skills along with rifle shells and arrow shafts. Dying wood turning tools and techniques for beginners. while producing elegant bowls you’ll be proud of. techniques and finishes made from cyanoacrylate Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 230+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 302 color photos • 80 pp. glue and boiled linseed oil are included. ISBN: 0-7643-0469-0 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1795-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4169-4 • soft cover • $19.99

Wood Turning, from Tree to Table: Bowls, Turning Ornaments and Eggs. Dick Sing. Turning Pens and Desk Accessories. Mike Lamps & Other Projects. Bill Bowers. An Dick Sing shares his techniques for creating Cripps. Every step necessary to create elegant interesting and detailed explanation of the awe-inspiring wooden ornaments and eggs. pens (fountain and ball point alike) in turned complete process of woodturning from freshly Learn how to choose woods for your ornament, hardwood. Each step is illustrated from the cut wood. Beginning with an explanation of hollow out a globe, craft a delicate spindle, turner’s perspective with detailed color pho- how to safely harvest trees, the reader is taken even add a captive ring. Follow along as Dick tographs. Additional instructions are provided through green-turning and sealing for the curing uses a template, special chuck, and homemade for creating desk accessories including letter process, finish-turning and completing their mandrel to help you turn eggs you can be proud openers and magnifying glasses with beautiful bottoms, and the final finishing. of. Also features tools and methods for signing hardwood handles. A gallery highlights the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 color photos • 80 pp. your completed projects. finished products. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3335-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 187 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 221 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1463-6 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0051-2 • soft cover • $12.95

Turning Boxes with Threaded Lids. Bill Projects for the Mini Lathe. Dick Sing. Step- Wood Lathe Projects for Fun & Profit.Dick Bowers. A step-by-step guide for turning six by-step instructions show woodturners how to Sing. Text written with and photography by Alison somewhat complicated, cleverly designed, make small decorative magnets, bolo tie slides Levie. Four wood lathe projects, easy enough threaded-lid boxes. Four techniques of hand with matching earrings, switch knobs that attach for the beginner and fun enough for everyone. thread-chasing are described, so readers are to lamps, and handy little brushes. Dick illustrates With step-by-step instructions illustrated with ready for any circumstance. The use of a rose techniques for holding your work piece, the use clear full-color photographs, Dick Sing turns a engine lathe is demonstrated to place ornamental of concentric and offset inlays, and how to add clock holder, a candle dish, a desk set with a designs on many of the pieces. A photo gallery embellishments like beads, contours, chatterwork, base, a pen, and a letter opener, and a bookmark. displays many variations. and captive rings. These are small projects that Each project is covered completely, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • 80 pp. are big on fun and flair. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3131-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-675-0 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1462-9 • soft cover • $14.95

Turning Boxes with Friction-Fitted Lids. Turning Humidors with Dick Sing. Dick Useful Beauty: Turning Practical Items on Bill Bowers. An informative book designed Sing. Photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Detailed a Wood Lathe. Dick Sing. Several attractive for beginning and intermediate turners. Bill instructions on the design, turning, and finishing projects with variations: bottle stoppers, jar lids, Bowers leads this step-by-step workshop for of this distinctive humidor. Helpful hints and a weed vase, a small mirror, a spinning top, and constructing the classic cylinder box and variants practical advice useful to woodturners of all levels baby rattle. Instructions for each project along with embellishments, and the classic capsule are provided with over 180 color photographs with step-by-step photographs make these fun box and variants with chatter tool work. With illustrating each step. Details presented on the projects easy to learn and fun to do. Variations 300 color photos, each step is clearly described construction of the humidor, and on the proper provide a challenge for the more experienced and illustrated.A photo gallery helps give more lining materials and equipment necessary to turners, and a gallery with numerous examples ideas for new turned box styles.Size: 8 1/2" x maintain optimal humidity level. encourages the adventurous to experiment. 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3027-8 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0457-7 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-851-6 • soft cover • $12.95

The Basics of Turning Spirals. Bill Bowers. Dick Sing Turns Miniature Birdhouses. A Turner’s Guide to Veneer Inlays. Ron The processes and techniques of turning spirals. Dick Sing. All the steps needed to create de- Hampton. Over 300 detailed color photos Richly illustrated and explained in simple terms, lightful and decorative miniature birdhouses. illustrate the step-by-step instructions to for the novice as well as the expert, here is Starting with a basic birdhouse, step-by-step applying veneer inlays to turned wooden necessary information to fashion gallery-quality, instructions show how to turn the body, roof, objects, including a box lid, a bowl or platter spiral-turned pieces. Innovative applications of perch, and finial. Additional chapters cover base, a bowl top, and the edge band around stains and shapes are demonstrated on plates, more intricate details, other materials, natural a tall glass vase. Also included are safety platters, and bowls. Multiple tips on turning edge roofs, birdfeeders, and stands. Includes instructions, a complete tool list, and an delicate spirals and hand-threaded chasing design ideas and extensive gallery. inventory of turned wooden shapes and are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 395 color photos • 80 pp. veneer inlays required. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 76 ISBN: 0-7643-2080-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 303 color photos • 64 pp. pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2592-2 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1611-7 • soft cover • $14.95 52 Wood Turning • Bowl Hewing • Box Making • Making Musical Instruments • Wood Burning • Decoy & Lure Making • Carving: Birds & Waterfowl

Making Musical Instruments Mini-Lathe Magic: Big Projects from a The Making of Hunting Decoys. William Small Lathe. Ron Hampton. With clear, con- Pickin’ Stick: Building a Stringed Instru- Veasey. This is the most important book ever cise instructions and 345 detailed photos, Ron ment. John Ressler. The pickin’ stick is an easy- written on how to make hunting decoys. You Hampton takes the reader through every step to-play, steel-stringed instrument with a diatonic are taken step by step in great detail through the required to turn and finish works of art from scale, but it is also the perfect first instrument for making of 18 different decoys, literally covering wood on the mini-lathe. Eight separate projects aspiring luthiers. This illustrated woodworking every aspect of the art. Fifteen award-winning include a goblet, mushrooms, bowls, and pots. guide will take you step-by-step as you build, decoy artists explain in their own words how A gallery of other designs is provided for inspi- string, tune, and play your own pickin’ stick. they, and you, can create duck replicas. ration. This book is perfect for the beginning Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color photos • 72 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 pp. and intermediate wood turner. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3571-6 • soft cover • $16.99 252 color photos/840 b/w photos/68 line Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 345 color photos • 64 pp. drawings/Index • ISBN: 0-88740-073-6 • ISBN: 0-7643-1614-1 • soft cover • $14.95 hard cover • $45.00

Turning Goblets. Mike Cripps. Text written Wood Burning Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Full with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. All Size Decorative Decoy Patterns. the wood turning steps necessary to create a Woodburning Basics. Dick Armstrong. William Veasey. The book is designed variety of beautiful wooden goblets. Patterns for Projects designed to move from the easiest, to open flat while being used. Full-size eight different goblet bowl and foot shapes are a lighthouse, to one of medium difficulty, a versions of William Veasey’s acclaimed provided. Includes discussion of basic turning dilapidated barn, to one that requires some waterfowl decoy patterns. Simple, work- tools, techniques, safety tips, and a gallery. skill, a clipper ship. Every step is illustrated able patterns will be useful to both the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 263 color photos • 16 with a clear photo and description. In addition novice and the expert wood carver. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0033-4 • a gallery of Dick’s work gives the reader many Size: 17" x 11" • 33 patterns • 64 pp.• soft cover • $12.95 ideas for application of these skills. ISBN: 0-916838-71-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color photos/patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2675-2 • soft Wood Turning for the Garden: Projects cover • $14.95 Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Hunt- for Outdoors. Michael Cripps. Over 230 color ing Birds. William Veasey. The book photographs with step-by-step instructions for Basic Wood Burning. Sue Waters. Text written is designed to open flat while being turning bird houses, planters, and bulb planters. with and photography by J. Tobey. Six beautiful used. Drawn to scale, these detailed All turners will enjoy this book and the freedom wood burning projects and all of the tools, patterns will be indispensable to anyone they will get from turning unseasoned timber, techniques and patterns necessary to create who would like to carve lifelike hunting which is free from dust and needs virtually no them are explained. Even the artist familiar birds. Treat you or your favorite carver to sanding or difficult-to-apply glossy finish. Patterns with basic wood burning techniques will find this book of simple yet show-stopping and a color gallery are provided. new and useful information. patterns from the dean of American Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 234 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, bird carving, William Veasey. ISBN: 0-7643-0032-6•soft cover • $12.95 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-568-1 • Size: 17" x 11" • 28 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-022-1 • soft cover • $12.95 soft cover • $14.95

Bowl Hewing Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Head Patterns. Bill Veasey. The heads of Hewing Contemporary Bowls with Rip Learning the Art of Pyrography: Burning waterfowl drafted in intricate detail. & Tammi Mann. Rip and Tammi Mann. Text Images on Wood, Paper, and Leather. Al Exact specifications regarding head written with and photography by Douglas Con- Chapman. Photography by Leslie Bockol. The art thickness, eye color and size, and the gdon-Martin. Using only hand tools, the crafts- of pyrography: the tools and mediums of wood fine points of the bill from top, bottom, person is led to produce a beautiful handhewn burning and how to use them for wonderful, and profile views. Four patterns are octagonal bowl. Step-by-step, fully illustrated creative effects. You will learn several methods included for each bird: full-sized, 1/2, instructions go from the blank to the oil fin- of transferring a pattern onto your piece of 2/3 and 1/4 of the actual size. ishing process. wood or leather. Size: 12" x 9" • 36 patterns • 58 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. • 50 step-by-step Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • All color illust. • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-78-1 • soft cover • $14.95 color photos, gallery • ISBN: 0-88740-710-2 ISBN: 0-88740-729-3 • soft cover • $12.95 soft cover • $12.95 Making Decoys: The Century Old Way. Grayson Chesser & Curtis J. Badger. Foreword by Jon Lohman, Sculpting Traditional Bowls. Rip and Tammi Wood Burning Angels. Sue Waters. With Director of the Virginia Folklore Program. Published Mann. Hand hewing bowls is an ancient craft, over 240 color photos, three patterns, and in conjunction with the Virginia Foundation for the but one which has been almost lost. This new step-by-step instructions, Sue Waters guides Humanities. A century ago, woodcarvers Nathan Cobb, book will help revive it. Using only hand tools, readers through all the steps necessary to Elmer Crowell, and Harry V. N. Shourds created bird the bowl adze, a bowl shave and a carver’s create three wood burning projects: The Prayer decoys to help harvest food. Step-by-step instructions hook, Rip and Tammi lead the carver or sculptor Bench, Puppy Heaven, and Victorian Angel. The and numerous color and black-and-white photographs through the steps of this satisfying art. detailed text provides full listings of all tools instruct readers to make gunning decoys Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 48 pp. necessary and every step taken to complete Size: 7" x 10" • 122 b/w & 90 color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-698-X • soft cover • $12.95 these beatific angels. 42 patterns • 172 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-579-2 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 245 color photos • 64 pp. • soft cover • $24.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1880-2 • soft cover • $14.95

Wood Burning with Sue Waters: Rural Basic Fishing Lure Carving. Greg Hays. Box Making Scenes. Sue Waters. Five projects of burning In 220 detailed color photos, this book takes rural scenes into wood. Learn techniques for cre- you through every step necessary to create a Home Woodworker Series: 14 Wooden ating realistic images of barns with their intricate working broke back fishing lure. Every tool Boxes You Can Make. Jim Harrold, editor. 14 wood siding, stone walls, rolling meadows and needed is listed, every technique employed projects will have both the seasoned and novice mountainous landscapes. Techniques for even is described, including painting instructions. woodworker sharpening their tools. Make a the smallest details of pottery, glass, leaves and The book includes a pattern for the lure and box for showing off precious pieces of figured grass are included. illustrated instructions on assembling a box wood or your craftsmanship. Build gift boxes or Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos & patterns for lure storage. whatever your motivation, the box designs here • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-88740-569-3 • soft Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 242 color photos • 64 pp. are both functional and decorative. cover • $12.99 ISBN: 0-7643-2505-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260 images • 104 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4243-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Decoy & Lure Making Carving: Birds & Waterfowl

Making Wooden Boxes with Dale Power. 10 Wire and Canvas Decoy Patterns for Creating the Preening Blue-Wing Teal. Text written with and photography by Jeffrey Carvers. Al Streetman. This book demonstrates Jeffrey Moore. Starting with a pre-shaped, du- B. Snyder. Basic box making techniques with step-by-step how to make one of these clever plicated wooden bird, learn the use of burning over 260 color photographs it illustrates wire and canvas decoys, from constructing to and high speed texturing equipment to achieve the techniques, including mitered corners, painting to antiquing. Includes patterns for ten wonderful carving detail in this Blue Wing Teal. rabbet, spline, and false spline joints. A different breeds, a colorful gallery, helpful refer- Includes detailed instructions for airbrushing, gallery is provided. ence charts, and a lot of tried-and-true advice. brush painting, all colors needed, and creating Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 color photos the realistic habitat base. A carving project you ISBN: 0-7643-0848-3 • soft cover • $14.95 10 patterns • 64 pp. will treasure for many years to come. ISBN: 0-7643-0978-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 310 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1794-6 • soft cover • $19.95 Carving: Birds & Waterfowl 53

Carving The Green-Wing Teal: Quick Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Powercarving Birds, Fish and Penguins: Tips For Hen and Drake. Jeffrey Moore. A Miniature Decorative Patterns. Using Beautiful Hardwoods. Gene Larson. comprehensive look at the carving and paint- William Veasey. Miniature decorative Virtually anyone with a band saw, rotary power ing techniques needed to create the colorful bird-carving patterns presented in intri- tool and a few of the most common cutting green-wing teal. Learn the use of burning and cate detail for the novice carver. This is burrs can bring birds, fish, and penguins to life high speed texturing equipment, with variations a concise, practical guide to developing beautifully! Stressing simplicity of form, Gene in carving the hen and drake. Tips for carving the skills necessary to produce realistic provides step-by-step guidance beginning with feathers, heads, and primaries are all provided. miniature birds. the selection of the right wood and ending with Step-by-step airbrushing and brush painting Size: 12" x 9" • 32 patterns • 64 pp. a proper finish. achieve an elegant and wonderfully realistic teal. ISBN: 0-88740-000-0 • soft cover Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 300 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 96 pp. $14.95 Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1314-2 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-88740-565-7 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving the Screech Owl. Jeffrey A. Moore. Championship Carving. Tricia Veasey & Tom 20 Folk Bird & Fish Patterns. Al Streetman. In over 300 color photos and clear descriptions, Johnson. Hundreds of stunning color pictures of 20 patterns for birds and fish, with a simplic- the author takes readers through all of the steps world-class carvings accompany an authoritative ity that makes the carving process quick and necessary to created a beautiful, lifelike screech series of interviews with the world’s finest wood enjoyable, and the final product charming and owl in wood. Beginning with a pre-shaped blank, sculptors. An indispensable addition to the libraries elegant. Full-color photography illustrating the techniques used in high speed texturing, wood of novice and expert carvers; certain to become techniques, step-by-step, for carving, painting, burning, airbrushing, and brush painting are a collector’s item. and presenting each piece. The basic patterns shown and discussed. Techniques for creating Size: 9" x 12" • 298 color photos make either wonderful learning tools or a solid realistic feet are also provided. 7 b/w photos • 160 pp. foundation for more intricate carvings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 332 color photos & 1 pat- ISBN: 0-88740-023-X • hard cover • $45.00 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp. tern 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4360-5 • soft 66 color photos, 20 patterns cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0779-7 • soft cover • $12.95

Birds of Prey, Blue Ribbon Techniques. Championship Carving, Volume II. Tricia Carving Songbird Ornaments with Power. William Veasey. Well-organized, beautifully Veasey. World Championship competitions’ Frank C. Russell. 132 clear color photos illustrate illustrated instructions for carvers. The projects bird sculptures are documented in this large every step to make carved wooden songbird include: Gray and Red Screech Owls, Saw-Whet and profusely illustrated volume. The winners Christmas tree ornaments with power tools. 23 Owl, Snowy Owl, Osprey, American Kestrel, and competition entries are presented through additional patterns are provided with reference female Merlin, miniature flying Peregrine Falcon, color photography and a supporting text that material on feather parts, types, groupings, Antiqued Goshawk, and Red-Tailed Hawk. Color identifies and personalizes the artist-carvers. and texturing; eye setting or carving; and tools paint charts to accurately paint these as well as Size: 9" x 12" • 617 color photos required. Instruction is provided for painting and a variety of other species. 13 b/w photos • 160 pp. sealing the completed ornament. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-071-X • hard cover • $47.50 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 132 color photos, 64 b/w photos • 304 pp. 28 patterns • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-052-3 • hard cover • $47.50 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3135-0 • soft cover • $16.99

Waterfowl Carving: Blue Ribbon Tech- Blue Ribbon Techniques: Burning How to Carve Bellamy Eagles. Paul niques. William Veasey with Cary Schuler Hull. and Texturing Methods. William B. Rolfe. 293 color photos and detailed The standard book in its field, this step-by-step Veasey. How to use your burning and instructions teach readers step-by-step instruction method presents 11 different water- texturing tools to achieve brilliant results. to carve three folk art Bellamy-style fowl carving projects, both simple and complex, Crisp step-by-step photographs and eagles (“Portsmouth,” pilothouse, and including three flying miniatures, floating, stand- instructions will enable the beginner soaring). Includes instructions in gold ing, and preening ducks and an antique swan. to detail carvings with a minimum of leaf application as a finishing detail. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 65 color plates/505 b/w difficulty and magnificent results. It will Patterns are provided. For wood carvers photos give the expert blue ribbon ideas that of all skill levels. 285 drawings • Index • 272 pp. will make the best of show. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 293 color photos • ISBN: 0-916838-67-6 • hard cover • $35.00 Size: 9" x 6" • 60 color plates/60 b/w photos • 64 pp. 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3572-3 • soft cover • $16.99 ISBN: 978-0-88740-013-1 • soft cover • $9.99

Waterfowl Painting: Blue Ribbon Tech- Bills and Feet: An Artisan’s Hand- Carving an American Eagle with Paul niques. William Veasey. A comprehensive book book. William Veasey & Sina Kurman. White. Paul White. Paul White takes the carver from one of America’s most successful carving An artist’s manual teaching decorative through the process of carving a large traditional teachers. Painting instructions for over 40 species decoy carvers to accurately paint the bald eagle. Beginning with the gluing of the of waterfowl, with various painting techniques details of waterfowl and game bird boards and sculpting and ending with a helpful are illustrated with step-by-step photographs. bills and feet, as well as those of birds description of gold leafing, Paul explains each Fine color photographs of the finished bird of prey. Bills and Feet is an authoritative step in detail. For those who wish to get right to carvings and close-up details are included. work which will allow craftspeople the carving he also explains the use of commer- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 449 color plates/124 b/w to achieve a more lifelike effect with cially prepared blanks. A measured drawing of photos • Index • 224 pp. their carvings. Illustrated in full color, it is a must for the serious decoy artist. the project and gallery of variations is included. ISBN: 0-916838-90-0 • hard cover • $45.00 Size: 9" x 6" • all color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-93-5 • soft cover • $15.00 ISBN: 0-88740-624-6 • soft cover • $12.95

Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Song Airbrush Techniques for Water- Songbird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Illustrated Bird Patterns. William Veasey. 36 fowl Carving. Michael Veasey with by Sina Patricia Kurman. Exquisitely illustrated detailed, full-size, original designs by preface by William Veasey. Text writ- and comprehensive, this is the main source of William Veasey and his students will ten with and photography by Douglas information for realistic songbird carving. The serve as a guide for carvers who wish to Congdon-Martin. Airbrushing is gaining five songbird projects include blackcapped duplicate them and as a stepping-stone popularity among carvers of decoys and chickadee, tufted titmouse, American goldfinch, for those who want to design their own waterfowl. In this useful book you will house wren, and catbird. Each project has step- songbird patterns. see just how easy it really is to do. With by-step instructions plus patterns and life-studies Size: 12" x 9" • 36 patterns • 64 pp. step-by-step instructions, you will move to ensure accuracy and a beautiful result. ISBN: 0-916838-79-X • soft cover from the beginning to finishing a drake and hen teal duck. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 183 color, $14.95 Size: 9" x 6" • 189 color photos • 96 pp. 686 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-384-0 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-88740-057-5 • hard cover • $45.00

Blue Ribbon Pattern Series: Shore Featherstrokes for Shorebirds. Beebe Songbird Carving II. Rosalyn Daisey. Illustrat- Bird Patterns. William Veasey. Full-size Hopper. An easy way to paint realistic feathers ed by Sina Patricia Kurman. Following the success patterns of all the major types of shore on carvings of shore birds. By following the of the first book about songbird carving, the birds include dimensions and identifying instructions, drawings, and color photographs, authors revisit the subject with five new projects. characteristics so the wood carvers can anyone can quickly master the rendering of Again, the carving techniques are exhaustively create their own shore birds. realistic feathers. Ten shorebird varieties: killdeer, covered, illustrated with beautiful photographs Size: 17" x 11" • 29 patterns • 64 pp. sanderling, ruddy turnstone, long-billed curlew, and drawings. The songbirds include male and ISBN: 0-916838-88-9 spotted sandpiper, dunlin, golden plover, avocet, female northern cardinal, house sparrow, blue soft cover • $14.95 red phalarope, and woodcock. jay, and American robin. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 53 color & 11 b/w photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 color, 664 b/w photos/83 48 illus. • 96 pp. drawings • Glossary • 270 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-176-7 • soft cover • $15.95 ISBN: 0-88740-119-8 • hard cover • $45.00 54 Carving: Birds & Waterfowl, Fish & Marine Life, Animals

Upland Game Bird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Carving Dolphins and Whales. Dale Power. The Carver’s Handbook, II: Carving the Rosayln moves to game birds with this volume, All of the techniques necessary for capturing Wildlife of the Forest and Jungle. David offering instructions for five carving projects: the sleek beauty and strength of dolphins and Pergrin. Instructions for carvers to make and the male mourning dove in flight, a perched whales in wood are presented here. Dale Power paint wooden figures of a tiger, an American female dove, a female woodcock, her chicks, takes the carver through each step in the process goldfinch, and a wood mouse in the round, and the challenging bobwhite quail. Complete of creating a dolphin from basswood with a plus a great horned owl in relief. Step-by-step instructions with generous and beautiful illus- combination of hand and power tools, then suggestions and illustrations. Each project trations take the reader through all five projects, burns, paints, and mounts it. is introduced with a list of all the tools and from carving through texturing and painting. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, materials needed for that figure. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 6 pages color photos, 600+ b/w photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-620-3 • soft cover • $12.95 90 illus. • 60 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-029-9 • ISBN: 0-88740-349-2 • hard cover • $49.95 soft cover • $5.95

Baby Bird and Chick Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Freshwater Fish Carving. James Fliger. Four The Carver’s Handbook, III: Woodcarving Carving the chicks of five birds: the Carolina carving projects, the rainbow trout, the bluegill Wild Animals. David Pergrin. Patterns and clear Chickadee, the Eastern Bluebird, the Bobwhite sunfish, the black crappie, and the channel instructions for making lifelike images of a Quail, the Killdeer, and the Wood Duckling. Each catfish, illustrated with beautiful patterns and cardinal bird, trotting horse, standing deer, step in the process is illustrated with a clear color drawings, and black-and-white photos showing and an Indian neckerchief slide. 78 step-by- photograph and a concise explanation from the the carving techniques in the step-by-step fash- step pictures and carefully written instructions. author about what the step involves and how to ion. For painting, color graphics are used with 27 clear color photographs show each stage do it correctly. photographs to give the readers an accurate view. of painting for these popular projects. For Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600+ step-by-step Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 224 pp. carvers of all levels of experience. color photos • 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-590-8 139 color & 412 b/w photos, dozens of Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color photos hard cover • $49.95 diagrams & illustrations 78 b/w illus. • 48 pp. •ISBN: 0-88740-039-6 ISBN: 978-0-88740-175-6 • hard cover • $35.00 • soft cover • $5.95

Shorebird Carving. Rosalyn Daisey. Step-by- Carving Fish & Pond Life. Rick Roth. Step-by- Carving Bears and Bunnies. Tom Wolfe step in beautifully detailed photos, the reader step through three fish and pond life carvings: with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Beginning with is led through the carving of four shorebird The Brook Trout, the Pumpkin Seed, and a a plain block of bass wood or white pine, Tom projects, including the Greater Yellowlegs, the Northern Painted Turtle. Each step is clearly creates bunnies and bears that are the epitome Semi-Palmated Plover, the Dunlin, and the illustrated with a photograph and a descrip- of “cuddly,” and are a favorite of children and Sanderling in flight. Detailed drawings and tion of the technique. The painting sections adults alike. These projects are perfect for the life-studies are included, as are instructions are illustrated in full color with color palettes. person who carves for relaxation. After band- for detailing and burning. There are over 800 step-by-step photographs sawing the patterns, they can be completed Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 800+ photos • 256 pp. plus drawings and palettes. with the simplest of tools—a knife, a gouge, ISBN: 0-88740-219-4 • hard cover • $49.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 800+ photos • 224 pp. a veiner, and nailset. ISBN: 0-88740-589-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-267-8 • soft cover • $9.99 Carving: Fish & Marine Life Carving Exotic Fish. Margaret Streams. The variety and beauty of exotic fish captured in wood. Horse Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Power Carving a Chesapeake Bay Blue Using a combination of power and traditional Text written with and photography by Douglas Crab. Alan “Mickey” Brown. The Chesapeake tools, here are step-by-step techniques of carving, Congdon-Martin. This book takes the carvers Bay Blue Crab comes to life in this new DIY painting and mounting three varieties: the Red through the steps of carving a frisky colt. Using book. Through 215 color photographs, both the Crane fish, the Fresh Water Angelfish, and the hand and power tools Tom creates the form, beginner and advanced woodcarver will learn Long-Nosed Butterfly Fish. Patterns and a gallery detail, and musculature that brings the horse how to power-carve this nautical species. The of other fish are included. to life. Included are gallery photos and patterns book includes 14 clear, full-size drawings of a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600 photos for the colt’s sibling and sire, as well as those 6" Chesapeake Bay Blue Crab and illustrated, Patterns • 160 pp. for several other horses. step-by-step directions for carving and painting. ISBN: 0-88740-946-6 • hard cover • $39.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos 8 1/2" x 11" • 215 color images & 14 patterns • 64 Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-649-1 • soft pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3965-3 • soft cover • $16.99 cover • $12.95 Carving: Animals Tom Wolfe Carves Dragons. Tom Wolfe Whale Carving. Réal Cloutier. Learn Carving Nature’s Rascals: Woodcarving with Douglas Congdon-Martin. With his imag- steps necessary to carve two large an Armadillo, Skunk, Mouse, and Raccoon. ination running rampant, Tom Wolfe uses both whales, the Sperm and Fin, through Leah Wachter. With over 230 brilliant color pho- traditional hand carving tools and rotary tools 120 color photos and detailed carving tographs, paint color charts, and precise patterns, to bring his artistry to the dragon. The steps to and painting instructions. Patterns are Leah Wachter guides woodcarvers through the carving a dragon are illustrated in color or black provided also for the Blue, Humpback, creation of incredibly detailed small animals that & white photographs and concise instructions. A Right, and Grey whales. Sophisticated are big on character. Carving, woodburning and gallery with patterns and photographs of three tools are not required. painting techniques are presented, with pattern other dragons is provided. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color & for four animals. A color gallery is included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ photos • 80 pp. 31 b/w photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 color, 21 b/w images • 64 ISBN: 0-88740-576-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2767-4 • soft cover • $16.95 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1966-3 • soft cover • $14.95

The Carver’s Book of Aquatic Animals. Carving Animals — Bunnies & Chipmunks. Tom Wolfe Goes to the Dogs: Carving Howard K. Suzuki. A comprehensive book for Rosalyn Daisey. 739 photos and five patterns Dogs. Tom Wolfe. Text written with Douglas carvers, with practical tips and the anatomic and illustrate all the steps necessary to create rabbits Congdon-Martin. Dogs have been a favorite behavioral information vital to realism. Includes and chipmunks in various poses. Each animal subject for carving since the earliest years. From the Great White and Tiger Sharks, the Manta carving has its own unique personality that hunting dogs to the family pet, dogs have a and Spotted Eagle Rays, the Loggerhead Sea seems to come to life as the project progresses. special place in the hearts of people. Tom Wolfe Turtle, the American Alligator, the Great Sperm Rosalyn, a carver with 30 years experience, leads manages to capture their personality in his own Whale, the Orca, the Bottlenose Dolphin, the readers through the project from cutting out the creative, witty way. Easy to follow step-by-step West Indian Manatee, and the Humpback. Size: blank to painting and completing the projects. instructions, with color illustrations. 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 739 color images; 5 patterns; Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-734-X • hard cover • $39.95 & 4 color palettes. • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643- ISBN: 978-0-88740-367-5 • soft cover • $12.99 3885-4 • hard cover • $45.00 • Schiffer LTD

10 Patterns for Carving Whales. Brian The Carver’s Handbook: Woodcarving Tom Wolfe Carves A Horse of a Different Gilmore. Patterns and easy to follow carving the Wonders of Nature. David Pergrin. Thor- Color. Tom Wolfe. Following his book on carving instructions for 10 species of whales. More ough instructions in pictures and text guide you realistic horses, Tom now brings the same talent than 150 color photographs lead the carver through each phase of the carving process, from to bear on caricature horses. As always, Tom step-by-step through the carving and painting cutting out the rough shape on the bandsaw takes the reader step-by-step through the carving of the Great Right Whale and the Killer Whale or handsaw to the final shaping to painting process, with each step illustrated with a clear and provide direction for the alterations needed the finest details. Helpful tips will enable you color photograph. From the blank to the finished to carve the other species. A gallery of whale to complete even your first project with ease painted figure, everything is clearly explained. A carvings will help provide ideas and inspiration and expertise. great book for carvers at all levels of expertise. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150+ color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 6 pages of color; many Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos ISBN: 0-88740-855-9 • soft cover • $12.95 b/w illus. • 60 pp. •ISBN: 0-88740-015-9 • Patterns • 64 pp. •ISBN: 0-88740-787-0 • soft soft cover • $5.95 cover • $12.95 Carving: Animals, Christmas & HOLIDAYS 55

The Tom Wolfe Treasury of Patterns: 108 Carving Miniature Carousel Animals with Carving Noah’s Ark: Monkeys and Apes. Animal Patterns. Tom Wolfe. In his long and Dale Power. Dale Power. Direct instructions David Sabol. Text written with and photogra- creative career as a woodcarver, Tom Wolfe and 267 color photos illustrating the steps phy by Jeffrey B. Snyder. David takes the reader has created literally thousands of patterns necessary to transform a simple basswood through every step in the carving of monkeys now being made available in a series of books blank into an impressive carousel goat. He uses and apes with enjoyable, straight-forward containing his previously unpublished patterns. a variety of hand and power tools to complete directions accompanied by clear color pho- The first of these books contains a variety the project, and covers wood burning, painting, tographs. His traditional carving techniques of animals from dragons to mice, and pigs and mounting techniques. are explained in detail. to raccoons. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 108 patterns • 64 pp. 12 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0312-0 • 17 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-971-7 • ISBN: 0-88740-962-8 • soft cover • $9.95 soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $12.95

Tom Wolfe’s Treasury of Patterns: 90 Carving Miniature Animals with Debbie Carving Storybook Mice. David Sabol. Text Patterns for Dog Carvers. Tom Wolfe. In Barr. Text written with and photography by written with and photography by Jeffrey B. his long and creative career as a woodcarver, Jeffrey B. Snyder. Create miniature animals Snyder. Here, in over 230 color photos and clear, Tom Wolfe has created literally hundreds of dog from basswood, butternut, or walnut scraps concise instructions is what the carver needs to patterns. 90 of the best of these are offered here left over from larger works. The complete make the process of carving mice both enjoyable for the first time in print. Clear line drawings of carving process with clear instructions, sound and rewarding. Techniques for soldering brass, a variety of dogs will give carvers all they need advice, and over 200 color illustrations. and placing glass eyes, and applying color stains to produce wonderful creations. The breeds instructions for painting the figure. A photo- to the finished mouse accompany the wood covered include everything from poodles to graphic gallery rounds out the presentation. carving instructions. coon dogs, and dachshunds to terriers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 267 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0936-6 • soft cover • $14.95 21 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0236-1 • ISBN: 0-7643-0098-9 • soft cover • $9.95 soft cover • $12.95

Bears to Carve with Dale Power. Dale Carving Egg Animals. Mary Finn, Photography Carving Storybook Animals: Rabbits and Power. Text written with and photography by by Donna Baker. Charming animals from commer- Other Woodland Creatures. David Sabol. Jeffrey B. Snyder. Move step-by-step through the cially available wooden eggs. Egg animals can Text written with and photos by Jeffrey B. Snyder. process of carving a robust and realistic polar come out of the egg in any direction and can be Storybook animals come to life in the hands of bear. Complete instructions and detailed color made standing, sitting, or lying down. Detailed veteran carver David Sabol. A wonderful rabbit photographs make the carving of this bear an instructions and color photos show carving is presented as the feature carving project, enjoyable task for the novice and advanced techniques for crouching rabbit, sitting bear, with more than 260 color photographs and carver alike. Carved with a combo of hand chubby pig, & fire-breathing dragon. Projects clear, concise instructions to guide the reader and power tools, and finished by burning and require minimal work space; great for those with through every step. painting. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos limited access to saws or other large equipment. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, • Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-719-6 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 185 color photos • 48 pp. 17 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0307-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1415-7 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $14.95

Carving a Kid’s Size Rocking Horse. Tom Carving Patterns by Frank C. Russell: Carving Teddy Bears with Kelley Stadel- Wolfe. Step by step, Tom leads the carver through From the Stonegate Woodcarving School: man. Kelley Stadelman. The spirit of the teddy the process of constructing and carving a “kid’s Birds, Animals, Fish. Frank C. Russell. Over bear is captured in this detailed guide. With size” rocking horse. This is the perfect project 100 woodcarving patterns and accompanying color photos illustrating each phase, from laying for a Christmas present that will be cherished illustrations for 72 birds, animals, and fish. out the blank to painting and antiquing the generation after generation. And even though Illustrations of proper directional growth for finished product, the carver will enjoy creating it is ambitious, the instructions and illustrations fur, feather shading, and other detail features a lovable bear. The “Teddy Bear Boy” project will enable even the novice carver to complete are provided with many of the patterns. is carved completely, plus there are patterns for a work of which they can be proud. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 130 b/w & other bears, with a gallery to show the finished Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 275 color photos • 64 pp. 25 color images • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2473-X creations. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-852-4 • soft cover • $12.95 • soft cover • $14.95 patterns, gallery • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-890-7 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving Cheetahs. Dale Power. Text written Carving Realistic Animals with Power. Carving Comical Bears. Robert Neuenschwan- with and photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Dale Frank C. Russell. Every power tool and technique der. A whimsical cowboy character bear comes guides the novice and veteran carver through necessary for capturing animals in wood, with to life from a rough block of wood! Methods the process of capturing the beauty, speed and concise instructions and never-before demon- not found in any other carving book will be grace of the amazing cheetah. With a combo of strated techniques and carving sequences for appreciated by all carvers. Over 300 detailed color hand and power carving tools, wood burning transforming a block of wood into a life-like photos, showing blocking, carving, detailing, equipment and paints, step-by-step instructions animal. Twelve project plans are provided: a finishing, and sharpening techniques, plus a and color photos simply and pleasurably guide bear, bobcat, bison, elephant, fox, giraffe, horse, gallery & detailed patterns showing all eight the carver through each phase. rabbit, squirrel, tiger, white-tailed deer and wolf. members of the bear family including holiday Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 192 color photos, favorites. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-696-3 • 17 line drawings • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-896-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-88740-637-9 • soft cover • $12.99 soft cover • $12.95

Carving the Coyote. Dale Power. Using both Carving Noah’s Ark: Mrs. Noah & Friends, Carving Card-Carrying Critters with Power. hand and power tools, Dale leads you through The Animals of North America. David Sabol. Cheryl Castles. A step-by-step guide to making the carving of a realistic howling coyote. Easy Text written with and photography by Jeffrey B. Card-Carrying Critters, fanciful creations that step-by-step instructions and full color photos Snyder. Step-by-step techniques for carving put your business card in the best possible light. make the process a delight. You will not only Noah’s wife or one of several animals native These cute and unique items will enchant and learn how to carve the coyote, but create realistic to North America. delight young and old carvers and be a best fur patterns, paint your coyote, and mount it Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. • 250 color photos, seller at the next show or craft fair. Patterns in a natural surrounding. Gallery photographs patterns for 18 figures • ISBN: 0-88740-731-5 and a gallery of pictures help you get started provide informative perspectives on the coyote. • soft cover • $12.95 with any of seven species. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 color photos • 72 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0274-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-567-3 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving the Elk. Dale Power. Step-by-step Carving Noah’s Ark: Noah and Friends Carving: Christmas & HOLIDAYS instructions make carving the elk, with a com- With the Animals of Africa. David Sabol. bination of hand and power tools, an easy task. Text written with and photography by Jeffrey B. Carving the Nativity with Helen Gibson. Over 250 color photographs illustrate each Snyder. Populate your own ark with sprightly Helen Gibson. An old tradition for today’s carvers. technique. Methods for positioning of the elk, wooden animals from Africa, two by two. Helen takes the reader step-by-step through the burning, painting, and mounting are included, Noah himself will be there to supervise. In- delicate carving process of one of the creche along with patterns for two elk. Gallery photos structions in traditional carving techniques figures, with clear color photography illustrating provide perspectives of the animal carved and and realistic painting are given with clear each technique. Patterns and complete views for of additional elk. captions and color photographs. the Mary, Joseph, three Wisemen, three Shep- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 272 color photos, 24 pat- herds, and the baby in the manger are included. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-566-5 • terns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-779-X • soft Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-438-3 • soft cover • $12.95 56 Carving: Christmas & HOLIDAYS

Helen Gibson Carves the Animals of the Carving Santas with Special Interests. Celebration Carvings. Ron Ransom. Text Nativity. Helen Gibson. Helen completes the Ron Ransom. Photography by George A. Clark. written with and photography by Jeffrey B. nativity scene with the camels, sheep, cattle, Seven new step-by-step Santa projects from Ron Snyder. Carving guide to whimsical holiday and donkeys. Helen has a highly detailed style Ransom. These Santas have special interests characters to entertain all year long. Full color of carving that is perfect for this subject. The including golf, fishing, and skiing, among others. photographs, easy-to-understand instructions, reader is led step-by-step through the process As always, Ron Ransom makes the carving easy, and detailed patterns make this book simple of carving one of the animals. Clear color pho- interesting, and fun. enough for beginners, yet challenging for expe- tographs illustrate every cut. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Full color photos • 64 pp. rienced carvers. Includes a “flying” witch and a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos ISBN: 0-88740-328-X • soft cover • $12.95 headless figure with pumpkin for Halloween, a Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-544-4 • leprechaun, and Father Time for New Year’s Eve. soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0362-7 • soft cover • $14.95

A Folk Carved Nativity. Donna Hefty. Photog- Mini-Cheers©: Carving Miniature Santas. Old St. Nick Carving: Classic Santas from raphy by Marc Hefty. Carving that is approachable Ron Ransom. Santa “Mini-Cheers”© answer the Wood. David Sabol. Text written with and and simple for all ages. Not only are there eleven wood carver’s perennial question, “What can I photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. David Sabol highly defined patterns, but Donna will take do with all of these basswood scraps?” Here are takes the reader through each step from wood you step-by-step through the process of both six patterns and instructions for carving three blank to finished carving with clear, step-by-step carving and painting. Each step is illustrated miniature Santas and a larger Santa holding a instructions and color illustrations. Patterns are with a color photograph and an easy-to-follow snowman, all carved in an “Old World” style, provided for six classic Santas in a variety of description of the technique. with simplicity and character. Straight-forward, poses and for the venerable Mrs. Claus as well. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, step-by-step directions, color illustrations, and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos, 11 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-881-8 • a bit of humor. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color 7 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0039-3 • soft cover • $12.95 photos • 6 patterns • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-824-9 • soft cover • $12.95

Flat Plane Carving the Nativity. Lynn Diel. Ron Ransom Carves Athletic Santa Mini- Carving Angels. Kelley Stadelman. Text written Using over 250 color images, 4 patterns, and Cheers©. Ron Ransom. When children ask what with and photography by Douglas Congdon-Mar- clear step-by-step instructions, the reader is Santa does during the rest of the year, you can tin. The whimsy of angels is captured in the taken through all the steps necessary to carve show them these three sporting Santas. Addition- designs of this book. Kelley leads the carver and finish each figure in the nativity in basswood: al patterns for two of Ron’s favorite figures, the step-by-step through the angel carving project, Mary, Joseph, Jesus and His creche, an angel, quilt and tree-holding Santas, are also included. beginning with the blank and finishing with a shepherd, the three kings, a camel, donkey, ox, Along with simple, detailed instructions and color beautifully painted heavenly being. With concise and sheep. All of the materials and tools needed photographs, a gallery is included showing each descriptions and clear color photographs, Kelley’s for these projects are listed. Santa’s distinctive character. experience as a teacher will lead carvers of every Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 252 color & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240+ color photos ability to a wonderful result. 4 b/w images • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2439-X 6 patterns • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-825-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-860-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving Santa and Mrs. Claus. Ken Blom- Santa Carving. Ron Ransom. The premier Christmas Carvings from Commercial quist. Text written with and photography by work of author-carver Ron Ransom. He offers Turnings. Kelley Stadelman. Text written with Jeffrey B. Snyder. With 270 color photos, concise instructions for three specific versions of Santa and photography by Doug Congdon-Martin. instruction, and detailed patterns, Ken Blomquist Claus and many other variations, as well as Transform common sugar pine blanks into Christ- takes the carver through every step required to painting instructions. Ron’s illustrations serve mas figures. With step-by-step color photographs, successfully complete wooden figures of Santa as an impetus for the carver to approach his Kelley Stadelman carves a rotund Santa and and Mrs. Claus. Guidelines for creating a unique own work with freedom. His “Old World Santas’’ stately tree. A gallery shows other possibilities surface texture, painted details, and Santa’s bag are great symbols of happiness and goodness. that can be carved from the turned blanks. of gifts are all supplied. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 20 color photos, 57 b/w Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos photos 5 drawings • 46 pp. 64 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-697-1 • soft cover 3 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1765-2 • ISBN: 0-88740-107-4 • soft cover • $8.95 • $12.95 soft cover • $14.95

Carving Scandinavian Santas. Ken Blom- Ron Ransom’s Favorite Santas for Carvers. Carving Christmas Whistle Ornaments. quist. All the steps necessary to successfully Ron Ransom. Using over 220 color photos and Kelley Stadelman. These carved, fanciful orna- carve and finish a Scandinavian Santa, using concise instructions, Ron Ransom takes the ments double as whistles and can take a variety step-by-step instructions, 258 beautiful full reader through all the steps necessary to carve of shapes and forms. Kelley makes carving the color photos, and detailed patterns. Following nine of his favorite “Old World” Santas from whistles simple and fun. Each step is clearly these clear instructions, you can also create a wood. Patterns are provided for Santas holding illustrated and explained, using full color photo- scenic, snow-covered setting, complete with a a variety of objects: messages, fishing poles, graphs. 12 patterns are provided, but once you fir tree for your figure. A colorful gallery provides and even political emblems! General tips for get the hang of it you will probably be drawing examples of different finishes and bases for the painting the completed Santas are also provided. your own. A fun book full of Christmas spirit. Scandinavian Santa. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color & Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 245 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 color photos • 64 pp. 6 b/w photos • 64 pp. 12 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-973-3 • ISBN: 0-7643-2133-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2362-8 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $12.95

21 Carvings for the Day after Christmas. A Ron Ransom Christmas. Ron Ransom. 35 Santa Patterns for Carvers. Al Streetman. Al and Trinka Chapman. What do you do with With this book anyone can learn to carve the 35 new Santa Claus patterns are presented the family Christmas tree after the last needle has traditional holiday figure using simple hand tools. along with helpful tips from Al’s many years of fallen? Carve next year’s Christmas ornaments Step-by-step carving and painting techniques carving experience. Basic line drawings/patterns from the trunk and limbs to create some very described in full, with tips on “antiquing,” and plus general tips and recommendations as to special memories for you and your family! Using hints on how to make small improvisations on wood selection, paint colors, and tools. Some parts of the trunk, you can carve elves, Santas, the projects to make them all unique. Included of the patterns appear in their final, carved angels and more. The Chapmans will give you are a torch-bearing “Olympic” Santa, a Santa on and painted form, so the reader will have 3-D lots of ideas and show you how! skis, and a Santa with snowman. A color gallery references. The patterns are printed full-size. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 88 pp. shows the finished results in detail. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 35 patterns, ISBN: 0-88740-730-7 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" X 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. 20+ color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0361-9 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1657-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Angel Carving and Other Favorites. Ron Ron Ransom Carves More Angels. Ron Carving Cypress Knee Wood Spirits. Al Ransom. A classic guide to carving and painting Ransom. Ron Ransom revisits the Angels with Streetman. With clear instructions and vivid color appealing wooden angel figures with ease. With new carvings depicting the heavenly host at work photographs, Al Streetman takes woodcarvers many color and black-and-white illustrations of and play. Patterns for a guardian angel, two horn through all the steps necessary to create a Santa the creative steps, the book presents numerous blowing angels, and an angel to the golfers are wood spirit and ornament, using the shapes different angel designs as weathervanes, Christ- provided. Ron takes the carver through each of the knees themselves to form the figure mas ornaments, and free-standing figures of step of the carving, painting, and antiquing and ornament. Also included are directions appealing and frequently whimsical personalities. processes with simple, direct instructions and for painting and antiquing the carvings and a The instructions encourage all to try. clear color photographs. color gallery featuring additional Santa figures. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 143 b/w photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 98 color photos • 64 pp. 49 color photos • 80 pp. 4 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1518-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-147-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-892-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Carving: Christmas & HOLIDAYS 57

41 Santa Patterns for Woodcarvers. Al Tom Wolfe Carves Old-World Santas. Tom More Santa Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Streetman. 41 exciting, creative Santa patterns in Wolfe. Tom Wolfe guides the carver step-by-step Wolfe. In his own special way Tom Wolfe leads one book! The projects can be accomplished with through the carving, painting, and finishing the carver through each step of the carving a minimum of tools and frustration and include of an old-world Santa. The basic figure will process. The result is a traditional Santa in a wide assortment of Santas in different poses. challenge the beginning carver, and there stride, heading for the reindeer pen to hook One project is followed in a step-by-step, fully are plenty of fascinating details included for up for the Christmas flight. He is accompanied illustrated manner, so even the beginner can the more advanced. As always, Tom provides by old Rudolph, who looks a bit bewildered by pick up on basic carving techniques. advice and techniques throughout the process the night that lies ahead. Patterns are provided Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50+ color photos, that are useful for any carving project. Santa for the project, the reindeer, and several other 41 patterns • 48 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-632-7 • designs that will fuel your imagination and interesting Santas. soft cover • $12.95 help you develop your own designs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0626-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1351-7 • soft cover • $14.95 20 Patterns for Santa Carvers. Al Streetman. Power Carving Santas with Tom Wolfe. One of the most sought-after and respected Carving Santa Ornaments with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. After the big Christmas flight, what carver of Santas shares 20 new and delightful Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photography does Santa do with his spare time? Tom Wolfe patterns for carvers. Al Streetman takes the by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom leads the has come up with a number of ideas. Over 260 reader step-by-step through the carving of carver through the process of creating a beautiful color photographs and easy to follow instructions a “windblown Santa," holding a lantern and Santa ornament for the tree or to be displayed help the carver create a Santa to be proud of. grasping a walking stick as he tries to make on a stand. A basic understanding of carving Tom uses power tools and guides the reader his way through a Christmas eve storm. This techniques is all that is needed to follow these through each carving step. 16 patterns for six and other whimsical creations offer hours of fun. fully-illustrated step-by-step instructions. projects and a color gallery complete this book. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, 20 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1837-3 • ISBN: 0-88740-617-3 • soft cover • $12.95 16 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-963-6 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $12.95

25 Leprechaun Patterns for Carvers. Al The Easter Bunny and His Friends. Tom The Tom Wolfe Treasury: 75 Santa Patterns. Streetman. Photography by Jack Lisiecki. Lepre- Wolfe. Text written with and photography by Tom Wolfe. Just when it seems that Tom could chauns are some of the folk-lore creatures that Douglas Congdon-Martin. The Easter Bunny, not possibly have any more Santa patterns, here have always fascinated the author. Now he shares the bearer of gifts, fancy eggs, sweet candy, are 75 never before seen designs. They reflect 25 of his leprechaun patterns with other carvers, and warm, cuddly stuffed animals, is beautifully Tom’s unquenchable creativity, his boundless plus many of his tricks and carving secrets in carved with clear step-by-step, color illustrated sense of humor, and his keen eye for caricature. clear photographs and captions. The methods instructions. Also included is a simple technique Each pattern is clearly drawn and reproduced he uses and teaches will give the reader some for creating beautiful Easter eggs and a gallery at full size. A color gallery is included on the new insight into character carving techniques. of many bunny “humanimals” back of the book to use as a paint reference. Size: 8 1/2 " x 11" • 50+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 75 patterns • 64 pp. 25 patterns • 64 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-957-1 • ISBN: 0-88740-381-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0627-8 • soft cover • $12.95 soft cover • $12.95

30 Holiday Patterns for Carvers. Al Santa and His Friends: Carving with Tom Carving Down-Home Angels with Tom Streetman. Here are 30 patterns for holidays Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and pho- Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Woodcarver Tom Wolfe always throughout the year that feature the creativity tography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom’s sees the rough edges that make his miniature and guidance of Al Streetman. These carvings premier work on carving Santa Claus, elves, characters human and a little bit off-center. So are simple enough to inspire confidence in the gnomes, and wizards. These fanciful, delightful it is with these angels. A little wrinkled and a lot beginner and clever enough to allow for a lot characters come to life at his hands. He shares ugly, they are proof that God must have a sense of creativity from the experienced carver. In his skills and projects that are perfect for the be- of humor. Everything you need to know about easygoing manner, Al offers plenty of tips for ginning carver, the person who likes to whittle creating these angels is illustrated with a color technique and presentation. for fun and relaxation, or the experienced carver. photograph and patterns to help you make a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 106 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. whole band of them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 191 48 illustrations • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0514-X ISBN: 978-0-88740-277-7 • soft cover • $9.99 color photos • 7 patterns • 64 pp. • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-2326-1 • soft cover • $14.95

60 Patterns for Santa Carvers . Al Streetman. Santimals: Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Halloween Carving. Paul F. & Camille Bolinger. Photography by Jack Lisiecki. This wonderful Wolfe. Text written with and photography by Detailed, step-by-step instructions are pro- book will spur hopelessly addicted Santa carvers Douglas Congdon-Martin. Santimals capture all vided for carving and painting two ghostly to new heights and depths. Here are 60 of Al the charm of the season in a delightful way. Tom projects—“The Ghost with the Most” and Streetman’s whimsical, humorous caricature takes the reader step-by-step through the carving “Lon Gone.” Aside from instructing readers in patterns, bringing exciting new dimensions to of the raccoon Santimal, from the pattern to the their carving and painting techniques, Paul Santa carving. Al takes the carver step-by-step painting. Each step is clearly illustrated with a and Camille also provide patterns for five Hal- through the carving of a Santa flying on a candy full-color photograph and helpful description. loween figures and close to 100 drawings of cane to deliver his goods. All in all, the perfect Santimals include a goose, a hound dog, a duck, design details. fix for the Santa craving. a pig, a mouse, a fox, and a bear. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 105 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0608-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-996-2 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-440-5 • soft cover • $12.95

29 Angel Patterns for Carvers. Al Streetman. Tom Wolfe Carves Jointed Santas. Tom Snowmen Are Cool: Woodcarving Winter Enough patterns for a heavenly host, with step- Wolfe. Text written with and photography by Creations. Paul Bolinger and Camille Bolinger. by-step instructions for carving, painting, and Douglas Congdon-Martin. The jointed Santas Filled with numerous ideas and designs for antiquing. This is the perfect book for the new in this book are delightful, and they are easily perfect wood carved snowmen, this book is carver looking for the wisdom of experience carved. With step-by-step color photo illus- a fun and easy way to learn decorative wood- and for the veteran carver seeking some new trations you go from the carving to the joint carving while perfecting your creative skills. ideas and techniques. They make perfect gifts construction to the painting. In addition to the Easy-to-follow instructions and stress-free tips and, for those who sell their craft, they draw Santa carved in the book, there are patterns for will build your confidence and lead to results people to the table in droves. 8 others plus a nice sleigh. to be proud of. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 258 color photos • 64 pp. 29 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0275-2 • patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-539-8 • ISBN: 0-7643-0976-5 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $12.95

Carving Santas for Today with Tom Traditional Santa Carving with Tom Wolfe. The Edge of Christmas: Carving Christmas Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Easy-to-follow instruc- Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photography by Whimsies. Paul Bolinger. & Camille Bolinger. tions review some of the basic techniques of Douglas Congdon-Martin. Traditional Santas A guide for creating whimsical Christmas carving caricatures before introducing some have a warm place in the imaginations of figures to adorn the shelves, mantles, and new tricks for carving and finishing the figures children and the memories of adults. With ledges of all holiday homes. Patterns for A large gallery offering four-sided views of a easy to follow, step-by-step instructions nine new carvings, including a Teddy Bear, variety of Santas, is a useful guide. The exciting accompanied by full color photos, this is a a Moose, Snowmen, and, of course, Santas. variety of Santas will inspire carvers to produce great book for the beginning and intermediate The great design ideas to fit the carving skills full figure carvings, busts, ornaments, bottle carver. Patterns and a gallery are included. of novices and old hands alike. stoppers, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 336 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-366-2 • soft cover • $12.95 219 color prints, 20 b & w illustrations ISBN: 978-0-7643-3082-7 • soft cover • $14.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0687-1 • soft cover • $14.95 58 Carving: Christmas & HOLIDAYS, The Native American Style, Realistic Figures, Caricature Figures

Carving: Caricature Figures Carving Humorous Santas. Paul F. & Camille Carving the Native American Face. Terry Concepts to Caricatures: Celebrat- J. Bolinger. Photography by Pat McChesney. Kramer. Text written with and photography by ing 25 Years of Caricature Carving. With over 185 color photographs and easy Douglas Congdon-Martin. The Native American The Caricature Carvers of America. An instructions, Paul carefully guides the reader face has long fascinated artists in every medium. exclusive look into the creative carving through the carving techniques while his wife, In this new book, Terry Kramer offers the wood process of 26 of America’s top carvers. Camille, demonstrates the painting. Patterns for carver a method for creating realistic Native Includes a step-by-step chapter on carv- five other Santas and a photo gallery featuring American faces in wood. Each step is illustrated ing a baseball player, patterns, and over twenty humorous Santas sure to get the in full color and clearly described. individual chapters in which members creative juices flowing. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. of the Caricature Carvers of America Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 185 color photos ISBN: 978-0-88740-715-4 • soft cover • $12.99 describe their unique approaches. 12 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0423-2 • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 815 color & b/w images • 160 pp soft cover • $14.95 Carving: Realistic Figures ISBN: 978-0-7643-4977-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Carving and Painting an Heirloom Santa. Paul F. and Camille J. Bolinger. Learn to Carving the Historic Western Face. Carving Caricature Women. Debbie Barr. create delightful wooden Santas destined Bob Lundy. Three carving projects from Debbie Barr captures the lighter side of wom- to be treasured family heirlooms. With a the old west: the Cowboy, the Indian, en’s daily lives in her carvings, lives filled with combination of over 280 color photographs, and the Mountain Man, with instructions triumphs and travails. Debbie takes her readers a minimal set of carving tools, and easily and clear photos, going from the raw step-by-step through the process of transforming followed instructions, the reader is guided wood to a finished figure. A gallery of a block of basswood into a lively caricature with step-by-step through rough and detail carving 16 other figures is included to give the concise instructions, sound advice, and over 250 techniques and painting. Includes gallery of reader other ideas. color illustrations. the Bolingers’ heirloom Santas. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 406 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 284 color photos • 64 pp. 113 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-321-2 • soft ISBN: 0-7643-0649-9 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0194-2 • soft cover • $12.95 cover • $14.95

Carving Seasonal Decorations For Win- From Clay to Wood: Steps to Carving Carving Figural Kaleidoscopes: A New dows & Door Frames. Paul & Camille Bolinger. Realistic Faces. Terry Kramer. Nothing is more Twist - “Collide-A-Scope”. Steve Brown. New and exciting woodcarving designs to perk challenging to the carver than carving a realistic Carving delightful figurines with actual ka- up your home in any season. The designs and face. To help in the process Terry Kramer begins leidoscopes inside. Step-by-step instructions tips for carving a new door frame corner piece for with modeling clay. In a series of exercises, the illustrate carving techniques, painting, and each season or even each month. Ten innovative carver learns the basics about shaping the face installation of the kaleidoscope kit. Patterns and captivating designs, step-by-step techniques in clay, and then transferring that knowledge to and measurements are provided for those who with color photos, and gallery. wood. Fully illustrated with clear photographs wish to cut their own blanks. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. and drawings, each step is clearly explained to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 257 color photos 163 color photos, 12 diagrams/patterns take the carver to a satisfying result. 19 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0715-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400+ photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1695-8 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-714-5 • soft cover • $14.95

First Christmas Projects for Woodcarvers. Sculpting in Clay With Dale Power. Dale Carving Pen Figures. Steve Brown. Herein are Larry Green & Mike Altman. Photography by Power. All the steps needed to sculpt human 37 designs for unique pens portraying objects Steve Smith. Welcome to carving. This is a heads and complete animal figures in clay. and people. Steve Brown has a baseball player, a starting place to begin the adventure of sculpt- Instructive line drawings show the proper po- golfer, a fisherman, a farmer, a plumber, a doctor, ing wood. The book introduces the new carver sitioning of features on the human face and and a Nascar driver. There is a frontiersman, an to safety considerations, the fundamentals three different eye treatments. Two techniques Indian, an Uncle Sam, and a wizard, along with of sharpening, carving knives, palm carving for sculpting human heads are illustrated. For a bunch of new takes on the ever-popular Santa tools, and helpful aids for carving a Stocking added clarity, every step is accompanied by Claus. Includes step-by-step instructions and a Ornament, a Sleeping Santa Ornament, and color photographs. gallery of finished projects. a Snowman. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 250 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 140 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. 8 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0113-6 • 42 patterns • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0369-4 • soft cover • $14.95 soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0609-X • soft cover • $12.95

Carving Traditional Style Kachina Dolls. Helen Gibson Carves Saint Francis of Folk Carving with Shane Campbell. Shane Tom Moore. Patterns, background information, Assisi. Helen Gibson. This figure of St. Francis is Campbell. Go step-by-step through the process of and step-by-step instructions for carving and popular among carvers and collectors alike. Helen carving an articulated angel named Ruby and a painting the kachina-style dolls in the traditional Gibson offers clear step-by-step instructions for whirligig figure named Angelene. Project patterns manner. The author’s carvings feature the tra- the carving, with each step illustrated with an and over 260 color photographs accompany ditional “belly-acher” pose, bright colors of accurate color photo. This book will delight all the straightforward directions. There are also the 1980s style, and the all-wood approach carvers, novice or professional, providing them instructions for both painting folk figures and for currently favored by Hopi carvers. with new challenges while helping them move aging them using a method that is delightfully Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos • 64 pp. easily through the carving. simple and effective. ISBN: 0-7643-1243-X • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 260+ color photos, ISBN: 0-88740-586-X • soft cover • $12.95 6 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0465-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Carving: The Native American Style Carving Moses with Helen Gibson. Helen Carving Pins. Mary Finn. Accomplished wood- The Hopi Approach to the Art of Kachina Gibson with a Pattern by Harold Enlow. In earlier carver and teacher Mary Finn guides readers Doll Carving. Eric Bromberg. The beautiful books Helen Gibson has shared her techniques for through the creation of five colorful pin designs: diversity of Hopi Kachina dolls is pictorially carving the nativity and the figure of St. Francis a sunflower, cardinal, bunny, Santa, and rose. presented to show past, present, and evolv- of Asissi. Now she turns her attention to one of Includes methods for creating blanks, carving ing styles. These carved representations of the most dramatic figures in religious history: the piece, adding texture and other details, ceremonial figures taking part in celebrations Moses. Harold Enlow drew the pattern and painting, finishing, and attaching a pin to the of the Kachina religion are popular collectibles. Helen leads the reader step-by-step through back. Whether you want a dainty pin, a funky Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 color photos the carving process. pin, or a bolo, this book will provide the best 14 drawings • 94 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-062-0 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. tips and techniques. • soft cover • $9.95 ISBN: 0-88740-889-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1548-X • soft cover • $12.95

The Traditional Art of the Mask: Carving Carving Realistic Faces with Power. Frank Carving Egg Heads. Mary Finn. This book is a Transformation Mask. Lelooska. A rare C. Russell. Finally, a book for power carvers by the perfect start for anyone interested in carving look into the traditional carving of the beautiful a power carver! Learn to carve realistic facial detailed faces. Mary Finn uses her “practice masks of the Native American carvers of the Pacific features with confidence and ease. Concisely stick” method to show you how to carve each Northwest. Lelooska spent a lifetime creating illustrated, step-by-step directions for carving feature-eyes, nose, closed mouth, open mouth- these masks, a privilege bestowed upon him by the human head. Disciplines and guidelines with step by step directions that even beginners the Kwakiutl. In this book, completed shortly pertaining to facial layout and proportion are will find easy to follow. Then she shows you how before his death, he shares the traditional carving coupled with power carving techniques. Ten to arrange all of these pieces into one wooden techniques with carvers everywhere. projects and plans. egg to make a convincing head! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 360 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 134 photos 29 drawings • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 283 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0028-8 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 0-88740-486-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-993-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Carving: Caricature Figures 59

Carving Egg People. Mary Finn. Transform Carving Mexican Wrestlers. Ballo Rebora. Carving Caricature Figures from Scratch. commercially available wooden eggs into de- This book teaches wood carvers the steps neces- W. “Pete” LeClair. Pete LeClair shares his insights lightful characters. Four projects are illustrated: sary to create six Mexican wrestlers, the Lucha into carving whole figure caricatures from scratch. a Santa carving, a man in a business suit, a Libre. Patterns are provided for six different Heavily illustrated in color, the book starts with a butterfly-catching lady, and an ice hockey player. wrestlers and a referee to oversee the match. A simple block of bass wood, and goes all the way Steps show how to orient the egg, establish the gallery provides detailed pictures of each figure, through carving and painting of a figure. Each basic outline, complete details such as eyes, hair, from all sides, so no detail is overlooked. The step is illustrated and a helpful caption helps the and clothing, and paint the finished project. An text is provided in both English and Spanish. reader carry out the project. A gallery of figures ideal project for those with limited access to Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos & 7 patterns in the back shows the endless possibilities of saws or other large equipment. • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3604-1 • soft using Pete’s technique. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 210 color photos • 48 pp. cover • $16.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 373 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1313-4 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1233-2 • soft cover • $14.95

Caricature Relief Carving with Larry Green. Carving the Mariachi. Ballo Rebora. 249 Ron Ransom Carves An Amish Family. Ron Larry Green. Pattern design by Mike Altman. clear color photos and concise step-by-step text Ransom. Text written with and photography by Photography by Steve Smith. A host of original take wood carvers through every step necessary Jeffrey B. Snyder. Six patterns, clear instructions, caricatures to give beginning and experienced to carve and paint the trumpet playing member and color photos guide you in carving a family carver hours of carving enjoyment. Carved in the of a classic Mexican Mariachi band. Patterns in traditional Amish dress. Out of respect for relief style from 3/4" wood, each step to create a are provided for all five members: the trumpet their preferences, Ron has left the faces blank. female graduate, a cowboy, and a male basketball player, singer, bass player, guitar player, and violin Reflecting the Amish lifestyle, Ron’s tools, tech- player is illustrated with a full-color photograph player. This book will be a wonderful, humorous niques and instructions are plain and simple. and helpful description. 2 challenge for carvers of all levels of experience. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 249 color photos & 6 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-893-1 • 23 patterns, gallery • 64 pp. 6 b/w patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643- soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-542-8 • soft cover • $12.95 3147-3 • soft cover • $14.99

Carving Comic Clocks. Larry Green & Mike Carving a Bull Fighter & the Bull. Ballo Carving Folk Figures with Power. Frank Altman. Photography by Steve Smith. Time will Rebora. From wood blank to finished figures, Russell. Tall tales, local legends, and personal fly when you open the pages of Carving Comic Ballo Rebora guides readers through all the ruminations are transformed into folk figures by Clocks. In fact, you’ll find yourself whittling carving and painting steps needed to create a Frank Russell. Follow his detailed instructions away the hours carving these whimsical cre- caricature matador and his four-legged adversary. with photographs and project plans to create ations. The book features 10 clock patterns Uses simple, easily followed instructions, 280 nine delightful folk figures in wood using power carved in the relief style from 3/4" wood. full color images, and patterns are provided for carving tools. Accompanying the stories and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 279 color photos • 64 pp. two different matadors and the bull. projects are comprehensive instructions for 10 patterns with 60 faces • ISBN: 0-88740-846-X Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. carving small details of hands, feet, clothing • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2910-4 • soft cover • $14.95 and shoes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 188 photos, 52 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-854-0 • soft cover • $12.95

First Projects for Woodcarvers: A Pictorial Carving Caricature Bookmarks: A Begin- Carving Motorcycle Riders with Cleve Introduction to Wood Carving. Larry Green ner’s Step-by-Step Guide. Chris Morgan. Taylor. Cleve Taylor. Cleve Taylor takes to the & Mike Altman. A pictorial starting place for Illustrated, step-by-step instructions provide road, steering readers effortlessly through every the adventure of woodcarving, introducing carvers of all skill levels with fresh ideas for step needed to carve an impressive and humorous the new carver to safety considerations, the weekend carvings. Make a Santa head or an caricature of a motorcyclist and his bike. Over fundamentals of sharpening and carving. Three Abraham Lincoln. Chapters include basic cuts, 225 color photographs illustrate Cleve’s clear, projects are included, designed with the new safety tips, project layout, and carving, painting, concise instructions. When this basswood figure carver in mind: a cowboy boot, a dog, and a and assembling the bookmark. For beginners and his bike are complete, instructions are also 3-piece stylized nativity. and seasoned carvers. provided for painting and aging. Patterns are Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 color images, 7 patterns provided for both the figure and the bike. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-959-8 • • 64 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4083-3 • soft Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.99 cover • $16.99 ISBN: 0-7643-0647-2 • soft cover • $14.95

Carving Boots and Shoes with Larry Green. Carving Caricature Nametags. Chris Morgan. Cowboy Carving with Cleve Taylor. Cleve Larry Green. Photography by Brian Lakin, pattern This unique carving book features five projects Taylor. Text written with and photography by graphics by Duane Calhoun. Transform a block that will get your creativity flowing, allowing Jeffrey B. Snyder. The combination of exacting of wood into a boot or shoe, giving it a unique woodcarvers of all skill levels to create their detail and wry good humor that Cleve brings design, character and personality. Five boot and own personalized nametags. Using minimal to his carvings is now shared with his read- shoe projects are described in detail, including tools and wood, more than 300 color images ers. Each step is well-illustrated with full color a baby shoe, a work book, a cowboy boot, a provide easy, step-by-step instructions and photographs. Patterns for four cowboys and a “Storm” boot, and a ski boot. A gallery includes various patterns for making them. horse are provided. several other styles, including the Old Lady in Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 305 color images • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos the Shoe’s shoe. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4187-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-641-6 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-390-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving the Old Woman’s Shoe with Carving Caricature Busts. W. Pete LeClair. Carving Mountain Men with Cleve Taylor. Larry Green. Larry Green. Pattern design Pete shares a great number of techniques and Cleve Taylor. Text written with and photography by Mike Altman. Photography by Steve Smith. secrets of caricature carving in this volume, by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Accomplished carver and A Mother Goose nursery rhyme comes to paying attention, as always, to the minute teacher Cleve Taylor takes to the hills, carving life. Step-by-step instructions will lead you details that make the difference between a mountain men of years gone by. Patterns are through carving this famous shoe, a carved good carving and a great carving. Every step is included with the instructions to carve both the yard and flowers carved from round tooth- illustrated with a color photograph and a clear mountain man and his long rifle. The project picks! The book gives suggestions on tools explanation. Patterns and a gallery, showing presented here is a challenge for the carver with which you will need and provides complete all sides of the works, are included to help the a course or two under the belt and a delight for instructions on painting and finishing the shoe. carver even more. the more advanced wood carver. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 375 color photos • 80 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-603-3 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1497-1 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0654-5 • soft cover • $14.95

Power Carving Boots & Shoes. Roman Carving Caricature Heads & Faces. W. Hangin’ In There: Creative Cowboy Hrytsak. Using a rotary power tool fitted with “Pete” LeClair. Caricatures demand the same Carving. Cleve Taylor. Text written with and a flex-shaft hand piece, carving burrs, and skill and sense of proportion that realistic figures photography by Jeffrey B. Snyder. Cleve takes sanding drums, learn how to give a boot or do. This is particularly true of carving heads, you step-by-step through the process of carving shoe a distinctive character. Create women’s which can easily become grotesque looking if a cowboy, his horse, the cliff, and all the little high-heel boots, hiking boots, casual slip-on certain rules are not followed. This book takes details that complete this delightful work of art. boots, and brogues. A gallery of completed you step-by-step through carving projects, each Concise directions, 265 color photographs, and projects offers inspiration for your own creative step illustrated with a color photograph and detailed patterns guide you through the carving ideas. For carvers of all skill levels. precise caption. A gallery is included. process and detailed painting instructions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color images, 12 pat- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 photos, 7 patterns • terns • 64 pp. •ISBN: 978-0-7643-4615-6 • 33 caricature carvings • ISBN: 0-88740-784-6 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-841-9 • soft cover soft cover • $16.99 • soft cover • $12.95 • $12.95 60 Carving: Caricature Figures

Carving Fishermen and the Tall Tale. Cleve 20 Pencil People Patterns for Carvers. Al Basic Penknife Carving with Tom Wolfe. Taylor. Text written with and photography by Streetman. The step-by-step process of carving Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe goes back to basics. With Jeffrey B. Snyder. Cleve Taylor captures the and painting these unique pencil-thin creations. a single knife, he carves a reclining country figure foibles and follies of fishermen in four basswood The task is made simpler with 126 photos and and teaches the basic methods of woodcarving. figures, and reveals the subtle secrets of facial complete patterns for 20 unique figures, such Each cut is illustrated with a full-color photograph, expression. Clear photos and instructions take as Santas, elves, and the featured pirate project. an important visual aid to learning this fun the carver through each step of the project from In addition to sharing tips and secrets regarding craft. These projects are simple and fun. The the initial pattern layout to the final painting head, hand, and body carving, detailed sug- new carver will find that the mysteries of this and mounting of the finished figure. gestions about carving tools and painting are art quickly disappear, allowing them to quickly Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 237 color photos, included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 126 color photos learn the skills they need. 4 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-903-2 • 26 illustrations • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0034-2 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ color photos • 48 pp. soft cover • $12.95 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-499-5 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving Elves. Kelley Stadelman. Step-by-step Carving a 1930s Street Scene. Cari- Caricatures in Clay with Tom Wolfe. Tom through the process of carving a life-sized elf. cature Carvers of America. The Caricature Wolfe. The almost limitless medium of polymer Kelley makes it easy and enjoyable and the Carvers of America present an original clay and Tom’s eye for character and caricature result is a wonderful creature in the primitive 1930s street scene carved in a caricature combine to produce some endearing and delightful style that will adorn your home or shop. Each style, complete with renditions of period creatures. Fully illustrated with beautiful color step is illustrated with a color photograph and buildings and over 100 caricature wood- photographs, it takes the carver and modeler descriptive caption. Patterns are included for carvings. Chapters include step-by-step step-by-step through the process of creating the main project and several similar projects. instructions for carving a caricature figure, a male and a female caricature bust. A gallery Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos painting and finishing techniques, plus spurs the imagination even further. Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-709-9 • patterns for many of the original carvings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color photos • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-713-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4601-9 • soft cover • $29.99

15 Elf & Gnome Patterns. Al Streetman. 15 Caricatures in Motion. Caricature The Yam Yankee & Other Veggie Carving different patterns drawn with the beginner Carvers of America. Running, jumping, Projects. Tom Wolfe. Sweet potatoes are firm in mind, but with plenty of potential for the walking, or subtle twists or turns of the enough to take the knife, and inexpensive enough experienced carver. Step-by-step instructions body can give a carving a sense of motion. to take a mistake or two. That makes them the and color photography, cover the first project Some of the leading American caricature perfect medium for new carvers or for experienced from start to finish. Helpful general advice about carvers share their “moving” carvings, carvers learning new techniques. And there is technique, finer details, and painting; includes a with information about the work and the more!!! As the vegetables dry and wizen, they full-color gallery of finished projects. carving process. Phil Bishop goes step- take on wrinkles and twists that give them truly Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 112 photos, 15 patterns • 64 by-step through one project. Each project surprising and delightful character. pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0842-4 • soft cover • $14.95 has a pattern. Patterns are provided. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 color photos • 64 pp. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 349 photos & patterns • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0500-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3873-1 • soft cover • $19.99

Carving a Street-Corner Band. Al Streetman. Carving an 1880s Western Train: Its Carving the Civil War with Tom Wolfe. Capture the magic and fun of a street-corner Passengers & Crew. The Caricature Tom Wolfe. Text written with Douglas Cong- band, with eight different personalities jamming Carvers of America. This 1880s-style don-Martin. A dramatic period in American away, heart and soul, for passers-by. Al guides Western Train and its characters carved history comes to life in these carvings. Union the reader step-by-step through the carving of by North America’s best caricature and Confederate soldiers are featured with “Hurricane” Brown, the saxophone player for this carvers. Patterns and instructions are step-by-step illustrated instructions for carving. wonderful ensemble, from pattern to painting. provided to encourage others to try their One figure is carved all the way through, and New and advanced carvers alike will learn a hand at this fun creative art. patterns are provided for others. great deal from Al’s many years of experience! Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • full color • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 181 color photos and patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-369-7 • soft cover • $12.95 8 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1328-2 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3381-1 • soft cover • $16.99 soft cover • $14.95

Tom Wolfe Carves Egg Heads & Other Carving Clowns with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. 25 Uncle Sam Patterns for Carvers. Al “Eggcellent” Things. Tom Wolfe. Step- Clowns are the ideal subjects for caricature Streetman. Foreword by Harold Enlow. One the by-step the reader is taken through two carvers, especially in the hands of Tom Wolfe. most familiar characters of American folk art is projects from wooden eggs, a caricature Here he carves one clown from beginning to Uncle Sam. Al Streetman captures the spirit of head and a bird, learning the techniques of end, with each step illustrated to help the carver. Uncle Sam in these 25 patterns. In addition the good caricature carving from one of the best. Other patterns are shared for clowns in various book contains carving tips, step-by-step instruc- Each step is photographed in a clear, color image, comic settings and are illustrated in the gallery. tions for carving one of the Uncle Sams, and with a concise, easy-to-understand explanation Also included is a brief section on carving the painting instructions. A gallery of many of Al’s of what is happening and how to do it. letters used to label the pieces. creations gets the carver’s imagination roaring. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 50 color photos ISBN: 978-0-7643-3037-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Patterns, gallery • 64 pp. 25 patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-717-X • ISBN: 0-88740-897-4 • soft cover • $12.95 soft cover • $12.95 Carving From Roughouts with Tom Wolfe. Carving Desperados with Tom Wolfe. 25 Gunfighter Patterns for Carvers. Al Text written with and photography by Molly Tom Wolfe. To help carvers with the challenge Streetman. Photography by Jack Lisiecki. Al Higgins. A roughout is the start of a carving of carving the head and face, Tom carves busts, Streetman goes west with a new carving and that allows the carver to skip the first few steps about 8 inches tall. One figure is carved step-by- pattern book. This time he shares the secrets to go right into the “good part.” Tom Wolfe step, with clear color photographs illustrating of carving the western gunfighter, and provides guides you step-by-step through the carving of a each technique. They carry the reader from laying the carver with 25 creative patterns...enough roughout with an emphasis on staying loose with the pattern on the blank to the final painting. for the O.K. Corral and more! the carving and seeing its endless possibilities. Also included are patterns for 15 other figures Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos, 25 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 301 color photos • 64 pp. and a full color gallery of 23 finished busts. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-783-8 • ISBN: 0-7643-0736-3 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 295 color photos soft cover • $12.95 16 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0097-0 • soft cover • $12.95

Carving Cigar Humidors with Tom Wolfe. Carving Gnomes with Tom Wolfe. Tom 29 Cowboy Patterns for Carvers. Al Street- Tom Wolfe. Text written with and photography Wolfe. Text written with and photography by man. Even in this modern age cowboys and the by Douglas Congdon-Martin. From a caricature Douglas Congdon-Martin. Create a whole com- “Old West” still capture the imaginations of Texas Troubadour Humidor to a simply elegant munity of gnomes, bringing them to life from woodcarvers. Here are 29 patterns for carving decoy humidor, Tom opens a new range of blocks of wood. With each step illustrated in great cowboys, plus added ideas for settings. carving for both novice and experienced carvers. full color, Tom takes the carver cut-by-cut to With Al Streetman’s helpful advice, this book The results are useful objects that catch the a finished figure. A gallery and patterns for 5 can be used by greenhorns and saddle-worn eye and the imagination. An amply illustrated other gnomes plus accessories are included. carvers alike. gallery and many patterns make this book a In this book, Tom makes extensive use of the Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 29 patterns • 48 pp. vital addition to your carving book collection. power carving tools. ISBN: 0-7643-0187-X • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • Patterns • ISBN: 0-7643-0420-8 • soft cover • $14.95 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-537-1 • soft cover • $12.95 Carving: Caricature Figures, Woodspirits, Canes & Walking sticks 61

Carving Out the Wild West with Tom Carving Bottlestoppers with Tom Wolfe. Carving Animal Canes & Walking Sticks. Wolfe: The Saloon. Tom Wolfe. Text written Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe shows the process of Frank C. Russell. Over 180 color photos and with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Taken separately, carving bottlestoppers in his own, unique way. concise text take the reader through all the tools, these mythic figures of the Wild West-the cowboy, Preparing the wood block, carving, painting, and techniques, and individual steps, for carving gambler, bartender, sheriff, and soiled dove-offer applying the hardware are covered in detail and life-like animal-head canes with power tools. interesting challenges to the carver. Together illustrated in detail with full color photographs. From choosing the blank and setting the eyes they make an enchanting scene. Fully illustrated, The reader gets a clear idea of what needs to be to texturing the fur and painting the finished step-by-step instructions from the blank to the done and how to do it! handle, you learn all the steps. Fifteen different painted figure. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 297 color photos • 64 pp. animal patterns are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3222-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 174 color ISBN: 0-88740-368-9 • soft cover • $12.95 & 22 b/w photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2381-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Carving: Woodspirits Carving Wizards with Tom Wolfe. Tom Carving Wildfowl Canes and Walking Wolfe. Text written with and photography by Tom Wolfe Carves Wood Spirits and Walk- Sticks with Power. Frank C. Russell. Over Douglas Congdon-Martin. These fanciful figures ing Sticks. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and 145 clear color photographs illustrate each let the imagination run wild. You can make them photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom step required to create beautiful, lifelike water- friendly or sinister, young or old, comic or deadly has been carving these Spirits for years, and they fowl cane handles with power tools. Patterns serious. Tom gives patterns and step-by-step are constantly in demand. Now he leads the are provided for fifteen different cane handle instructions illustrated in full color. The gallery carver, step-by-step, through their creation, each projects, ranging from the American Flamingo has a coven of Wizards, in both full-figure and step illustrated in beautiful color photographs. to the Wood Duck. bust forms. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 148 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos ISBN: 0-88740-441-3 • soft cover • $12.95 32 line drawings • 80 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-712-9 • ISBN: 978-0-7643-1589-3 • soft cover • $14.99 soft cover • $12.95

Country Carving. Tom Wolfe. Tom’s classic first Carving Traditional Woodspirits with Tom Tom Wolfe Carves Spirit Canes. Tom Wolfe. book. Over 500 black-and-white photographs Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and From a sapling straight from the hillside to a and illustrations present the techniques for photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. charming cane, every step of carving is explained. carving hound dogs, raccoons, and a coon hunter Woodspirits carved in the traditional Bavarian Tom begins with prepping the sapling, helps the as well as their surroundings. Color photographs style made lively and creative by Tom’s creative reader think through the design of the spirit that show the complete painting process and the touch. Each Woodspirit springs from a unique will emerge, and explains the various carving delight of the finished carvings. piece of wood, but the technique and the techniques that are needed to do the work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 91 color photos, 455 sequence of carving can be easily learned Finally he shows the painting and finishing steps, b/w photos • 136 pp.ISBN: 0-88740-105-8 • through the step-by-step color illustrations. including ways to conceal unexpected problems. soft cover • $15.95 A gallery of several Woodspirits is included. Each step is clearly photographed in color. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 48 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 219 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-538-X • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3051-3 • soft cover • $14.99

Country Carving (Pig Pickin’). Tom Wolfe. Power Carving House Spirits with Tom Carving Canes & Walking Sticks with Tom Wolfe offers his most popular woodcarving Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. House spirits can be found Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and with step-by-step instructions. Because the book almost anywhere in the wood and timbers of the photography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. A starts with the bandsawing of the pattern and home. Tom Wolfe shows you how to coax them Tom Wolfe book devoted to canes and walking continues through the painting, even a novice out of their hiding places with power tools. Five sticks. Patterns for eleven figures are included should be able to complete the project. At the patterns are included. Tom provides step-by-step with two of them carved step-by-step. The carver same time, the seasoned carver will benefit from instructions with over 230 color photographs. can follow the color photographs of each step, Tom’s technique and expertise, and everyone These projects will challenge the beginner and using the concise caption. will enjoy Tom’s anecdotes about country life. will fascinate the more advanced power carver. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 38 color photos, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Over 230 color photos, 5 patterns, gallery • 48 pp. 500 b/w photos • 136 pp. patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0183-7 • ISBN: 978-0-88740-587-7 • soft cover • $12.99 ISBN: 0-88740-130-9 • soft cover • $15.95 soft cover • $12.95

The Golfers: Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom Carving Golf Ball Spirits. Tom Wolfe. Follow Carving Fancy Walking Sticks. Tom Wolfe. Wolfe with Douglas Congdon-Martin. Step-by- Tom Wolfe step by step through the process The knob of the walking stick provides the carver step instructions for carving an amusing golfing of carving two tiny demons that reside in the with many possibilities. In this book Tom Wolfe figure from wood, painting it, and displaying it. black heart of every golf ball. Every step is carves a woodsman’s head. He takes the reader Full of original personality and a spark of wit, the clearly explained and illustrated in color. Once through the process from the beginning of the design will delight all who encounter it. Other the carving is complete, bring the demon to life carving to the attachment of the head to the patterns make up a foursome, with a color gallery with a staining technique. A color gallery shows shaft and the decoration of the shaft. Each illustrating all. As a companion piece or by itself, the finished projects and additional carvings. step is illustrated with a color photograph and this is an exciting new project for carvers. Enjoy. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 64 pp. a clear explanation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos, ISBN: 978-0-7643-3148-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1565-X • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-293-3 • soft cover • $12.95

Out to the Ball Game with Tom Wolfe. Tom Tom Wolfe Carves Bottlespirits & Neck- Carving a Friendship Cane. Tom Wolfe. Gallery Wolfe. Text written with and photography by hangers. Tom Wolfe. Once you decide what kind Contributions from his Friends in the Caricatures Carvers Douglas Congdon-Martin. Tom Wolfe takes his of spirits are living in your bottles, Tom Wolfe of America. Carving a wonderful cane made up of creative talent to the National Game: baseball. will set you to work carving charming faces to many segments to be carved by one person or by a With easy to follow instructions, Tom helps match, using small pieces of scrap wood, basic group. Every step illustrated. Carving contributors: the carver bring the classic ballplayer out of carving tools and paint, and not much time. The J. Price; P. Ortel; S.Prescott; H. Schmitzen; R. Weth- a block of wood. Each cut is illustrated with a finished carvings could be hung around a bottle, erbee; B. Travis; D. Dunham; D. Stetson; K.Morrill; J. full-color photograph, an important visual aid a neck, on a Christmas tree! Wannamaker; T. Haase; D. Raine; M.Kaisersatt; D. to learning this fun craft. Size: 8" x 11" • 212 color photos • 64 pp. Rasmussen; H. Refsal; H. Enlow; C. Bolton; G. Batte; Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0735-5 • soft cover • $14.95 D. Hajny; P. LeClair; and R. Landen. ISBN: 0-88740-497-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photosn 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-891-5 • soft cover • $12.95 Carving: Canes & Walking sticks Through the Looking Glass with Tom Creative Canes & Walking Sticks: Carving Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. Text written with and pho- Sculpting Cane Handles. Nicolo Scariano. with Tom Wolfe. Tom Wolfe. A brand new book tography by Douglas Congdon-Martin. Alice Over 160 clear color photos detail the making from Tom Wolfe with more original patterns and and her friends are brought to life through and provide examples of different cane forms different techniques to produce creative canes Tom Wolfe’s carving. As usual, Tom leads the produced. Among the handles featured are and walking sticks. Also included are designs carver through the project with easy-to-follow, examples in zebra, Colorplay, and holly woods. for sword canes. As always each step is clearly step-by-step instructions, illustrated in full-color In form the handles are varied as well, including illustrated in full color and patterns are presented photographs. examples in the female form, as birds, animals, to aid the carver in his or her own creation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos, lip handles, and low relief decoration. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-380-8 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • 64 pp. 11 patterns • 64 pp. soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-2823-7 • soft cover • $14.95 ISBN: 0-88740-885-0 • soft cover • $12.95 62 Carving: Canes & Walking sticks, Relief, Sign & Other, Chip Carving • Boat Building • Model Building

86 Cane Patterns for the Woodcarver. Scenic Relief Carving. Georg Keilhofer. Text Artistry in Chip Carving: A Lyrical Style. Tom Wolfe. Forever fascinated by canes, the written with and photos by Douglas Cong- Craig Vandall Stevens. Drawing from the art of author has always collected them and made don-Martin. Scenic relief carving is the art of Asian brush painting, Craig Stevens introduces a many of his own. Walking sticks come in three bringing life and depth to a carving that is es- unique form of chip carving. With clean flowing basic categories: the cane; the staff or hiking sentially two-dimensional. Now Georg Keilhofer lines the knife creates delicate images in wood, stick; and the chest-high quarterstaff. Each of shares this traditional German technique with his relying on the play of the grain and light to bring these types is generously represented among readers and students. Go step-by-step through the images to life. Move step-by-step through the 86 patterns in this book. Their designs the carving of a deer running through the forest. the carving of the two projects with clear color include everything from fish to dragons and Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. photos and concise descriptions of the techniques. birds to beavers. 270 color photographs with instructions Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 86 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-788-9 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-940-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-0372-4 • soft cover • $14.95

Tom Wolfe Carves Fancy Canes. Tom Wolfe- Relief Carving with Bob Lundy: Chip Carving Nature: An Artistic Approach. Text written with & photography by Molly Higgins. “Scenery in Wood.” Bob Lundy. Na- Craig Vandall Stevens. Images from nature using Tom Wolfe guides the reader through the carving tionally-known carver Bob Lundy shares carved shapes and patterns rather than outlining of a particularly clever cane, a fancy bird that the techniques of relief carving in an the subject. Craig shares his method, going doubles as a nutcracker. He explains carving, easy to follow book. Amply illustrated, step-by-step through the carving process. Every painting, and finishing the piece, as well as it takes the reader step-by-step through carving step for the main project is illustrated fitting the handle to the spindle. The step-by-step two carving projects and offers the infor- with a clear color photo and a concise description. instructions are clear enough for the beginner mation needed to carry out even more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. and advanced carver alike. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250+ photos • 96 pp. 295 color photos, patterns, drawings Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 162 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-439-1 • soft cover • ISBN: 0-7643-0029-6 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-7643-1343-6 • soft cover • $14.95 $14.95

Router Canes. Dale Power. With a combina- tion of simple instructions and over 220 clear Carving a Traditional Cape Cod Sign. Paul Boat Building color photographs, Dale Power takes readers White. The incised carved letters of the Cape through the process of creating beautiful wooden Cod sign, glistening with gold leaf, make a How to Build a Flatiron Skiff: Simple traveling canes with power tools. Directions are warm invitation to home or business. Here is the Steps Using Basic Tools. K. D. Jones. Using provided for the creation of cane handles, the step-by-step process of carving a quarterboard, economical materials, simple techniques, and installation or creation of screw mounts joining beginning with the layout of the letters and hand-powered tools, you can start building a the two cane shaft segments, and for staining pattern, and continuing through the gilding. A flatiron skiff in spring and be on the water by the completed canes. complete alphabet is included. There is also a summer. The author presents recommended Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225+ color photos • 64 pp. gallery with a variety of designs. Each step is tools and accessories, design variations, in- ISBN: 0-7643-1523-4 • soft cover • $14.95 illustrated in full color, with concise instructions. structional photographs and drawings, and a Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. history of this underappreciated boat type. Size: ISBN: 0-88740-575-4 • soft cover • $12.95 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 105 color photos Carving: Relief, Sign & Other & 11 drawings • 88 pp Country Flat Carving with Tom Wolfe. Tom ISBN: 978-0-7643-4885-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Relief Carving with Nora Hall. Nora Hall. Wolfe with Doug Congdon-Martin. Tom has been Take your carving to the next level, as Master making signs and other flatcarvings for many Woodstrip Rowing Craft. Susan Van Leuven. Woodcarver Nora Hall demonstrates the funda- years, bringing to them the same creativity and Over 835 clear color photos cover every step mentals of carving and how to properly handle skill he brings to his three-dimensional work. The required to create two wood strip rowing craft the tools. With 172 images, step-by-step, illus- three projects include a potholder holder, the for both sport fishing and sculling. The wooden trated exercises are given throughout the book. man in the moon, and a welcome sign. Step- parts are made with ordinary woodshop tools, Chapters include carving methods, fundamentals by-step instructions, all illustrated in full color. materials, and standard working techniques. of letter carving, and relief ornamental carving. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Fiberglass and epoxy can be applied successfully Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 192 color images • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-278-X • soft cover • $9.95 by the first-time user. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3938-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 880+ photos • 288 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2553-1 • hard cover • $49.95

Acanthus Carving and Design. Bob Yorburg Carving: Chip Carving & Hans Sandom, Illustrator. 254 detailed color Illustrated Guide to Wood Strip photos, 168 line drawings, and step-by-step Basic Chip Carving with Pam Gresham. Canoe Building. Susan Van Leuven. instructions teach drawing and transferring Pam Gresham. A method of study that will Make your own, custom-built canoe. This patterns, wood preparation, tool sharpening, allow beginners to learn the fundamentals of comprehensive, detailed guide to the carving and detailing, and finishing. Two projects chip carving and help more advanced carvers process of constructing a high-quality are presented, a breadboard and pierced panel, to hone their skills. This book studies in depth wood strip canoe is written especially along with a glossary of technical terms and a the fundamental techniques of chip carving. for the novice boat builder. All phases of gallery of finished examples for further inspiration. It progresses from the easiest to the hardest construction are extensively illustrated Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 290 color photos • 128 pp. cuts and includes designs and projects after with color photos and line drawings. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3506-8 • soft cover • $24.99 each exercise. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160 pp. • 490 color Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280+ color photos • 64 pp photos, 67 line drawings • ISBN: 0-7643-0537-9 • hard cover • $39.95 ISBN13: 9780887404986 • soft cover • $14.99 Practical Woodcarving: Design and Appli- Preliminary Design of Boats and Ships. Cyrus cation. James E. Seitz. Full of ideas for designing Chip Carving Pennsylvania Dutch Designs. Hamlin. Written by an experienced naval architect, and creating 155 unique and handmade projects, Pam Gresham. Explore the wealth of design intelligent amateurs are prepared to create conceptual all of which can be used in and around the house motifs developed by the German immigrants to vessel designs ready for a naval architect’s finishing or given as gifts. Using easy-to-follow language, Pennsylvania and perfect for chip carving. Pam touches. Covers a variety of watercraft, so can be the book covers important principles in design applies a variety of the designs to a “Wilkom” useful for envisioning a cruising yacht or a sixty-foot and decoration. Different methods and styles plaque and a beautiful bible box, leading the fishing boat. of carving are also shown. A comprehensive carver step-by-step through the process of chip Size: 7" x 10" • 116 illustrations source of inspiration and information for carvers. carving each of these creations. Glossary/Index • 316 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 217 color photos Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-621-8 • hard cover • $34.99 33 patterns • 128 pp. 250 step-by-step color photos, patterns ISBN: 0-7643-1690-7 • soft cover • $24.95 ISBN: 0-88740-711-0 • soft cover • $12.95 Model Building

Georg Keilhofer’s Traditional Carving: Chip Carving the Southwest. Pam Gresham. Fundamentals of Model Boat Building. Basic Relief Carving. Georg Keilhofer. Text TThe patterns of the Southwest have delighted John Into & Nancy Price. Learn the skills necessary written with and photography by Douglas Con- tourists and art lovers for hundreds of years. Pam to successfully create an accurate model boat gdon-Martin. Georg Keilhofer shares traditional Gresham incorporates them into the art of chip from scratch, including structural elements, paper German carving techniques with students in his carving, a marriage that works beautifully! Here model renderings, measuring hull features, and studio, and now in this book. Here are the basic are many patterns and ideas, and the techniques creating mechanical drawings. The detailed text skills of relief carving. Step by step he takes the of layout and execution. Each step is illustrated guides readers to make a model Chesapeake reader through tool selection, understanding with a color photograph, every project has Bay “Deadrise” workboat. wood, and carving techniques. accurate drawings. A gallery gives the carver Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 color photos & 94 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos some idea of the limitless possibilities. drawings • 160 pp. Patterns • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-785-4 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3105-3 • hard cover • $34.99 soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 0-88740-699-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Model Building • Woodworking Tools 63

Model Boat Building Made Simple. Steve Model Building with Brass. Kenneth C. Festool®Essentials: The Sanders. The Rogers. Using drawings and step-by-step col- Foran. All the tools and techniques necessary Festool sanding system meets every sanding or photographs and captions, the process of to successfully build models with brass. Whether need, making the task faster and more enjoyable. building a model boat is easily understood and substituting plastic model kit parts with brass, Each of the 11 models is covered in detail and followed. The materials needed can be bought creating master patterns for casting, or scratch applications are explained. In addition the Fes- at hobby shops, lumber yards, and hardware building brass models, instructions are provided tool dust extraction system and its accessories stores. The tools are basic. Even the novice for modelers of all skill levels. World Master are explained. model builder can complete a fine model, a Model Builder Ken Foran has created a book Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color photos • 160 pp. simple, yet elegant skiff, incorporating many of for modelers of all skill levels. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3322-4 • soft cover • $29.99 the original construction techniques. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 327 photos • 160 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Color photos & drawings • 64 ISBN: 978-0-7643-4004-8 • hard cover • $34.99 pp.• ISBN: 0-88740-388-3 • soft cover • $15.95

Ships in Bottles. Guy DeMarco. Revised and Model Boat Building: The Lobster Boat. expanded 2nd edition. Five projects explained Festool® Essentials: The DOMINO DF 500 Steve Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. Using the clearly, step-by-step through drawings and Joining System: With CT Dust Extraction lines of boats built before 1940 by Alvin Beal, black-and-white and color photographs. Woven System. A user’s guide to the Festool Dom- Steve takes the modeller step-by-step through into the instructions is historical background that ino DF 500 Joining System, gives a complete, the process of building an authentic scale model gives the ships and bottles greater interest and easy-to-understand explanation and a step-by- lobster boat. In over 250 color photographs he authenticity. The modeler is led slowly through step instructions for its use and applications. begins with the sculpting of the builder’s model, the steps to create this legendary art form. The tool itself is covered in detail, with settings, upon which are laid the ribs and hull of the boat, Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 38 b/w photos, 16 color adjustments, variations, accessories, and several and continues through the building of accessories photos • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0999-4 • soft applications. Also covers, in detail, the Festool and the painting of the boat. cover • $14.95 CT Dust Extraction System. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 349 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-642-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3104-6 • soft cover • $29.99

Ship Model Building. 3rd Edition. Gene Johnson. Model Boat Building: The Spritsail Skiff. The most complete instructions for model shipbuilding. Festool® Essentials: TS 55 & TS 75 Por- Steve Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. With beau- Features a typical whaling vessel, river and harbor table Plunge Saws: With FS/2 Guide Rail, tiful color photographs, helpful drawings, and a ferryboats, working plans for a clipper ship, Gloucester MFT Multifunction Table, & CT Dust Ex- wealth of knowledge that comes from years of fisherman, harbor tugboat, dragger, and “ironclads” traction System. A user’s guide to the Festool craftsmanship, Steve Rogers leads the reader Monitor and Merrimac. More than 1000 diagrams. The TS 55 EQ & TS 75 EQ portable plunge-cut saws, through the building of a model of the North book is unusual in its attention to minute and authentic gives a complete, easy-to-understand explana- Carolina Spritsail Skiff. The model is in one-inch detail, supplying more than a thousand diagrams. tion of the Festool sawing system, with step-by- scale and is built in much the same way as the Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w photos, 22 illus., 6 plans, & 157 step instructions for its use and applications. The actual boat was. Clear step-by-step directions plates of drawings • Index • 320 pp. Festool guide rail system, multifunction work are given for everything from the jigs to the sails. ISBN: 978-0-87033-369-9 • soft cover • $12.95 table, and dust extraction system are covered. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • 64 pp. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-534-7 • soft cover • $12.95 ISBN: 978-0-7643-3103-9 • soft cover • $29.99

Building Architectural Models. Guy & Model Boat Building: The Skipjack. Steve Patricia DeMarco. A primer for the design, con- Home Woodworker Series: Home Work- Rogers & Patricia Staby-Rogers. Steve Rogers struction, and presentation of the three-dimen- shop Setup – The Complete Guide Jim offers a guide for building a model skipjack, sional model from conceptual drawings. The Harrold, editor. Now that you’ve cleaned out leading the craftsperson step-by-step through process begins with the construction of a cube the garage or finally freed up some space in the process. The result is a beautiful boat in and tetrahedron, and moves on to encompass the basement, it’s time to start planning your full sail. The model is in 1/2" scale, based on a manufactured modules, a commercial building, ideal home workshop. Fortunately, this second skipjack that is 45 feet on deck with a 15 foot a single-story house, and a city rowhouse. installment of the Home Woodworker Series beam. Drawings, patterns, jigs, and accessories Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 color photos • 64 pp. has everything you need to create the efficient, are all detailed. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1071-2 • soft cover • $14.95 safe, clean, and comfortable workspace you’ve 390 color photos, drawings, designs envisioned escaping to for your woodworking. ISBN: 0-88740-937-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ images • 88 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4418-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Woodworking Tools Model Boat Building: The Menhaden Steamer. Steve Rogers and Patricia Staby Hand Planes in the Modern Shop. Kerry Rogers. A step-by-step guide to building a Pierce. Plane users and collectors will find a Storage & Organization in the Home classic working boat, the menhaden steamer. wealth of straightforward how-to information, Workshop: Home Woodworker Series Modeler Steve Rogers guides the reader through backed up by more than 500 images in this Home Workshop Storage: 21 Projects to the complete process, hull master to rigging, definitive guide to hand planes. Using hand Build. Jim Harrold, editor. Improve your shop’s for building a 1/2-inch scale, 56-inch model planes results in a quieter, cleaner wood shop, efficiency by building any or all of the cabinets, of this wonderful fishing boat. The result will but they can also match the efficiencies of racks, chests, and carts included here for your be a work of art. power tools for many of the processes involved hand tools, benchtop machines, and woodwork- Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 64 pp. in making wood furniture. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • ing accessories. Step-by-step instructions offer 100 color illustrations & detailed plans 531 color photos & b/w illus • 192 pp. • ISBN: detailed guidance, along with fully dimensioned ISBN: 0-7643-1070-4 • soft cover • $14.95 978-0-7643-3558-7 • hard cover • $39.99 illustrations and cut lists. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220 color photos • 96 pp. Festool® Essentials: The Routers. The ISBN: 978-0-7643-4574-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Scratch Built!: A Celebration of the Stat- Festool® system including the OF 1010 EQ, the ic Scale Airplane Modeler’s Craft. John OF 1400 EQ, the OF 2200 EB, and the MFK 700 Power Tools: Care and Use. William Alcorn, George Lee, and Peter Cooke. Three EQ covered in detail. Clear color photographs Veasey. This compact handbook shows the well known practitioners of the craft explain and concise explanations of the tools and their many bits available for electric-powered advanced aircraft modelling techniques in a applications will help woodworkers get the most carving tools and how to use each properly lively and readable, yet thorough manner. They out of their Festool router and its accessories. for a wide variety of effects. The techniques use how-to photographs and line drawings to Each router model has unique qualities that suit for wildfowl texturing are shown through lead the reader through the whole process. it for a particular job. many photographs and can be used by Also included are superb portraits of over thirty Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color photos • 160 pp. wood sculptors for all types of art. scratch built models. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3323-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Size: 9" x 6" • Many b/w illustrations • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-047-7 • Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of photos • 144 pp. soft cover • $7.95 ISBN: 0-88740-417-0 • soft cover • $29.95 64 index

A cotton, Japanese 19 K porcelain painting 22 T Acanthus Carving 62 cowboy boots 43 Kachina carving 58 powder horns 29 tabletop 43 Amish Quilts 37 craft furniture 46, 47 kantha embroidery 18 Professional Development 22 tape art 14 Andean Sling Braids 32 crochet 42, 43, 45 kimono 39 purses 35 tattoo techniques 23 Appalachian basket making 42 crochet, heritage 20 knife handles 6 textile dyeing & color 32 Appalachian quilts. 37 Cumberland County, quilts 35 knifemaking 6, 28 Q textiles 39 archery 29 knife sharpening 28 quilt history 36 textiles, antique 39 architecture 24 D knife sheaths 28 quilts 35, 36 therapy, craft 32 Armor 27 decoys 52 knitting 42, 45 quilts, African American 35 Tiffany studios, techniques 26 armor making 27 dollmaking 30 knot design 42 quilts, Amish 37 tombstones 48 Art Glass 26 drawing 26 quilts, Appalachia 37 toys 50 art quilts 36 dyeing wool 32 L quilts, art 10, 36 turning, wood 51 art resources 24 lace 20 quilts, children's art 36 E Lancaster Diamond, quilts 36 quilts, Civil War 37 U B Easter carving 57 leathercraft, cowboy boots 43 quilts, Colorado 37 underwater photography 23 Bags, fashion 41 egg decorating 22 leno, weaving 32 quilts, Connecticut 37 upcycling 35, 43 bamboo furniture making 48 embroidery, kantha 18 lightship baskets 43 quilts, Cumberland County 35 basketry 12 enameling 28, 44 lures 43 quilts, design & technique 35 V basketry, natural materials 20 encaustic art 5, 22 quilts, Georgia 36 veneering 49 basketry techniques 42 Esherick, Wharton 47 M quilts, Hawaii 35 Virginia quilts 37 baskets 42 mandalas 15 quilts, international 36 baskets, appalachia 42 F mannequins 42 quilts, Japanese 36 W Basket weaving 42 fashion design 20, 41 mantels 48 quilts, Lancaster County 37 walking sticks 57, 61 beaded jewelry 45 fashion, upcycle 42 marine life carving 54 quilts, Mennonite 37 watercoloring books 2, 3, 22 beaded purses 45 felting jewelry 44 Mariner’s Compass, quilt 36 quilts, Oregon Trail 37 waterfowl, carving 52 Beatles, quilts 35 Festools ® 63 marquetry 49, 50 quilts, patriotic 36 wax crafts 22, 30 bespoke furniture 47 fiber art 8, 32 mask carving 58 quilts, recycled 35 weathervane, construction 27 bird carving 52 fireplace mantel 48 Mennonite quilts 37 quilts, signature 37 weaving, history 33 blacksmithing 27 fireplaces 27 metalwork 18, 27 quilts, Virginia 37 weaving, Navajo 9 boat building 62 flax 33 miniatures 29 quilts, Welsh 37 weaving, ondulé 19 book covers, design 23 floral art 24 Mission furniture making 48 quilts, World War I 36 weaving, techniques 19, 32, 33 botanical art 23 floral design 24 mobiles 28 quilts, World War II 19, 37 Welsh quilts 37 botanical photography 23 furniture making 47 model building 27 quilts, York, PA 37 whip making 43 bowl hewing 52 modeling, brass 27 whirligigs 50 bowmaking 28 G mosaics 25 R wildlife, art 27, 35 box making 52 Georgia, quilts 36 musical instruments, making 52 realistic carving 58 Wilson, Thomas 26 braided jewelry 45 glass, art 26 recycled glass 26 wire jewelry 45 braiding 9 GLASS ART: TECHNIQUES 26 N relief carving 59, 62 wood burning 52 brass 27 glass, recycled 26 Nakashima, George 47 rib baskets 42 woodcarving, shoes 59 Brass 63 gold leaf 49, 53, 62 Nantucket baskets 43 rugs, penny 34 wooden toys 50 bronze casting 25 Goodrich, Frances L. 33 napkin rings 43 rugs, Shaker 33 wood finishes 49 broom making 12 gourd art 7, 30, 31 narrative jewelry 13 rustic furniture 48 wood-fired ceramics 26 building blocks, making 50 gourds, Christmas 31 National parks, quilts 35 wood jewelry 45 guilloché 18 nature photography 23 S Wood, Robin 46 C gunmaking 29 Navajo weaving 9 Santa carving 56 wood, spalted 47 calligraphy 23 gypsy willow furniture 48 needlecraft techniques 32 scrimshaw techniques 29 wood spirits 56, 61 cane & rush seating 49 New York Fashion Week 41 scroll saw 21, 50 wood, tables 49 canes 61 H sculpture, bronze 25 wood, turning 47, 50, 52 cardboard furniture 48 Halloween carving 57 O sculpture, metal 25 woodworking 47, 48 career guides 17, 22 hand planes, woodworking 63 ondulé 19 sculpture, soapstone 25 woodworking tools 21, 47 caricature carving 58 handwoven tape 33 Oregon Trail, quilts 37 sculpture techniques 25 wool, history of 11 carpentry projects 48 hex weave 33 oriental rugs, antique 35 sculpture, techniques 25, 26 workshop design 63 carving, birds 52 historic ironwork 27 outdoor carpentry 48 sculpture, wood 25, 47 carving, caricatures 58 Hmong, story cloths 39 segmented turning 50 Y carving, marine mammals 21 holiday carving 55 P sewing 49 York, quilts 37 carving, realistic figures 58 holiday crafts 25, 30, 31 painting techniques 22 sewing machine 41 carving, soap 24 holiday, scroll saw 50 panel furniture, making 47, 48 Shaker rugs 33 Z carving, soapstone 25 Home Woodworker Series 48, paper art 23 Shaker rugs, weaving 33 Zendoodles 15 casting 16 52, 63 paper jewelry 43 sharpening, woodworking tools Center for Art in Wood, The 46 horse gear 43 paracord 6 21 children’s crafts 24 patchwork knitting 42 signature quilts 37 Christmas art 25 I patchwork pillowcases 37 sign carving 62 Christmas, carving 55 illumination 23 patchwork techniques 36 slimline pen turning 51 Christmas decorations 30 indigo, Japanese 19 pearls 44 sling braiding 9 Christmas ornaments 30 intarsia 49 penny rugs 34 slipcovers 49 Christmas, patchwork projects 36 ironwork 26 pen turning 51 soap carving 24 Christmas, scroll saw 50 IRONWORK TECHNIQUES 27 photography techniques 23 soapstone carving 25 Civil War quilts 37 ironwork tools 27 pickin' stick 52 spalted wood 47 coffins 48 pit firing ceramics 26 stained glass 26 collaboration 17 J pleating 20 stationery 23 Colorado quilts 37 jewelry design 44 ply-split braided baskets 43 studio furniture 47 coloring books 4, 14, 15 jewelry making, paper 43 poetry 18 studio glass 26 Connecticut quilts 37 jewelry, narrative 13 polymer jewelry 44, 45 Corn shuck dolls 30 jewlery rendering 44 porcelain 18 Schiffer Publishing Let us send a free catalog to your friends

4880 Lower Valley Rd. • Atglen, PA 19310 Name______Phone: (610) 593-1777 • Fax: (610) 593-2002 Order Hrs. (Eastern): 8:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Address______City______State____Zip______

Name ______QTY. TITLE AND AUTHOR PRICE TOTAL Address ______City ______State ______Zip ______Telephone (____)____-______Email ______

Enclosed find a ___ check ___ money order in the sum of $______Please bill my ___ Mastercard ___ Visa ___ AmEx Account no./ all digits: ______Exp. Date: _____ / ____ Security Code ______SUB TOTAL POSTAGE & HANDLING FOR FIRST 2 BOOKS: $5.00 ___ Please send the other Schiffer catalogs $2.00 FOR EACH ADDITIONAL BOOK. FULL-PRICE ORDERS OVER $150 ARE SHIPPED FREE IN THE U.S.

While we do all that we can to keep prices stable, they may sometimes change PENNSYLVANIA RESIDENTS ADD 6% SALES TAX without notice because of factors beyond our control. All Schiffer books are 100% returnable if you are not completely satisfied. TOTAL All prices are subject to change without notice

Information for booksellers and those who buy Schiffer books for resale:

® Some books in this catalog are marked with this logo. They are part of our SCHIFFER LTD program, so before these titles can be shipped, the Schiffer LTD form below must be completed and returned with your order. Thank you.

The SCHIFFER LTD Program, Minimum Advertised Price (MAP) Sales Participation Policy • All SCHIFFER LTD titles must be purchased by the Book Seller for resale directly to the final customer. No one with in-the-trade pass-along sales will qualify. The SCHIFFER LTD Program Participation Policy (the “Policy”) is a unilateral statement of Schiffer Publishing Ltd. (hereafter referred to as “Schiffer”) requirements regarding Participants participation by Book Sellers in the SCHIFFER LTD Program. Schiffer has adopted this • Book Sellers must be enrolled in the program by a Schiffer Sales representative. Policy to protect and strengthen the reputation of Schiffer, its authors, and brand image. • Schiffer reserves the right to terminate from the SCHIFFER LTD program any Book Seller who chooses not to comply with the Policy. All decisions shall be made The Policy is not a contract, nor an offer to form a contract. The Policy describes the unilaterally by Schiffer, at its sole discretion. Termination will disqualify the Books Seller terms under which Schiffer may, at its sole discretion, choose to include a Book Seller in from handling SCHIFFER LTD titles, but will not affect other Schiffer titles. the SCHIFFER LTD program. Compliance with the Policy will be determined as to MAP • Schiffer has the right to refuse to accept an applicant’s participation in the SCHIFFER (Minimum Advertised Price) for the SCHIFFER LTD books. LTD Program for any reason and at any time.

SCHIFFER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TERMINATE FROM THE SCHIFFER LTD PROGRAM Miscellaneous ANY BOOK SELLER WHO CHOOSES NOT TO COMPLY WITH THE POLICY. ALL DECISIONS • Schiffer reserves the right to add, modify, or delete any of the rules, conditions, or SHALL BE MADE UNILATERALLY BY SCHIFFER, AT ITS SOLE DISCRETION. benefits, pertaining to the SCHIFFER LTD Program and Policy at their sole discretion, without notice. Minimum Advertised Price (MAP) • Schiffer is not responsible for requests, correspondence relating to the Policy or Books Sellers may sell Schiffer books at any price they choose. The Policy only applies to statements, which are lost or delayed in the mail or otherwise in transit. the minimum advertised price of books with the SCHIFFER LTD imprint. I have read and understand the Policy: The Policy is that any advertisements of SCHIFFER LTD titles must not be below the price listed on the barcode located on the back cover of the book. Advertisement is Signature: ______defined as, but not limited to: television, radio, billboards, newspapers, flyers, print ads, Company: ______window banners, telemarketing, coupons, broadcast emails, magazines, websites and Name:______Title: ______other electronic media (including eBay or other auction sites), direct mail, or posters. Address: ______Schiffer believes that there is no further information necessary for compliance with City: ______State: ____ ZIP: ______the Policy, should you choose to participate. However, if there is a question, regarding Phone: ______the Policy it must be directed in writing to Schiffer LTD MAP Policy, Schiffer Publishing, Schiffer Publishing Account No: ______Date: ______4880 Lower Valley Road, Atglen, PA 19310. Do not advise Schiffer of customers that are violating the Policy. Schiffer will make those determinations on its own. Schiffer reserves the right to amend or discontinue this Policy at any time and no Book Seller has any right to rely on the continued existence of the Policy or any effort by Schiffer to enforce the Policy terms and conditions.

If you wish to sell Schiffer books, contact us for a dealer discount schedule Schiffer Publishing, Ltd., 4880 Lower Valley Road, Atglen, PA 19310 Phone: (610) 593-1777; Fax: (610) 593-2002; E-mail: [email protected] PRSRT STD Ordering Hours: 8:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday–Friday U.S. POSTAGE PAID COATESVILLE, PA PERMIT NO. 2007

Other Schiffer catalogs:

Lifestyle Divination Aviation Fine Art jewelry board books Natural Sciences Meditation Naval photography vintage fashions picture books History Astrology Ground Forces Fashion wristwatches early readers Pop Culture Numerology Militaria Interior Design furniture middle-grade readers Regional Palmistry American Civil War Landscape decorative arts regional Psychic Skills Modeling & Pop Culture glass pop culture Channeled Material Collectible Figures pottery activities Metaphysics Pin-ups toys Spirituality Transportation Health & Lifestyle

View our catalogs at

www.schifferbooks.com Printed in China